This chapter describes the commands used to configure and monitor Border Gateway Protocol (BGP)
IP Version 4 (IPv4), IP Version 6 (IPv6), Virtual Private Network Version 4 (VPNv4) routing sessions.
For detailed information about BGP concepts, configuration tasks, and examples, see the Implementing BGP chapter in the
Routing Configuration Guide for Cisco NCS 6000 Series Routers.
Note
Running the show bgp command immediately after configuring a large and complex route policy may result in timeout of the system database shown through an error message (SYSDB-SYSDB-6-TIMEOUT_EDM). It is recommended, that the show command be run, after the new route policy takes effect.
To enable handling
of self-originated VPN routes containing ACCEPT_OWN community attribute, use
the
accept-own
command in neighbor VPNv4 or VPNv6 address family configuration mode. To
disable this functionality, either use the
no form of this
command or use the command with
inheritance-disable keyword.
accept-own [inheritance-disable]
noaccept-own
Syntax Description
inheritance-disable
Disables
handling of self-originated VPN routes containing ACCEPT_OWN community
attribute and prevents inheritance of Accept Own from a parent configuration.
Command Default
Disabled
Command Modes
Neighbor address family VPNv4
Neighbor address family VPNv6
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Task ID
Task ID
Operation
bgp
read, write
Examples
This example shows
how to enable handling of accept-own community:
Effective with
Release 4.0.0, the
additional-paths install
backup command was deprecated and replaced by the
additional-paths
selection command. See the
additional-paths selection command for more information.
To install a backup
path into the forwarding table and provide prefix independent convergence (PIC)
in case of a PE-CE link failure, use the
additional-paths install backup command in an appropriate address family configuration mode.
To prevent installing the backup path, use the
no form of this command. To disable prefix independent
convergence, use the
disable keyword.
additional-pathsinstallbackup
[ disable ]
noadditional-pathsinstallbackup
Syntax Description
disable
Disables
installing backup path into the forwarding table.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
VRF IPv4 address family configuration
VRF IPv6 address family configuration
VPNv4 address family configuration
VPNv6 address family configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Task ID
Task ID
Operations
bgp
read, write
Examples
The following
example shows how to enable installing a backup path into the forwarding table
in VPNv4 address family mode:
Retains
the local label until the network is converged.
additional-paths
receive
To configure receive
capability of multiple paths for a prefix to the capable peers, use the additional-paths receive command in
address-family configuration mode. To disable receive capability, use the
no form of this
command. To disable add-path receive capability for all neighbors belonging to
a particular VRF address-family, use the
disable option.
Use the
disable keyword
option to disable add-path receive capability for all neighbors belonging to a
specified VRF address-family.
Syntax Description
This command has no keywords or arguments.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
IPv4 address family configuration
IPv6 address family configuration
VPNv4 address family configuration
VPNv6 address family configuration
VRF IPv4 address family configuration
VRF IPv6 address family configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Use the
additional-paths receive
command to allow add-path receive capability to be
negotiated for a specified address family. When the additional-paths receive command is configured,
the receive capability is automatically enabled for all internal BGP neighbors
for a specified address family. When this command is either not configured or
explicitly disabled, none of the neighbors are allowed to negotiate receive
capability for the address family.
After enabling the
receive capability, the session needs to be reset for the configuration to take
into effect.
Task ID
Task ID
Operation
bgp
read, write
Examples
This example shows
how to enable additional paths receive capability under VPNv4 unicast address
family:
To configure additional
paths selection mode for a prefix, use the
additional-paths
selection command in address-family configuration mode. To
disable the additional-paths selection mode for a prefix, use the
no form of this
command. To disable the additional-paths selection mode for a particular VRF
address-family, use the
disable option.
Specifies
the name of a route policy used for additional paths selection.
disable
Disables
add-path selection for a particular VRF address-family.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
IPv4 address family configuration
IPv6 address family configuration
VPNv4 address family configuration
VPNv6 address family configuration
VRF IPv4 address family configuration
VRF IPv6 address family configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
To configure
additional paths selection mode for some or all prefixes, use the
additional-paths
selection command by specifying a route-policy.
Use the additional-path selection command with an
appropriate route-policy to calculate backup paths and to enable Prefix
Independent Convergence (PIC) functionality. Refer
BGP Prefix
Independent Convergence Unipath Primary/Backup section in
Routing Configuration Guide for Cisco NCS 6000 Series Routers for details on the PIC
functionality.
Task ID
Task ID
Operation
bgp
read, write
Examples
This example shows
how to enable selection of additional paths:
To configure send
capability of multiple paths for a prefix to the capable peers, use the additional-paths send command in address-family
configuration mode. To disable the send capability, use the
no form of this
command.
Use the
disable option
to disable add-path send capability for all neighbors belonging to a particular
VRF address-family.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
IPv4 address family configuration
IPv6 address family configuration
VPNv4 address family configuration
VPNv6 address family configuration
VRF IPv4 address family configuration
VRF IPv6 address family configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Use the
additional-paths send command to allow add-path send capability to be
negotiated for a specified address family. When the
additional-paths
send command is configured, the send capability is automatically
enabled for all internal BGP neighbors for the specified address family. When
the command is either not configured or explicitly disabled, none of the
neighbors are allowed to negotiate send capability for the address family.
After enabling the
send capability, the session needs to be reset for the configuration to take
into effect.
Task ID
Task ID
Operation
bgp
read, write
Examples
This example shows
how to enable additional paths send capability under VPNv4 4 unicast address
family:
To enter various
address family configuration modes while configuring Border Gateway Protocol
(BGP), use the
address-family
command in an appropriate configuration mode. To disable
support for an address family, use the
no form of this
command.
Specifies IP
Version 4 (IPv4) unicast address prefixes.
ipv4 multicast
Specifies
IPv4 multicast address prefixes.
ipv4 labeled-unicast
Specifies
IPv4 labeled-unicast address prefixes. This option is available in IPv4
neighbor configuration mode and VRF neighbor configuration mode.
ipv4 tunnel
Specifies
IPv4 tunnel address prefixes.
ipv4 mdt
Specifies
IPv4 multicast distribution tree (MDT) address prefixes. This option is
available in router configuration mode and IPv4 neighbor configuration mode.
ipv6 unicast
Specifies
IP Version 6 (IPv6) unicast address prefixes.
ipv6multicast
Specifies
IPv6 multicast address prefixes.
ipv6 labeled-unicast
Specifies
IPv6 labeled-unicast address prefixes. This option is available in IPv6
neighbor configuration mode.
vpnv4 unicast
Specifies
VPN Version 4 (VPNv4) unicast address prefixes. This option is not available in
VRF or VRF neighbor configuration mode.
vpnv6 unicast
Specifies
VPN Version 6 (VPNv6) unicast address prefixes. This option is not available in
VRF or VRF neighbor configuration mode.
l2vpn vpls-vpws
Specifies
L2VPN vpls-vpws address prefixes.
ipv4 rt-filter
Specifies
IPv4 rt-filter address prefixes.
ipv4 mvpn
Specifies
IPv4 mvpn address prefixes.
ipv6 mvpn
Specifies
IPv6 mvpn address prefixes.
Command Default
An address family
must be explicitly configured in the router configuration mode for the address
family to be active in BGP. Similarly, an address family must be configured
under the neighbor for the BGP session to be established for that address
family. An address family must be configured in router configuration mode
before it can be configured under a neighbor.
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Use the
address-family
command to enter various address family configuration modes
while configuring BGP routing sessions. When you enter the
address-family command from router configuration mode, you enable the address
family and enter global address family configuration mode.
The IPv4 unicast address
family must be configured in router configuration mode before configuring the
IPv4 labeled-unicast address family for a neighbor in neighbor configuration
mode. The IPv6 unicast address family must be configured in router
configuration mode before configuring the IPv6 labeled-unicast address family
for a neighbor in neighbor configuration mode. See
Table 1 .
Table 1 Address Family
Submode Support
Address
Family
Supported
in Router Submode
Supported
in Neighbor Submode
Comments
ipv4
unicast
yes
yes
—
ipv4
multicast
yes
yes
—
ipv4 mdt
yes
yes
—
ipv4
tunnel
yes
yes
—
ipv4
labeled-unicast
no
yes
The ipv4
labeled-unicast address family can be configured only as a neighbor address
family; however, it requires that the ipv4 unicast address family be configured
as the router address family first.
vpnv4
unicast
yes
yes
—
ipv6
unicast
yes
yes
—
ipv6
multicast
yes
yes
—
ipv6
labeled-unicast
no
yes
The ipv6
labeled-unicast address family can be configured only as a neighbor address
family; however, it requires that the ipv6 unicast address family be configured
as the router address family first.
vpnv6
unicast
yes
yes
—
l2vpn
vpls-vpws
yes
yes
—
ipv4
rt-filter
yes
yes
—
ipv4 mvpn
yes
yes
—
ipv6 mvpn
yes
yes
—
When you enter the
address-family command from neighbor configuration mode, you activate the
address family on the neighbor and enter neighbor address family configuration
mode. IPv4 neighbor sessions support IPv4 unicast, multicast, labeled-unicast,
and VPNv4 unicast address families. IPv6 neighbor sessions support IPv6 unicast
address families.
Task ID
Task ID
Operations
bgp
read,
write
Examples
The following
example shows how to place the router in global address family configuration
mode for the IPv4 address family:
The following
example shows how to activate IPv4 multicast for neighbor 10.0.0.1 and place
the router in neighbor address family configuration mode for the IPv4 multicast
address family:
To advertise the
best–external path to the iBGP and route-reflector peers, when a locally
selected bestpath is from an internal peer, use the
advertise
best-external
command in an appropriate address family configuration mode. To
prevent advertising the best–external path, use the
no form of this command. To disable advertising the best–external
path, use the
disable keyword.
advertisebest-external [disable]
noadvertisebest-external
Syntax Description
disable
Disables
best–external configuration for the VRF.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
VRF IPv4 address family configuration
VRF IPv6 address family configuration
L2VPN address family configuration
VPNv4 address family configuration
VPNv6 address family configuration
IPv4 address family configuration
IPv6 address family configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Task ID
Task ID
Operations
bgp
read, write
Examples
The following
example shows how to enable advertising the best–external path VPNv4 unicast
address family mode:
Retains
the local label until the network is converged.
advertisement-interval
To set the minimum
interval between the sending of Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) routing updates,
use the
advertisement-interval
command in an appropriate configuration mode. To remove the
advertisement-interval
command from the configuration file and restore the system to
its default interval values, use the
no form of this
command.
advertisement-intervalseconds
noadvertisement-interval [seconds]
Syntax Description
seconds
Minimum
interval between sending BGP routing updates (in seconds). Range is 0 to 600.
Command Default
Default minimum
interval:
For internal BGP
(iBGP) peers is 0 seconds
For external BGP
(eBGP) peers is 30 seconds
For customer edge
(CE) peers is 0 seconds
Command Modes
Neighbor configuration
Neighbor group configuration
Session group configuration
VRF neighbor configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
If this command
configures a neighbor group or session group, all neighbors using the group
inherit the configuration. Values of commands configured specifically for a
neighbor override inherited values.
Task ID
Task ID
Operations
bgp
read,
write
Examples
The following
example shows how to set the minimum time between sending BGP routing updates
to 10 seconds:
Creates
a session group and enters session group configuration mode.
af-group
To create an address
family group for Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) neighbors and enter address
family group configuration mode, use the
af-group
command in router configuration mode. To remove an address
family group, use the
no form of this
command.
af-groupaf-group-nameaddress-family
no
af-group
Command Default
No BGP address
family group is configured.
Command Modes
Router configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Use the
af-group command to group address family-specific neighbor commands
within an IPv4 or IPv6 address family. Neighbors that have address family
configuration are able to use the address family group. Further, neighbors
inherit the configuration parameters of the entire address family group.
You cannot define
two address family groups with the same name in different address families.
Task ID
Task ID
Operations
bgp
read,
write
Examples
The following
example shows how to create address family group group1 and enter address
family group configuration mode for IPv4 unicast. Group1 contains the
next-hop-self feature, which is inherited by neighbors that use address family
group1.
Inherits
configuration from a neighbor group, session group, or address family group.
aggregate-address
To create an
aggregate entry in a Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) routing table, use the
aggregate-address command in an appropriate configuration mode. To remove the
aggregate-address
command from the configuration file and restore the system to
its default condition, use the
no form of
this command.
(Optional)
Generates autonomous system set path information and community information from
contributing paths.
as-confed-set
(Optional)
Generates autonomous system confederation set path information from
contributing paths.
summary-only
(Optional)
Filters all more-specific routes from updates.
route-policy
route-policy-name
(Optional)
Specifies the name of a route policy used to set the attributes of the
aggregate route.
Command Default
When you do not
specify this command, no aggregate entry is created in the BGP routing table.
Command Modes
IPv4 address family configuration
IPv6 address family configuration
VRF IPv4 address family configuration
VRF IPv6 address family configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
You can implement
aggregate routing in BGP either by redistributing an aggregate route into BGP
using the
networkcommand or the
aggregate-address command.
Use the
aggregate-address command without optional arguments to create an aggregate
entry in the BGP routing table if any more-specific BGP routes are available
that fall in the specified range. The aggregate route is advertised as coming
from your autonomous system and has the atomic aggregate attribute set to show
that information might be missing. (By default, the atomic aggregate attribute
is set unless you specify the
as-set keyword.)
Use of the
as-set keyword creates an aggregate entry using the same rules that
the command follows without this keyword. However, the advertised path for this
route is an AS_SET, a set of all autonomous systems contained in all paths that
are being summarized.
Do not use this
form of the
aggregate-address command when aggregating many paths because this route must be
continually withdrawn and updated as autonomous system path reachability
information for the summarized routes changes.
Use the
as-confed-set keyword to create an AS_CONFED_SET in the autonomous system
path of the aggregate from any confederation segments in the paths being
summarized. This keyword takes effect only if the
as-set keyword is also specified.
Use of the
summary-only
keyword creates an aggregate entry (for example, 10.0.0.0/8)
but suppresses advertisements of more-specific routes to all neighbors. If you
want to suppress only advertisements to certain neighbors, use the
route-policy
(BGP) command in neighbor address family configuration mode with
caution. If a more-specific route leaks out, all BGP speakers (the local
router) prefer that route over the less-specific aggregate you generate (using
longest-match routing).
Use the
route-policy keyword to specify a routing policy for the aggregate entry.
The
route-policy keyword is used to select which more-specific information to
base the aggregate entry on and which more-specific information to suppress.
You can also use the keyword to modify the attributes of the aggregate entry.
Task ID
Task ID
Operations
bgp
read,
write
Examples
The following
example shows how to create an aggregate address. The path advertised for this
route is an autonomous system set consisting of all elements contained in all
paths that are being summarized.
Applies
a routing policy to updates advertised to or received from a BGP neighbor
route-policy (RPL)
Defines
a route policy and enters route-policy configuration mode.
aigp
To enable sending
and receiving of accumulated interior gateway protocol (AiGP) attribute per
eBGP neighbor, use the
aigpcommand in
global or VRF neighbor address family configuration mode. To disable this
functionality, either use the
disable keyword
or use the
no form of this
command.
aigp
[ disable ]
noaigp
Syntax Description
disable
Disables
sending or receiving AiGP attribute.
Command Default
Send or recive of
AiGP attribute is disabled for eBGP neighbors
Command Modes
IPv4 address family configuration
IPv6 address family configuration
VRF IPv4 address family configuration
VRF IPv6 address family configuration
VPNv4 address family configuration
VPNv6 address family configuration
Neighbor address family configuration
VRF neighbor address family configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Task ID
Task ID
Operation
bgp
read, write
Examples
The following
example shows how to enable AiGP send and receive capability under neighbor
address family (IPv4 unicast):
To send Accumulated
Interior Gateway Protocol (AiGP) value in cost community, use the
aigp
send-cost-community command in global or VRF neighbor address
family configuration mode. To disable sending AiGP value in cost community,
either use the
no form of this
command or the
disable
keyword.
Specifies
the Cost community ID. The range is 0 to 255.
poi
Point of
insertion for bestpath calculation.
igp-cost
Configures that cost community be used after iGP distance to
next hop.
pre-bestpath
Configures cost community as first step in best path
calculation.
transitive
(Optional)
Enables transitive cost community
disable
Disables
sending AiGP value in cost community.
Command Default
Sending AiGP value
in cost community is disabled
Command Modes
Neighbor address family configuration
VRF neighbor address family configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Cost community point
of insertion can be configured either to be pre-bestpath or after igp cost. The
transitive
keyword is not required for iBGP sessions. However, the
transitive
keyword is required for eBGP sessions to convert AiGP metric into
cost-community and advertise to the eBGP neighbors.
Task ID
Task ID
Operation
bgp
read, write
Examples
The following
example shows how to enable sending AiGP value in cost community ID 254 under
neighbor address family (IPv4 unicast):
Enables sending and receiving of accumulated interior gateway
protocol (AiGP) attribute.
allocate-label
To allocate
Multiprotocol Label Switching (MPLS) labels for specific IPv4 unicast or
IPv6 unicast or
VPN routing and forwarding (VRF) IPv4 unicast routes so that the
BGP router can send labels with BGP routes to a neighboring router configured
for labeled-or VPN routing and forwarding
(VRF) IPv6
unicast sessions, use the
allocate-label command in the appropriate configuration mode. To restore the
system to its default condition, use the
no
form of this command.
allocate-label
{ route-policyroute-policy-name | all }
noallocate-label
{ route-policyroute-policy-name | all }
Syntax Description
all
Allocates
labels for all prefixes
route-policyroute-policy-name
Uses a route
policy to select prefixes for label allocation.
Command Default
No default behavior
or values
Command Modes
IPv4 address family configuration
VRF IPv4 address family configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Use the
allocate-label
command with a route policy to trigger BGP to allocate labels
for all or a filtered set of global
routes (as dictated by the route policy). The command enables
autonomous system border routers (ASBRs) that have labeled
unicast sessions to exchange Multiprotocol Label Switching (MPLS)
labels with the
routes to the other autonomous system (AS) in Layer 3 Virtual
Private Network (L3VPN) inter-AS deployments.
Note
The
allocate-label all command is functionally equivalent to the
allocate-label route-policyroute-policy-name command when the route policy is a pass-all policy.
See
MPLS Configuration Guide for Cisco NCS 6000 Series Routersfor information on using the
allocate-label command for L3VPN inter-AS deployments and
carrier-supporting-carrier IPv4 BGP label distribution.
Task ID
Task ID
Operations
bgp
read,
write
Examples
The following
example shows how to enable allocating labels for IPv4 routes:
To allow an AS path
with the provider edge (PE) autonomous system number (ASN) a specified number
of times, use the
allowas-in command in an appropriate configuration mode. To restore the
system to its default condition, use the
no form of
this command.
allowas-in [as-occurrence-number]
noallowas-in [as-occurrence-number]
Syntax Description
as-occurrence-number
(Optional)
Number of times a PE ASN is allowed. Range is 1 to 10.
Command Default
No default behavior
or values
Command Modes
Address family group configuration
Neighbor address family configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Hub and spoke VPN
networks require looping back of routing information to the hub PE through the
hub customer edge (CE). See
MPLS Configuration Guide for Cisco NCS 6000 Series Routers for information on hub and spoke VPN
networks. This looping back, in addition to the presence of the PE ASN, causes
the looped-back information to be dropped by the hub PE.
The
allowas-in command prevents the looped-back information from being
dropped by replacing the neighbor autonomous system number (ASN) with the PE
ASN in the AS path. This allows the VPN customer to see a specified number of
occurrences of the PE ASN in the AS path.
Task ID
Task ID
Operations
bgp
read, write
Examples
The following
example shows how to allow five occurrences of the PE ASN:
To configure the
router's Autonomous system number (ASN) notation to asdot format, use the
as-format command in
XR Config mode. To restore the system to
its default condition, use the
no form of
this command.
as-formatasdot
no
Syntax Description
asdot
Specifies
the Autonomous system number (ASN) notation to asdot format.
Command Default
The default value,
if the as-format command is not configured, is asplain.
Command Modes
XR Config
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Task ID
Task ID
Operations
bgp
read, write
Examples
The following
example shows how to configure the ASN notation to the asdot format:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# as-format asdot
as-override
To configure a
provider edge (PE) router to override the autonomous system number (ASN) of a
site with the ASN of a provider, use the
as-override command in VRF neighbor address family configuration mode. To
restore the system to its default condition, use the
no form of
this command.
as-override [inheritance-disable]
noas-override [inheritance-disable]
Syntax Description
inheritance-disable
(Optional)
Prevents the
as-override command from being inherited from a parent group.
Command Default
Automatic override
of the ASN is disabled.
Command Modes
VRF neighbor address family configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Use the
as-override command in conjunction with the site-of-origin (SoO) feature,
identifying the site where a route originated, and preventing routing loops
between routers within a VPN.
Task ID
Task ID
Operations
bgp
read,
write
Examples
The following
example shows how to configure an ASN override:
To disable AS PATH
loop checking for outbound updates, use the
as-path-loopcheck out
disable command in an appropriate address family configuration
mode. To re-enable the default AS PATH loop checking, use the
no form of this
command.
as-path-loopcheckoutdisable
noas-path-loopcheckoutdisable
Syntax Description
This command has no keywords or arguments.
Command Default
AS PATH loop
checking for outbound updates is enabled if there is only one neighbor and
disabled if there are multiple neighbors in the update group.
Command Modes
IPv4 address family
IPv6 address family
L2VPN address family
VPNv4 address family
VPNv6 address family
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Configure the
as-path-loopcheck out
disable command to disable the default behavior of PE router not
announcing BGP routes to the CE router if the routes contain an AS number
matching the AS number of the receiving CE router.
Task ID
Task ID
Operation
bgp
read, write
Examples
This example shows
how to configure
as-path-loopcheck out
disable under IPv6 unicast address family:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router#configureRP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)#router bgp 100RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)#address-family ipv6 unicastRP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-af)#as-path-loopcheck out disable
attribute-filter
group
To configure
attribute-filter group command mode, use the attribute-filter group command in
an appropriate configuration mode. To disable attribute-filter group command
mode, use the no form of this command.
attribute-filtergroupgroup-name
noattribute-filtergroupgroup-name
Syntax Description
group-name
Specifies
the name of the attribute-filter group.
Command Default
Attribute-filter
group command mode is disabled.
Command Modes
Router configuration
Neighbor configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Use the
attribute-filter
group command in neighbor configuration mode to configure a
specific attribute filter group for a BGP neighbor.
Task ID
Task ID
Operation
bgp
read, write
Examples
This example shows
how to configure the attribute-filter group command mode:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router#configureRP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)#router bgp 100RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)#attribute-filter group ag_discard_medRP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-attrfg)#
This example shows
how to configure the attribute filter group for a BGP neighbor:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router#configureRP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)#router bgp 100RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)#neighbor 10.0.1.101RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)#remote-as 6461RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)#update in filtering RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-nbr-upd-filter)#attribute-filter group ag_discard_med
bfd (BGP)
To specify a
bidirectional forwarding detection (BFD)
multiplier and
minimum-interval
arguments per neighbor, use the
bfd
command in neighbor address family independent configuration mode.
To return to the system defaults, use the
no form of
this command.
Previous to this
enhancement, BFD could be configured only in global scope in BGP. This change
makes available two new command-line arguments under neighbor address family
independent configuration:
bfd
{ multiplier |
|
minimum-interval }
value
nobfd
{ multiplier |
| minimum-interval }
value
Syntax Description
multiplier
value
Specifies
the BFD session's multiplier value for the neighbor.
minimum-interval
value
Specifies
the BFD session's minimum-interval value for the neighbor.
Command Default
No default per
neighbor parameters are set.
Command Modes
Neighbor address family independent configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
If the minimum
interval is changed using the
bfd
minimum-intervalcommand, the new parameter updates all affected
BFD sessions under the command mode in which the minimum interval was changed.
If the multiplier is
changed using the
bfd multiplier
command, the new parameter is used to update only the BFD sessions associated
with the affected neighbor gets affected.
The assumption is
that when BFD fast-detect is enabled under neighbor address family independent
configuration, the values for the
multiplier
and
minimum-interval values are always derived from
the per-neighbor values if they are configured; otherwise, they are to be taken
from the global BGP configuration mode. In the event that this has not been
explicitly stated, then these values are taken to be the default values. Also,
the
bfd
arguments can be configured under neighbor-group and session-group and the
inheritance adheres to the standard way of BGP configuration inheritance.
Accordingly, there
are four cases in which bfd-fast detect is enabled.
This is shown in
table below where the BFD value is either multiplier or minimum-interval. Local
indicates per NBR value, global is the BGP global value.
BFD
value (global)
BFD
value (local)
Result
Yes
Yes
BFD
value (local)
Yes
No
BFD
value (global)
No
Yes
BFD
value (local)
No
No
BFD
value (default)
Examples
The following
example shows how to specify the BFD session's multiplier value for the
neighbor:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configureRP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 65000RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbrgrp)#neighbor 3.3.3.2RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# bfd minimum-interval 311RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# bfd multiplier 7RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# neighbor 5.5.5.2RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# bfd minimum-interval 318RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# bfd multiplier 4RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# vrf oneRP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-vrf)# neighbor 3.12.1.2RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-vrf-nbr)# bfd minimum-interval 119RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-vrf-nbr)# bfd multiplier 10RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-vrf-nbr)# commitRP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bfd session
Interface Dest Addr Local det time(int*mult) State
Echo Async
-------------------- --------------- ---------------- ---------------- ---------
Gi0/2/0/2 3.3.3.2 2177ms(311ms*7) 14s(2s*7) UP
Gi0/2/0/2.1 3.12.1.2 1190ms(119ms*10) 20s(2s*10) UP
PO0/3/0/6 5.5.5.2 1272ms(318ms*4) 8s(2s*4) UP
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bfd session detail
I/f: GigabitEthernet0/2/0/2, Location: 0/2/CPU0, dest: 3.3.3.2, src: 3.3.3.1
State: UP for 0d:0h:4m:44s, number of times UP: 1
Received parameters:
Version: 1, desired tx interval: 2 s, required rx interval: 2 s
Required echo rx interval: 1 ms, multiplier: 7, diag: None
My discr: 524295, your discr: 524296, state UP, D/F/P/C/A: 0/0/0/1/0
Transmitted parameters:
Version: 1, desired tx interval: 2 s, required rx interval: 2 s
Required echo rx interval: 1 ms, multiplier: 7, diag: None
My discr: 524296, your discr: 524295, state UP, D/F/P/C/A: 0/0/0/1/0
Timer Values:
Local negotiated async tx interval: 2 s
Remote negotiated async tx interval: 2 s
Desired echo tx interval: 311 ms, local negotiated echo tx interval: 311 ms
Echo detection time: 2177 ms(311 ms*7), async detection time: 14 s(2 s*7)
Local Stats:
Intervals between async packets:
Tx: Number of intervals=100, min=1664 ms, max=2001 ms, avg=1838 ms
Last packet transmitted 313 ms ago
Rx: Number of intervals=100, min=1662 ms, max=2 s, avg=1828 ms
Last packet received 1615 ms ago
Intervals between echo packets:
Tx: Number of intervals=100, min=181 ms, max=462 ms, avg=229 ms
Last packet transmitted 289 ms ago
Rx: Number of intervals=100, min=178 ms, max=461 ms, avg=229 ms
Last packet received 287 ms ago
Latency of echo packets (time between tx and rx):
Number of packets: 100, min=0 us, max=4 ms, avg=860 us
Session owner information:
Client Desired interval Multiplier
---------------- -------------------- --------------
bgp-0 311 ms 7
I/f: GigabitEthernet0/2/0/2.1, Location: 0/2/CPU0, dest: 3.12.1.2, src: 3.12.1.1
State: UP for 0d:0h:4m:44s, number of times UP: 1
Received parameters:
Version: 1, desired tx interval: 2 s, required rx interval: 2 s
Required echo rx interval: 1 ms, multiplier: 10, diag: None
My discr: 524296, your discr: 524295, state UP, D/F/P/C/A: 0/0/0/1/0
Transmitted parameters:
Version: 1, desired tx interval: 2 s, required rx interval: 2 s
Required echo rx interval: 1 ms, multiplier: 10, diag: None
My discr: 524295, your discr: 524296, state UP, D/F/P/C/A: 0/0/0/1/0
Timer Values:
Local negotiated async tx interval: 2 s
Remote negotiated async tx interval: 2 s
Desired echo tx interval: 119 ms, local negotiated echo tx interval: 119 ms
Echo detection time: 1190 ms(119 ms*10), async detection time: 20 s(2 s*10)
Local Stats:
Intervals between async packets:
Tx: Number of intervals=100, min=1664 ms, max=2001 ms, avg=1838 ms
Last packet transmitted 314 ms ago
Rx: Number of intervals=100, min=1662 ms, max=2 s, avg=1828 ms
Last packet received 1616 ms ago
Intervals between echo packets:
Tx: Number of intervals=100, min=120 ms, max=223 ms, avg=125 ms
Last packet transmitted 112 ms ago
Rx: Number of intervals=100, min=119 ms, max=223 ms, avg=125 ms
Last packet received 110 ms ago
Latency of echo packets (time between tx and rx):
Number of packets: 100, min=0 us, max=2 ms, avg=850 us
Session owner information:
Client Desired interval Multiplier
---------------- -------------------- --------------
bgp-0 119 ms 10
I/f: GigabitEthernet0/3/0/6, Location: 0/3/CPU0, dest: 5.5.5.2, src: 5.5.5.1
State: UP for 0d:0h:4m:50s, number of times UP: 1
Received parameters:
Version: 1, desired tx interval: 2 s, required rx interval: 2 s
Required echo rx interval: 1 ms, multiplier: 4, diag: None
My discr: 786436, your discr: 786433, state UP, D/F/P/C/A: 0/0/0/1/0
Transmitted parameters:
Version: 1, desired tx interval: 2 s, required rx interval: 2 s
Required echo rx interval: 1 ms, multiplier: 4, diag: None
My discr: 786433, your discr: 786436, state UP, D/F/P/C/A: 0/0/0/1/0
Timer Values:
Local negotiated async tx interval: 2 s
Remote negotiated async tx interval: 2 s
Desired echo tx interval: 318 ms, local negotiated echo tx interval: 318 ms
Echo detection time: 1272 ms(318 ms*4), async detection time: 8 s(2 s*4)
Local Stats:
Intervals between async packets:
Tx: Number of intervals=100, min=1663 ms, max=2 s, avg=1821 ms
Last packet transmitted 1740 ms ago
Rx: Number of intervals=100, min=1663 ms, max=2001 ms, avg=1832 ms
Last packet received 160 ms ago
Intervals between echo packets:
Tx: Number of intervals=100, min=181 ms, max=484 ms, avg=232 ms
Last packet transmitted 44 ms ago
Rx: Number of intervals=100, min=179 ms, max=484 ms, avg=232 ms
Last packet received 41 ms ago
Latency of echo packets (time between tx and rx):
Number of packets: 100, min=0 us, max=3 ms, avg=540 us
Session owner information:
Client Desired interval Multiplier
---------------- -------------------- --------------
bgp-0 318 ms 4
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp nei 3.3.3.2
BGP neighbor is 3.3.3.2
Remote AS 500, local AS 65000, external link
Remote router ID 16.0.0.1
BGP state = Established, up for 00:05:01
BFD enabled (session up): mininterval: 311 multiplier: 7
Last read 00:00:56, hold time is 180, keepalive interval is 60 seconds
Precedence: internet
Neighbor capabilities:
Route refresh: advertised and received
4-byte AS: advertised and received
Address family IPv4 Unicast: advertised and received
Received 8 messages, 0 notifications, 0 in queue
Sent 9 messages, 1 notifications, 0 in queue
Minimum time between advertisement runs is 30 seconds
For Address Family: IPv4 Unicast
BGP neighbor version 2
Update group: 0.2
AF-dependant capabilities:
Graceful Restart Capability advertised and received
Neighbor preserved the forwarding state during latest restart
Local restart time is 120, RIB purge time is 600 seconds
Maximum stalepath time is 360 seconds
Remote Restart time is 120 seconds
Route refresh request: received 0, sent 0
Policy for incoming advertisements is pass-all
Policy for outgoing advertisements is pass-all
1 accepted prefixes, 1 are bestpaths
Prefix advertised 1, suppressed 0, withdrawn 0, maximum limit 524288
Threshold for warning message 75%
An EoR was not received during read-only mode
Connections established 1; dropped 0
Last reset 00:06:58, due to User clear requested (CEASE notification sent - administrative reset)
Time since last notification sent to neighbor: 00:06:58
Error Code: administrative reset
Notification data sent:
None
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp nei 5.5.5.2
BGP neighbor is 5.5.5.2
Remote AS 500, local AS 65000, external link
Remote router ID 16.0.0.1
BGP state = Established, up for 00:05:04
BFD enabled (session up): mininterval: 318 multiplier: 4
Last read 00:00:58, hold time is 180, keepalive interval is 60 seconds
Precedence: internet
Neighbor capabilities:
Route refresh: advertised and received
4-byte AS: advertised and received
Address family IPv4 Unicast: advertised and received
Received 8 messages, 0 notifications, 0 in queue
Sent 9 messages, 1 notifications, 0 in queue
Minimum time between advertisement runs is 30 seconds
For Address Family: IPv4 Unicast
BGP neighbor version 2
Update group: 0.2
AF-dependant capabilities:
Graceful Restart Capability advertised and received
Neighbor preserved the forwarding state during latest restart
Local restart time is 120, RIB purge time is 600 seconds
Maximum stalepath time is 360 seconds
Remote Restart time is 120 seconds
Route refresh request: received 0, sent 0
Policy for incoming advertisements is pass-all
Policy for outgoing advertisements is pass-all
1 accepted prefixes, 0 are bestpaths
Prefix advertised 1, suppressed 0, withdrawn 0, maximum limit 524288
Threshold for warning message 75%
An EoR was not received during read-only mode
Connections established 1; dropped 0
Last reset 00:07:01, due to User clear requested (CEASE notification sent - administrative reset)
Time since last notification sent to neighbor: 00:07:01
Error Code: administrative reset
Notification data sent:
None
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp vrf one nei 3.12.1.2
BGP neighbor is 3.12.1.2, vrf one
Remote AS 500, local AS 65000, external link
Remote router ID 16.0.0.1
BGP state = Established, up for 00:05:06
BFD enabled (session up): mininterval: 119 multiplier: 10
Last read 00:00:01, hold time is 180, keepalive interval is 60 seconds
Precedence: internet
Neighbor capabilities:
Route refresh: advertised and received
4-byte AS: advertised and received
Address family IPv4 Unicast: advertised and received
Received 9 messages, 0 notifications, 0 in queue
Sent 9 messages, 1 notifications, 0 in queue
Minimum time between advertisement runs is 0 seconds
For Address Family: IPv4 Unicast
BGP neighbor version 2
Update group: 0.2
AF-dependant capabilities:
Graceful Restart Capability advertised and received
Neighbor preserved the forwarding state during latest restart
Local restart time is 120, RIB purge time is 600 seconds
Maximum stalepath time is 360 seconds
Remote Restart time is 120 seconds
Route refresh request: received 0, sent 0
Policy for incoming advertisements is pass-all
Policy for outgoing advertisements is pass-all
1 accepted prefixes, 1 are bestpaths
Prefix advertised 0, suppressed 0, withdrawn 0, maximum limit 524288
Threshold for warning message 75%
An EoR was not received during read-only mode
Connections established 1; dropped 0
Last reset 00:07:04, due to User clear requested (CEASE notification sent - administrative reset)
Time since last notification sent to neighbor: 00:07:04
Error Code: administrative reset
Notification data sent:
None
bgp
as-path-loopcheck
To enable loop
checking in the autonomous system path of the prefixes advertised by internal
Border Gateway Protocol (iBGP) peers, use the
bgp
as-path-loopcheck command in an appropriate configuration mode. To restore the
system to its default condition, use the
no form of this
command.
bgpas-path-loopcheck
nobgpas-path-loopcheck
Syntax Description
This command has no keywords or arguments.
Command Default
When you do not
specify this command, loop checking is performed only for external peers.
Command Modes
Router configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Task ID
Task ID
Operations
bgp
read,
write
Examples
The following
example shows how to configure an autonomous system path for loop checking iBGP
peers:
To enable Border
Gateway Protocol (BGP) attribute download, use the
bgp
attribute-download command in an appropriate configuration mode. To disable BGP
attribute download, use the
no form of
this command.
bgpattribute-download
nobgpattribute-download
Syntax Description
This command has no keywords or arguments.
Command Default
BGP attribute
download is not enabled.
Command Modes
IPv4 unicast address family configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
When BGP attribute
download is enabled using the bgp
attribute-download command, BGP reinstalls all routes whose attributes are not
currently in the RIB. Likewise, if the user disables BGP attribute download
using the no form of the command, BGP reinstalls previously installed routes
with a null key, and removes the attributes from the RIB.
Use the
bgp
attribute-download command to enable the Netflow BGP data export function. When
attribute download is enabled, BGP downloads the attribute information for
prefixes (community, extended community, and as-path) to the Routing
Information Base (RIB) and Forwarding Information Base (FIB). This enables FIB
to associate the prefixes with attributes and send the Netflow statistics along
with the associated attributes.
Task ID
Task ID
Operations
bgp
read, write
Examples
The following
example shows the BGP routes before and after BGP attribute download is enabled
and shows how to enable BGP attribute download on BGP router 50:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show route bgp
B 100.0.1.0/24 [200/0] via 10.0.101.1, 00:00:37
B 100.0.2.0/24 [200/0] via 10.0.101.1, 00:00:37
B 100.0.3.0/24 [200/0] via 10.0.101.1, 00:00:37
B 100.0.4.0/24 [200/0] via 10.0.101.1, 00:00:37
B 100.0.5.0/24 [200/0] via 10.0.101.1, 00:00:37
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 50 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# address-family ipv4 unicastRP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-af)# bgp attribute-download
!
!
!
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show route bgp
B 100.0.1.0/24 [200/0] via 10.0.101.1, 00:00:01
Attribute ID 0x2
B 100.0.2.0/24 [200/0] via 10.0.101.1, 00:00:01
Attribute ID 0x2
B 100.0.3.0/24 [200/0] via 10.0.101.1, 00:00:01
Attribute ID 0x2
B 100.0.4.0/24 [200/0] via 10.0.101.1, 00:00:01
Attribute ID 0x2
B 100.0.5.0/24 [200/0] via 10.0.101.1, 00:00:01
Attribute ID 0x2
bgp
auto-policy-soft-reset disable
To disable an
automatic soft reset of Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) peers when their
configured route policy is modified, use the
bgp
auto-policy-soft-reset disable
command in an appropriate configuration mode. To re-enable
automatic soft reset of BGP peers, use the
no form of this command.
bgpauto-policy-soft-resetdisable
nobgpauto-policy-soft-resetdisable
Syntax Description
This command has no keywords or arguments.
Command Default
Automatic soft reset
of peers is enabled.
Command Modes
Router configuration
VRF configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Note
If the inbound
policy changes, it is not always possible to perform a soft reset. This is the
case if the neighbor does not support route refresh and soft-reconfiguration
inbound is not configured for the neighbor. In such instances, a message is
logged in the system log indicating that a manual hard reset is needed.
Task ID
Task ID
Operations
bgp
read,
write
Examples
The following
example shows how to disable an automatic soft reset of BGP peers when their
configured route policy is modified:
To ignore the
autonomous system path length when calculating preferred paths, use the
bgp bestpath
as-path ignore command in an appropriate configuration mode. To return the
software to the default state in which it considers the autonomous system path
length when calculating preferred paths, use the
no form of this command.
bgpbestpathas-pathignore
nobgpbestpathas-pathignore
Syntax Description
This command has no keywords or arguments.
Command Default
The autonomous
system path length is used (not ignored) when a best path is selected.
Command Modes
Router configuration
VRF configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Use the
bgp bestpath
as-path ignore command to ignore the length of autonomous system paths when
the software selects a preferred path. When the best path is selected, if this
command is specified, all steps are performed as usual except comparison of the
autonomous path length between candidate paths.
Task ID
Task ID
Operations
bgp
read,
write
Examples
The following
example shows how to configure the software to ignore the autonomous system
length when performing best-path selection:
Enables
the software to consider a missing MED attribute in a path as having a value of
infinity.
bgp bestpath
compare-routerid
To compare identical
routes received from external BGP (eBGP) peers during the best-path selection
process and select the route with the lowest router ID, use the
bgp bestpath
compare-routerid
command in an appropriate configuration mode. To disable
comparing identical routes received from eBGP peers during best-path selection,
use the
no form of this
command.
bgpbestpathcompare-routerid
nobgpbestpathcompare-routerid
Syntax Description
This command has no keywords or arguments.
Command Default
The software does
not select a new best path if it is the same as the current best path
(according to the BGP selection algorithm) except for the router ID.
Command Modes
Router configuration
VRF configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Use the
bgp bestpath
compare-routerid command to affect how the software selects the best path, in
the case where there are two paths of equal cost according to the BGP selection
algorithm. This command is used to force the software to select the path with
the lower router ID as the best path. If this command is not used, the software
continues to use whichever path is currently the best path, regardless of which
has the lower router ID.
Task ID
Task ID
Operations
bgp
read,
write
Examples
The following
example shows how to configure the BGP speaker in autonomous system 500 to
compare the router IDs of similar paths:
To configure a
router that is running the Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) to not evaluate the
cost community attribute during the best-path selection process, use the
bgp bestpath
cost-community ignore command in an appropriate configuration mode. To restore the
system to its default condition, use the
no form of this
command.
bgpbestpathcost-communityignore
nobgpbestpathcost-communityignore
Syntax Description
This command has no keywords or arguments.
Command Default
The behavior of this
command is enabled by default until the cost community attribute is manually
configured.
Command Modes
Router configuration
VRF configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Use the
bgp bestpath
cost-community ignore
command to disable the evaluation of the cost community
attribute to help isolate problems and troubleshoot issues that relate to BGP
path selection. This command can also be used to delay the activation of cost
community attribute evaluation so that cost community filtering can be deployed
in a large network at the same time.
Task ID
Task ID
Operations
bgp
read, write
Examples
The following
example shows how to configure a router to not evaluate the cost community
attribute during the best-path selection process:
To allow the
comparison of the Multi Exit Discriminator (MED) for paths from neighbors in
different autonomous systems, use the
bgp bestpath
med always command in an appropriate configuration mode. To disable
considering the MED attribute in comparing paths, use the
no form of this
command.
bgpbestpathmedalways
nobgpbestpathmedalways
Syntax Description
This command has no keywords or arguments.
Command Default
The software does
not compare MEDs for paths from neighbors in different autonomous systems.
Command Modes
Router configuration
VRF configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
The MED is one of
the parameters that is considered by the software when selecting the best path
among many alternative paths. The software chooses the path with the lowest
MED.
By default, during
the best-path selection process, the software makes a MED comparison only among
paths from the same autonomous system. This command changes the default
behavior of the software by allowing comparison of MEDs among paths regardless
of the autonomous system from which the paths are received.
When the
bgp bestpath
med always command is not enabled and distributed BGP is configured,
speakers calculate partial best paths only (executes the best-path steps up to
the MED comparison) and send them to BGP Routing Information Base (bRIB). bRIB
calculates the final best path (executes all the steps in the best-path
calculation). When the
bgp bestpath
med always command is enabled and distributed BGP is configured, speakers
can compare the MED across all ASs, allowing the speaker to calculate a single
best path to send it to bRIB. bRIB is the ultimate process that calculates the
final best path, but when the
bgp bestpath
med always command is enabled, the speakers send a single best path
instead of potentially sending multiple, partial best paths
Task ID
Task ID
Operations
bgp
read,
write
Examples
The following
example shows how to configure the Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) speaker in
autonomous system 100 to compare MEDs among alternative paths, regardless of
the autonomous system from which the paths are received:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 100RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# bgp bestpath med always
Specifies that the software consider a missing MED attribute in
a path as having a value of infinity, making the path without a MED value the
least desirable path.
To enable Multi Exit
Discriminator (MED) comparison among paths learned from confederation peers,
use the
bgp bestpath
med confed command in an appropriate configuration mode. To disable the
software from considering the MED attribute in comparing paths, use the
no form of this
command.
bgpbestpathmedconfed
nobgpbestpathmedconfed
Syntax Description
This command has no keywords or arguments.
Command Default
The software does
not compare the MED of paths containing only confederation segments, or paths
containing confederation segments followed by an AS_SET, with the MED of any
other paths.
Command Modes
Router configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
By default, the
MED of the following paths is not compared with the MED of any other path:
Paths with an empty
autonomous system path
Paths beginning with an
AS_SET
Paths containing only
confederation segments
Paths containing
confederation segments followed by an AS_SET
Use the
bgp bestpath
med confed command to affect how the following types of paths are treated
in the BGP best-path algorithm:
Paths containing only
confederation segments
Paths containing
confederation segments followed by an AS_SET
The MED for paths
that start with an AS_SEQUENCE or that start with confederation segments
followed by an AS_SEQUENCE only is compared with the MED of other paths that
share the same first autonomous system number in the autonomous system sequence
(the neighbor autonomous system number). This behavior is not affected by the
bgp bestpath
med confed command.
As an example,
suppose that autonomous systems 65000, 65001, 65002, and 65004 are part of a
confederation, but autonomous system 1 is not. Suppose that for a particular
route, the following paths exist:
Path 1: 65000 65004, med =
2, IGP metric = 20
Path 2: 65001 65004, med =
3, IGP metric = 10
Path 3: 65002 1, med = 1,
IGP metric = 30
If the
bgp bestpath
med confed command is enabled, the software selects path 1 as the best
path because it:
Has a lower MED than path 2
Has a lower IGP metric than
path 3
The MED is not
compared with path 3 because it has an external autonomous system number (that
is, an AS_SEQUENCE) in the path. If the
bgp bestpath
med confed command is not enabled, then MED is not compared between any
of these paths. Consequently, the software selects path 2 as the best path
because it has the lowest IGP metric.
Task ID
Task ID
Operations
bgp
read,
write
Examples
The following
command shows how to enable Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) software to compare
MED values for paths learned from confederation peers:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 210RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# bgp bestpath med confed
Specifies that the software consider a missing MED attribute in
a path as having a value of infinity, making the path without a MED value the
least desirable path.
To have the software
consider a missing Multi Exit Discriminator (MED) attribute in a path as having
a value of infinity, making the path without a MED value the least desirable
path, use the bgp bestpath
med missing-as-worst command in an appropriate configuration mode. To disable
considering the MED attribute in comparing paths, use the
no form of this
command.
bgpbestpathmedmissing-as-worst
nobgpbestpathmedmissing-as-worst
Syntax Description
This command has no keywords or arguments.
Command Default
The software assigns
a value of 0 to the missing MED, causing the path with the missing MED
attribute to be considered as the best possible MED.
Command Modes
Router configuration
VRF configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Task ID
Task ID
Operations
bgp
read,
write
Examples
The following
example shows how to direct the Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) software to
consider a missing MED attribute in a path as having a value of infinity,
making this path the least desirable path:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 210RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# bgp bestpath med missing-as-worst
To disable
reflection of routes between route-reflection clients using a Border Gateway
Protocol (BGP) route reflector, use the bgp
client-to-client reflection disable
command in address family configuration mode. To re-enable
client-to-client reflection, use the
no form of this
command.
(Optional)
Cluster ID for which intra-cluster route reflection is to be disabled; maximum
of 4 bytes. Cluster ID can be entered either as an IP address or value. Range
is 1 to 4294967295.
Command Default
Client-to-client
reflection is enabled.
Command Modes
Address family configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
By default, the clients of
a route reflector that are part of the same cluster are not required to be
fully meshed and the routes from a client are reflected to other clients.
However, if the clients are fully meshed, route reflection is not required. If
the cluster-id is not specified, then this command disables intra-cluster route
reflection for all clusters.
Examples
In this example,
the three neighbors are fully meshed, so client-to-client reflection is
disabled:
To configure the
cluster ID if the Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) cluster has more than one route
reflector, use the
bgp
cluster-id command in an appropriate configuration mode. To
remove the cluster ID, use the
no form of this
command.
bgpcluster-idcluster-id
nobgpcluster-id [cluster-id]
Syntax Description
cluster-id
Cluster ID
of this router acting as a route reflector; maximum of 4 bytes. Cluster ID can
be entered either as an IP address or value. Range is 1 to 4294967295.
Command Default
A cluster ID is not
configured.
Command Modes
Router configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Together, a route
reflector and its clients form a
cluster. A
cluster of clients usually has a single route reflector. In such instances, the
cluster is identified by the software as the router ID of the route reflector.
To increase redundancy and avoid a single point of failure in the network, a
cluster might have more than one route reflector. If it does, all route
reflectors in the cluster must be configured with the same 4-byte cluster ID so
that a route reflector can recognize updates from route reflectors in the same
cluster.
A single route reflector
can also support multiple clusters. Each cluster is identified by a unique
cluster-id. The cluster-id configured by the
bgp
cluster-id command is taken as the default. If bgp cluster-id is
not configured, the router ID for the default VRF identifies the default
cluster. A neighbor can be associated with one cluster only, and the
corresponding cluster-id is configured in neighbor configuration mode. If the
cluster-id is not configured for a neighbor and the neighbor is a route
reflector client, then the neighbor is assigned to the default cluster.
Task ID
Task ID
Operations
bgp
read,
write
Examples
The following
example shows how to configure the local router as one of the route reflectors
serving the cluster. Neighbor 192.168.70.24 is assigned to the default cluster
with cluster-id 1.
To specify a Border
Gateway Protocol (BGP) confederation identifier, use the
bgp
confederation identifier command in an appropriate configuration mode. To remove the
confederation identifier, use the
no form of this
command.
bgpconfederationidentifieras-number
nobgpconfederationidentifier [as-number]
Syntax Description
as-number
Autonomous
system (AS) number that internally includes multiple autonomous systems.
Range for 2-byte Autonomous
system numbers (ASNs) is 1 to 65535.
Range for 4-byte Autonomous
system numbers (ASNs) in asplain format is 1 to 4294967295.
Range for 4-byte Autonomous
system numbers (ASNs) is asdot format is 1.0 to 65535.65535.
Command Default
No confederation
identifier is configured.
Command Modes
Router configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
One way to reduce
the internal BGP (iBGP) mesh is to divide an autonomous system into multiple
autonomous systems and group them into a single confederation. Each autonomous
system is fully meshed within itself, and has a few connections to another
autonomous system in the same confederation. Although the peers in different
autonomous systems have external BGP (eBGP) sessions, they exchange routing
information as if they are iBGP peers. Specifically, the confederation
maintains the next hop and local preference information, and that allows you to
retain a single Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP) for all autonomous systems. To
the outside world, the confederation looks like a single autonomous system.
Use the
bgp
confederation identifier command to specify the autonomous system number for the
confederation. This autonomous system number is used when BGP sessions are
established with external peers in autonomous systems that are not part of the
confederation.
Task ID
Task ID
Operations
bgp
read,
write
Examples
The following
example shows how to divide the autonomous system into autonomous systems 4001,
4002, 4003, 4004, 4005, 4006, and 4007 with the confederation identifier 5.
Neighbor 10.2.3.4 is a router inside the confederation. Neighbor 172.20.16.6 is
outside the routing domain confederation. To the outside world, there appears
to be a single autonomous system with the number 5.
Configures the autonomous systems that belong to the
confederation.
bgp confederation
peers
To configure the
autonomous systems that belong to the confederation, use the bgp
confederation peers command in an appropriate configuration mode. To remove the
autonomous system from the confederation, use the
no form of this
command.
bgpconfederationpeers [as-number]
nobgpconfederationpeers [as-number]
Syntax Description
as-number
Autonomous
system (AS) numbers for Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) peers that belong to the
confederation.
Range for 2-byte Autonomous
system numbers (ASNs) is 1 to 65535.
Range for 4-byte Autonomous
system numbers (ASNs) in asplain format is 1 to 4294967295.
Range for 4-byte Autonomous
system numbers (ASNs) is asdot format is 1.0 to 65535.65535.
Command Default
No BGP peers are
identified as belonging to the confederation.
Command Modes
Router configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
The autonomous
systems specified in this command are visible internally to a confederation.
Each autonomous system is fully meshed within itself. The
bgp confederation identifier command specifies the
confederation to which the autonomous systems belong.
To specify
multiple autonomous systems, enter BGP confederation peer configuration mode
then enter one
autonomous-system-number for each command line.
Task ID
Task ID
Operations
bgp
read,
write
Examples
The following
example shows that autonomous systems 1090 and 1093 belong to a single
confederation:
To enable Border
Gateway Protocol (BGP) route dampening or change various BGP route dampening
factors, use the
bgp
dampening command in an appropriate configuration mode. To disable route
dampening and reset default values, use the
no form of this
command.
(Optional)
Time (in minutes) after which a penalty is decreased. Once the route has been
assigned a penalty, the penalty is decreased by half after the half-life period
(which is 15 minutes by default). Penalty reduction happens every 5 seconds.
Range of the half-life period is from 1 to 45 minutes.
reuse
(Optional)
Value for route reuse if the flapping route penalty decreases and falls below
the reuse value. When this happens, the route is unsuppressed. The process of
unsuppressing routes occurs at 10-second increments. Range is 1 to 20000.
suppress
(Optional)
Maximum penalty value. Suppress a route when its penalty exceeds the value
specified. When this happens, the route is suppressed. Range is 1 to 20000.
max-suppress-time
(Optional)
Maximum time (in minutes) a route can be suppressed. Range is 1 to 255. If the
half-life value is allowed to default, the maximum suppress time
defaults to 60 minutes.
route-policyroute-policy-name
(Optional)
Specifies the route policy to use to set dampening parameters.
Command Default
Route dampening is
disabled.
half-life: 15 minutes
reuse: 750
suppress: 2000
max-suppress-time: four times
half-life
value
Command Modes
IPv4 address family configuration
IPv6 address family configuration
VPNv4 address family configuration
VRF IPv4 address family configuration
VPNv6 address family configuration
VRF IPv6 address family configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Use the
bgp
dampening command without arguments to enable BGP route dampening with
the default parameters. The parameters can be changed by setting them on the
command line or specifying them with a routing policy.
Task ID
Task ID
Operations
bgp
read,
write
Examples
The following
example shows how to set the
half-life value to 30 minutes, the
reuse value to 1500, the
suppress value to 10000, and the
max-suppress-time to 120 minutes:
Displays
information about BGP connections to neighbors.
bgp default
local-preference
To change the
default local preference value, use the
bgp default
local-preference command in an appropriate configuration mode. To reset the
local preference value to the default of 100, use the
no form of this
command.
bgpdefaultlocal-preferencevalue
nobgpdefaultlocal-preference [value]
Syntax Description
value
Local
preference value. Range is 0 to 4294967295. Higher values are preferable.
Command Default
Enabled with a value
of 100.
Command Modes
Router configuration
VRF configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Generally, the
default value of 100 allows you to easily define a particular path as less
preferable than paths with no local preference attribute. The preference is
sent to all networking devices in the local autonomous system.
Task ID
Task ID
Operations
bgp
read,
write
Examples
The following
example shows how to raise the default local preference value from the default
of 100 to 200:
To disable the
software from enforcing the first autonomous system path (known as the AS path)
of a route received from an external Border Gateway Protocol (eBGP) peer to be
the same as the configured remote autonomous system, use the
bgp
enforce-first-as disable
command in an appropriate configuration mode. To re-enable
enforcing the first AS path of a received route from an eBGP peer to be the
same as the remote autonomous system, use the
no form of
this command.
bgpenforce-first-asdisable
nobgpenforce-first-asdisable
Syntax Description
This command has no keywords or arguments.
Command Default
By default, the
software requires the first autonomous system (in the AS path) of a route
received from an eBGP peer to be the same as the remote autonomous system
configured.
Command Modes
Router configuration
VRF configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
By default, the
software ignores any update received from an eBGP neighbor that does not have
the autonomous system configured for that neighbor at the beginning of the AS
path. When configured, the command applies to all eBGP peers of the router.
Task ID
Task ID
Operations
bgp
read,
write
Examples
The following
example shows a configuration in which incoming updates from eBGP neighbors are
not checked to ensure the first AS number in the AS path is the same as the
configured AS number for the neighbor:
Disables
the software to enforce the first autonomous system in the AS path of a route
received from an external Border Gateway Protocol (eBGP) peer to be the same as
the configured remote autonomous system, in neighbor configuration mode,
neighbor group configuration mode, and session group configuration mode.
Disables
the software to enforce the first autonomous system in the AS path of a route
received from an external Border Gateway Protocol (eBGP) peer to be the same as
the configured remote autonomous system, in neighbor configuration mode,
neighbor group configuration mode, and session group configuration mode.
To disable
immediately resetting the Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) sessions of any
directly adjacent external peers if the link used to reach them goes down, use
the
bgp
fast-external-fallover disable
command in an appropriate configuration mode. To disable this
function and perform an immediate reset of BGP sessions when a link between
peers is lost, use the
no form of
this command.
bgpfast-external-falloverdisable
nobgpfast-external-falloverdisable
Syntax Description
disable
Disables BGP
fast external failover.
Command Default
BGP sessions of any
directly adjacent external peers are immediately reset if the link used to
reach them goes down.
Command Modes
Router configuration
VRF configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
By default, BGP
sessions of any directly adjacent external peers are immediately reset, which
allows the network to recover faster when links go down between BGP peers.
Task ID
Task ID
Operations
bgp
read,
write
Examples
The following
example shows how to disable the automatic resetting of BGP sessions:
To enable graceful
restart support, use the
bgp
graceful-restart command in an appropriate configuration mode. To disable this
function, use the
no form of
this command.
bgpgraceful-restart
nobgpgraceful-restart
Syntax Description
This command has no keywords or arguments.
Command Default
Graceful restart
support is not enabled.
Command Modes
Router configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Use the
bgp
graceful-restart
command to enable graceful restart functionality on the router,
and also to advertise graceful restart to neighboring routers.
Note
The
bgp
graceful-restart command with no options must be used to enable graceful
restart before using the
bgp
graceful-restart purge-time,
bgp
graceful-restart restart-time,
bgp
graceful-restart stalepath-time, or
bgp
graceful-restart graceful-reset commands.
When graceful
restart is enabled, the BGP graceful restart capability is negotiated with
neighbors in the BGP OPEN message when the session is established. If the
neighbor also advertises support for graceful restart, then graceful restart is
activated for that neighbor session. If the neighbor does not advertise support
for graceful restart, then graceful restart is not activated for that neighbor
session even though it is enabled locally.
If you enter
the bgp
graceful-restart command after some BGP sessions are established, you must
restart those sessions before graceful restart takes effect. Use the
clear
bgp command to restart sessions.
Task ID
Task ID
Operations
bgp
read,
write
Examples
The following
example shows how to enable graceful restart:
To invoke a graceful
restart when configuration changes force a peer reset, use the
bgp
graceful-restart graceful-reset command in an appropriate configuration mode. To disable this
function, use the
no form of this
command.
bgpgraceful-restartgraceful-reset
nobgpgraceful-restartgraceful-reset
Syntax Description
This command has no keywords or arguments.
Command Default
Graceful restart is
not invoked when a configuration change forces a peer reset.
Command Modes
Router configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
BGP graceful
restart must be enabled using the
bgp
graceful-restart command before enabling graceful reset using the
bgp
graceful-restart graceful-reset command.
Task ID
Task ID
Operations
bgp
read,
write
Examples
The following
example shows how to enable graceful reset:
To specify the
maximum time before stale routes are purged from the routing information base
(RIB) when the local BGP process restarts, use the
bgp
graceful-restart purge-time command in an appropriate configuration mode. To set the purge
timer time to its default value, use the
no form of
this command.
bgpgraceful-restartpurge-timeseconds
nobgpgraceful-restartpurge-timeseconds
Syntax Description
seconds
Maximum time
before stale routes are purged. Time in seconds. Range is 0 to 6000.
Command Default
seconds: 600
Command Modes
Router configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
BGP graceful
restart must be enabled using the
bgp
graceful-restart command before setting the purge time using the
bgp
graceful-restart purge-time command.
Task ID
Task ID
Operations
bgp
read,
write
Examples
The following
example shows how to change the BGP purge time to 800 seconds:
To specify a
user-predicted local BGP process maximum restart time, which is advertised to
neighbors during session establishment, use the
bgp
graceful-restart restart-time command in an appropriate configuration mode. To set this
restart time to its default value, use the
no form of
this command.
bgpgraceful-restartrestart-timeseconds
nobgpgraceful-restartrestart-timeseconds
Syntax Description
seconds
Maximum time
advertised to neighbors. Time in seconds. Range is 1 to 4095.
Command Default
seconds: 120
Command Modes
Router configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
BGP graceful
restart must be enabled using the
bgp
graceful-restart command before setting the restart timer using the
bgp
graceful-restart restart-time command.
Task ID
Task ID
Operations
bgp
read,
write
Examples
The following
example shows how to change the BGP graceful restart time to 400 seconds:
To specify the
maximum time to wait for an End-of-RIB message after a neighbor restarts, use
the
bgp
graceful-restart stalepath-time
command in an appropriate configuration mode. To set the
stalepath timer time to its default value, use the
no form of
this command.
bgpgraceful-restartstalepath-timeseconds
nobgpgraceful-restartstalepath-timeseconds
Syntax Description
seconds
Maximum wait
time. Time in seconds. Range is 1 to 4095.
Command Default
seconds: 360
Command Modes
Router configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
BGP graceful
restart must be enabled using the
bgp
graceful-restart command before setting the stalepath time using the
bgp
graceful-restart stalepath-time command.
If the stalepath
time is exceeded before an End-of-RIB message is received from a neighbor,
paths learned from the neighbor are purged from the BGP routing table.
Task ID
Task ID
Operations
bgp
read,
write
Examples
The following
example shows how to change the stalepath time to 750 seconds:
To enable delay for
Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) batch import processing, use the
bgp
import-delay command in an appropriate configuration mode. To
disable delay in batch import processing, use the no form of this command.
bgpimport-delaysecondsmilliseconds
nobgpimport-delay
Syntax Description
seconds
Specifies
batch import processing delay in seconds. Range is 0 to 10 seconds.
milliseconds
Specifies
batch import processing delay in milliseconds. Range is 0 to 999 seconds.
Command Default
No delay is
configured.
Command Modes
Address-family VPNv4 Unicast
Address-family VPNv6 Unicast
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Task ID
Task ID
Operation
bgp
read, write
Examples
This example shows
how to set delay in batch import processing as two seconds and zero
milliseconds:
Enables delay for Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) batch label processing
bgp
label-delay
To enable delay for
Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) batch label processing, use the
bgp
import-delay command in an appropriate configuration mode. To
disable delay in batch import processing, use the no form of this command.
bgplabel-delaysecondsmilliseconds
nobgplabel-delay
Syntax Description
seconds
Specifies
batch label processing delay in seconds. Range is 0 to 10 seconds.
milliseconds
Specifies
batch label processing delay in milliseconds. Range is 0 to 999 seconds.
Command Default
No delay is
configured.
Command Modes
Address-family IPv4 Unicast
Address-family IPv4 Multicast
Address-family IPv6 Unicast
Address-family IPv6 Multicast
Address-family VPNv4 Unicast
Address-family VPNv6 Unicast
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Task ID
Task ID
Operation
bgp
read, write
Examples
This example shows
how to set delay in batch import processing as two seconds and zero
milliseconds:
Enables delay for Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) batch import processing
bgp log neighbor
changes disable
To disable logging
of Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) neighbor resets, use the
bgp log
neighbor changes disable
command in an appropriate configuration mode. To re-enable
logging of BGP neighbor resets, use theno form of this command.
bgplogneighborchangesdisable
nobgplogneighborchangesdisable
Syntax Description
This command has no keywords or arguments.
Command Default
BGP neighbor changes
are logged.
Command Modes
Router configuration
VRF configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Logging of BGP
neighbor status changes (up or down) and resets is used for troubleshooting
network connectivity problems and measuring network stability. Unexpected
neighbor resets might indicate high error rates or high packet loss in the
network, and should be investigated.
Status change
message logging does not substantially affect performance, unlike, for example,
enabling per-BGP update debugging. If the UNIX syslog facility is enabled,
messages are sent by the software to the UNIX host running the syslog daemon so
that the messages can be stored and archived on disk. If the UNIX syslog
facility is not enabled, the status change messages are kept in the internal
buffer of the router, and are not stored to disk.
The neighbor
status change messages are not tracked if the
bgp log
neighbor changes disablecommand is disabled, except for the last reset reason, which is
always available as output of the
show bgp
neighbors command.
Up and down
messages for BGP neighbors are logged by the software by default. Use the
bgp log
neighbor changes disable command to stop logging BGP neighbor changes.
Task ID
Task ID
Operations
bgp
read,
write
Examples
The following
example shows how to prevent the logging of neighbor changes for BGP:
Displays
information about the TCP and BGP connections to neighbors.
bgp maximum
neighbor
To control the
maximum number of neighbors that can be configured on the router, use the
bgp maximum
neighbor
command in an appropriate configuration mode. To set the
neighbor limit to the default value, use the no form of this command.
bgpmaximumneighborlimit
nomaximumneighbor [limit]
Syntax Description
limit
Maximum
number of neighbors. Range is 1 to 15000.
Command Default
Default limit is
4000
Command Modes
Router configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Any attempt to
configure the neighbor limit below 1 or above 15000 fails. Similarly,
attempting to configure the limit below the number of neighbors currently
configured fails. For example, if there are 3250 neighbors configured, you
cannot set the
limit below 3250.
Task ID
Task ID
Operations
bgp
write
Examples
The following
example shows how to change the default maximum neighbor limit and set it to
1200:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)#router bgp 65530RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# bgp maximum neighbor 1200
bgp
redistribute-internal
To allow the
redistribution of internal Border Gateway Protocol (iBGP) routes into an
Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP), such as Intermediate System-to-Intermediate
System (IS-IS) or Open Shortest Path First (OSPF), use the
bgp
redistribute-internal command in an appropriate configuration mode. To disable the
redistribution of iBGP routes into IGPs, use the
no form of this
command.
bgpredistribute-internal
nobgpredistribute-internal
Syntax Description
This command has no keywords or arguments.
Command Default
By default, iBGP
routes are not redistributed into IGPs.
Command Modes
Router configuration
VRF configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Use of the
bgp
redistribute-internal command requires the
clear route
* command to be issued to reinstall all BGP routes into the IP
routing table.
Note
Redistributing
iBGP routes into IGPs may cause routing loops to form within an autonomous
system. Use this command with caution.
Task ID
Task ID
Operations
bgp
read,
write
Examples
The following
example shows how to redistribute iBGP routes into OSPF:
To configure a fixed
router ID for a Border Gateway Protocol (BGP)-speaking router, use the
bgp
router-id command in an appropriate configuration mode. To disable a
fixed router ID, use the
no form of this command.
bgprouter-idip-address
nobgprouter-id
[ ip-address ]
Syntax Description
ip-address
IP Version 4
(IPv4) address to use as the router ID. Normally, this should be an IPv4
address assigned to the router.
Command Default
If no router ID is
configured in BGP, BGP attempts to use the global router ID if one is
configured and available. Otherwise, BGP uses the highest IP address configured
on a loopback interface.
Command Modes
Router configuration
VRF configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
If you do not use
the
bgp
router-id
command to configure a router ID, an IP address is not
configured on any loopback interface, and no global router ID is configured,
BGP neighbors remain down.
For more details
on router IDs, see the
Routing Configuration Guide for Cisco NCS 6000 Series Routers
Task ID
Task ID
Operations
bgp
read,
write
Examples
The following
example shows how to configure the local router with the router ID of
192.168.70.24:
To configure
scanning intervals of Border Gateway Protocol (BGP)-speaking networking
devices, use the
bgp
scan-time command in an appropriate configuration mode. To restore the
scanning interval to its default value, use the
no form of this command.
bgpscan-timeseconds
nobgpscan-timeseconds
Syntax Description
seconds
Scanning
interval (in seconds) of BGP routing information. Range is 5 to 3600 seconds.
Command Default
The default scanning
interval is 60 seconds.
Command Modes
Router configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Use the
bgp
scan-time command to change how frequently the software processes
scanner tasks, such as conditional advertisement, dynamic MED changes, and
periodic maintenance tasks.
Task ID
Task ID
Operations
bgp
read,
write
Examples
This example shows
how to set the scanning interval to 20 seconds:
To set the maximum
initial delay for a Border Gateway Protocol (BGP)-speaking router to send the
first updates, use the
bgp
update-delay command in an appropriate configuration mode. To restore the
initial delay to its default value, use the
no form of this command.
bgpupdate-delayseconds [always]
nobgpupdate-delay
[ seconds ] [ always ]
Syntax Description
seconds
Delay in
seconds for the router to send the first updates. Range is 0 to 3600.
always
(Optional)
Specifies that the router always wait for the update delay time, even if all
neighbors have finished sending their initial updates sooner.
Command Default
120 seconds
Command Modes
Router configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
When BGP is
started, it waits a specified period of time for its neighbors to establish
peering sessions and to complete sending their initial updates. After all
neighbors complete their initial updates, or after the update delay timer
expires, the best path is calculated for each route, and the software starts
sending advertisements out to its peers. This behavior improves convergence
time. If the software were to advertise a route as soon as it learned it, it
would have to readvertise the route each time it learned a new path that was
preferred over all previously learned paths.
Use the
bgp
update-delay command to tune the maximum time the software waits after the
first neighbor is established until it starts calculating best paths and
sending out advertisements.
Task ID
Task ID
Operations
bgp
read,
write
Examples
The following
example shows how to set the maximum initial delay to 240 seconds:
To advertise
capability of receiving additional paths to the peer, use the
capability additional-paths
receive
command in neighbor or neighbor-group or session-group
configuration mode. To disable the capability of receiving additional paths,
use the
no form of this
command.
capability additional-paths receive [disable]
nocapability additional-paths receive
Syntax Description
disable
Disables advertising capability of receiving additional paths.
Command Default
Capability is
disabled.
Command Modes
Neighbor configuration
Neighbor group configuration
Session group configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Use the
capability additional-paths
receive command to selectively enable or disable additional paths
receive capability negotiation for a particular neighbor or neighbor-group or
session-group. Configuring
additional-paths
receive command in global address-family mode is a pre-requisite
for negotiating additional paths receive capability with the peer.
If you enter the
capability additional-paths
receive command after some BGP sessions are established, you must
restart those sessions for the new configuration to take effect. Use the
clear bgp
command to restart sessions.
Task ID
Task ID
Operation
bgp
read, write
Examples
The following
example shows how to advertise capability of receiving additional paths:
Advertises capability of sending additional paths to the peer.
capability
additional-paths send
To advertise
capability of sending additional paths to the peer, use the
capability additional-paths
send command in neighbor or neighbor-group or session-group
configuration mode. To disable the capability of sending additional paths, use
the
no form of this
command.
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Use the
capability additional paths
send command to selectively enable or disable additional paths
send capability negotiation for a particular neighbor or neighbor-group or
session-group. Configuring the
additional-paths
send command in global address-family mode is a pre-requisite for
negotiating additional paths send capability with the peer.
You must restart the
BGP sessions for the new configuration to take effect. Use the
clear bgp
command to restart sessions.
Task ID
Task ID
Operation
bgp
read, write
Examples
The following
example shows how to advertise capability of sending additional paths to the
peer:
To advertise prefix
list-based Outbound Route Filter (ORF) capability to the Border Gateway
Protocol (BGP) peer, use the
capability orf
prefix
command in an appropriate configuration mode. To remove the
capability orf
prefix
command from the configuration file and restore the system to
its default condition in which the software does not advertise the capability,
use the
no form of this
command.
capabilityorfprefix
{ receive | send | both | none }
nocapabilityorfprefix
[ receive | send | both | none ]
Syntax Description
receive
Sets the
capability to receive the ORF from a specified neighbor.
send
Sets the
capability to send the ORF to a specified neighbor.
both
Sets the
capability to receive and send the ORF from or to a specified neighbor.
none
Sets the
capability to no for ORF receive or send from or to a specified neighbor.
Command Default
The routing device
does not receive or send route prefix filter lists.
Command Modes
IPv4 address family group configuration
IPv6 address family group configuration
IPv4 neighbor address family configuration
VRF neighbor IPv4 address family configuration
IPv4 neighbor group address family configuration
IPv6 neighbor group address family configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
The advertisement
of the prefix list ORF capability by a BGP speaker indicates whether the
speaker can send prefix lists to the specified neighbor and whether it accepts
prefix lists from the neighbor. The speaker sends a prefix list if it indicated
the ability to send them, and if the neighbor indicated it was willing to
accept them. Similarly, the neighbor sends a prefix list to the speaker if it
indicated the ability to send them and the speaker indicated the willingness to
accept them.
Note
The capability
orf and prefix list filter specified by orf route-policy must be explicitly
configured.
If the neighbor
sends a prefix list and the speaker accepts it, the speaker applies the
received prefix list, plus any locally configured outbound filters, to limit
its outbound routing updates to the neighbor. Increased filtering prevents
unwanted routing updates between neighbors and reduces resource requirements
for routing update generation and processing.
Use the
capability
orf prefix
command to set whether to advertise send and receive
capabilities to the specified neighbor.
Note
Sending a
receive capability can adversely affect performance, because updates sent to
that neighbor cannot be replicated for any other neighbors.
If this command is
configured for a neighbor group or neighbor address family group, all neighbors
using the group inherit the configuration. Values of commands configured
specifically for a neighbor override inherited values.
Task ID
Task ID
Operations
bgp
read,
write
Examples
The following
example shows how to configure the
capability
orf prefix
command:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configureRP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# route-policy orfqqRP/0/RP0/CPU0:router:(config-rpl)# if orf prefix in (10.0.0.0/8 ge 20) thenRP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-rpl)# passRP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-rpl)# endifRP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-rpl)# if orf prefix in (1910::16 ge 120) then RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-rpl)# passRP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-rpl)# endif RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-rpl)# end-policy RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 65530RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# neighbor 10.0.101.1RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# remote-as 65534RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# address-family ipv4 unicastRP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr-af)# route-policy pass-all outRP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr-af)# capability orf prefix bothRP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr-af)# orf route-policy orfqq
Displays
information about BGP neighbors. Use the
received prefix-filter keywords to display information on the prefix list
filter.
capability suppress
4-byte-as
To suppress 4-byte
AS capability from being advertised to the BGP peer, use the
capability suppress
4-byte-as command in the appropriate configuration mode. To
remove the
capability suppress
4-byte-as command from the configuration and restore the system
to the default condition, in which the software advertises the capability, use
the
no form of this
command.
Prevents
capability suppress 4-type-as being inherited from the parent.
Command Default
4-byte-as capability
is advertised to the BGP peer.
Command Modes
Neighbor configuration
Neighbor group configuration
Session group configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
By default, the
software advertises the 4-byte AS capability to BGP peers. To override this
default behavior, use the
capability
suppress 4-byte-as
command under the command modes listed in the ''Command Modes''
section. If configured under the neighbor group or session group, all neighbors
using the group inherit the configuration. Use the
no option to
remove the command.
Caution
The BGP session
resets automatically, if the 4-byte AS capability of an existing BGP session is
changed by configuring
capability
suppress 4-byte-as
or
capability
suppress 4-byte-as
inheritance-disable.
Task ID
Task ID
Operations
bgp
read,
write
Examples
The following
example shows how to configure the
capability
suppress 4-byte-as
command:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp nei 10.3.3.3 conf
neighbor 10.3.3.3
remote-as 65000 [n:internal]
description PE3 []
update-source Loopback0 [n:internal]
address-family ipv4 unicast [n:internal]
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router#show bgp nei 10.3.3.3
BGP neighbor is 10.3.3.3
Remote AS 65000, local AS 65000, internal link
Description: PE3
Remote router ID 10.3.3.3
BGP state = Established, up for 1w0d
Last read 00:00:17, hold time is 180, keepalive interval is 60 seconds
Precedence: internet
Neighbor capabilities:
Route refresh: advertised and received
4-byte AS: advertised and received
Address family IPv4 Unicast: advertised and received
Received 25962 messages, 0 notifications, 0 in queue
Sent 25968 messages, 1 notifications, 0 in queue
Minimum time between advertisement runs is 0 seconds
For Address Family: IPv4 Unicast
BGP neighbor version 1
Update group: 0.3
Route refresh request: received 0, sent 0
0 accepted prefixes, 0 are bestpaths
Prefix advertised 0, suppressed 0, withdrawn 0, maximum limit 524288
Threshold for warning message 75%
An EoR was received during read-only mode
Connections established 2; dropped 1
Last reset 1w0d, due to BGP Notification sent: hold time expired
Time since last notification sent to neighbor: 1w0d
Error Code: hold time expired
Notification data sent: None
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)#router bgp 65000RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)#neighbor 10.3.3.3RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)#capability suppress 4-byte-asRP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)#commitRP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)#endRP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp nei 10.3.3.3
BGP neighbor is 10.3.3.3
Remote AS 65000, local AS 65000, internal link
Description: PE3
Remote router ID 10.3.3.3
BGP state = Established, up for 00:00:16
Last read 00:00:11, hold time is 180, keepalive interval is 60 seconds
Precedence: internet
Neighbor capabilities:
Route refresh: advertised and received
Address family IPv4 Unicast: advertised and received
Capability 4-byte-as suppress is configured
Received 25966 messages, 0 notifications, 0 in queue
Sent 25972 messages, 1 notifications, 0 in queue
Minimum time between advertisement runs is 0 seconds
For Address Family: IPv4 Unicast
BGP neighbor version 1
Update group: 0.2
Route refresh request: received 0, sent 0
0 accepted prefixes, 0 are bestpaths
Prefix advertised 0, suppressed 0, withdrawn 0, maximum limit 524288
Threshold for warning message 75%
An EoR was received during read-only mode
Connections established 3; dropped 2
Last reset 00:00:43, due to Capabilty 4-byte-as configuration changed
Time since last notification sent to neighbor: 1w0d
Error Code: hold time expired
Notification data sent: None
With the
inheritance-disable keyword:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# neighbor 10.0.101.1RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# capability suppress 4-byte-as inheritance-disableRP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp neighbor 10.0.101.1 config
neighbor 10.0.101.1
remote-as 1 []
address-family ipv4 unicast []
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp neighbor 10.0.101.1
BGP neighbor is 10.0.101.1
Remote AS 1, local AS 100, external link
Remote router ID 0.0.0.0
BGP state = Idle
Last read 00:00:00, hold time is 180, keepalive interval is 60 seconds
Precedence: internet
Received 0 messages, 0 notifications, 0 in queue
Sent 0 messages, 0 notifications, 0 in queue
Minimum time between advertisement runs is 30 seconds
clear bgp
To reset a group of
Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) neighbors, use the
clear
bgp command in
XR EXEC
mode.
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Use the
clear
bgp command to reset the sessions of the specified group of
neighbors (hard reset); it removes the TCP connection to the neighbor, removes
all routes received from the neighbor from the BGP table, and then
re-establishes the session with the neighbor.
If the
graceful keyword is specified, the routes from the neighbor are not
removed from the BGP table immediately, but are marked as stale. After the
session is re-established, any stale route that has not been received again
from the neighbor is removed.
Task ID
Task ID
Operations
bgp
execute
Examples
The following
example shows how to hard reset neighbor 10.0.0.1:
Displays
information about the TCP and BGP connections to neighbors.
clear bgp
current-mode
To switch from one
BGP mode to another, use the
clear bgp
current-mode command in
XR EXEC mode.
clearbgpcurrent-mode
Syntax Description
This command has no
arguments or keywords.
Command Default
No default behavior
or values
Command Modes
XR EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Use the
clear bgp
current-mode command to switch from standalone to distributed mode, or from
distributed to standalone mode. The
show bgp
process command indicates the current BGP mode.
Note
Switching from one
mode to another causes all BGP sessions to go down.
Task ID
Task ID
Operations
bgp
execute
Examples
The following
example shows the
show bgp
process command output before and after switching from one BGP mode to
another:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp process
BGP Process Information
BGP is operating in STANDALONE mode
Autonomous System: 3
Router ID: 10.18.18.11
Cluster ID: 10.18.18.11
Fast external fallover enabled
Neighbor logging is enabled
Enforce first AS enabled
Default local preference: 100
Default keepalive: 60
Update delay: 120
Generic scan interval: 60
Address family: IPv4 Unicast
Dampening is not enabled
Client reflection is enabled
Scan interval: 60
Main Table Version: 3
IGP notification: IGPs notified
RIB has converged: version 0
Node Process Nbrs Estb Rst Upd-Rcvd Upd-Sent Nfn-Rcv Nfn-Snt
node0_0_CPU0 Speaker 5 5 51 0 7 0 5
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configureRP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 3RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# distributed speaker 1RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# distributed speaker 2RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# neighbor 10.0.101.1RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# speaker-id 2RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# commitRP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# clear bgp current-modeRP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp process
BGP Process Information
BGP is operating in DISTRIBUTED mode
Autonomous System: 3
Router ID: 10.18.18.11
Cluster ID: 10.18.18.11
Fast external fallover enabled
Neighbor logging is enabled
Enforce first AS enabled
Default local preference: 100
Default keepalive: 60
Update delay: 120
Generic scan interval: 60
Address family: IPv4 Unicast
Dampening is not enabled
Client reflection is enabled
Scan interval: 60
Main Table Version: 1
IGP notification: IGPs not notified
RIB has not converged: version 0
Node Process Nbrs Estb Rst Upd-Rcvd Upd-Sent Nfn-Rcv Nfn-Snt
node0_0_CPU0 Speaker 1 4 1 52 0 0 0 4
node0_0_CPU0 Speaker 2 1 0 9 0 0 0 1
node0_0_CPU0 bRIB 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
node0_0_CPU0 bRIB 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
To clear Border
Gateway Protocol (BGP) route dampening information and unsuppress the
suppressed routes, use the
clear bgp
dampening command in
XR EXEC mode.
clearbgpdampening
Syntax Description
ipv4
Specifies IP
Version 4 address prefixes.
unicast
Specifies
unicast address prefixes.
multicast
Specifies
multicast address prefixes.
labeled-unicast
Specifies
labeled unicast address prefixes.
all
For
subaddress families, specifies prefixes for all subaddress families.
ipv6
Specifies IP
Version 6 address prefixes.
all
For address
family, specifies prefixes for all address families.
vpnv4
unicast
Specifies
VPNv4 unicast address families.
vrf
Specifies
VPN routing and forwarding (VRF).
vrf-name
Name of a
VRF.
all
For VRF,
specifies all VRFs.
ipv4
{unicast |
labeled-unicast}
For VRF,
specifies IPv4 unicast and labeled-unicast address families.
ipv6
unicast
For VRF,
specifies IPv6 unicast address families.
vpnv6 unicast
Specifies
VPNv6 unicast address families.
ip-address
(Optional)
IP address of the network about which to clear dampening information.
/mask-length
(Optional)
Network mask applied to the IP address.
Command Default
If no IP address
is specified, dampening information for all routes is cleared.
Command Modes
XR EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Always use the
clear bgp
dampening command for an individual address-family. The
all option
for address-families with clear bgp dampening should never be used during
normal functioning of the system. For example, use
clear bgp ipv4 unicast dampening prefix x.x.x./y
Task ID
Task ID
Operations
bgp
execute
Examples
The following
example shows how to clear the route dampening information for all
172.20.0.0/16 IPv4 multicast paths:
(Optional)
Clears all external peers with a hard reset and a graceful restart. This option
is available when an address family is not specified.
Command Default
No default
behavior or value
Command Modes
XR EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Task ID
Task ID
Operations
bgp
execute
Examples
The following
example shows how to clear all BGP external peers:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# clear bgp external
clear bgp
flap-statistics
To clear Border
Gateway Protocol (BGP) flap counts for a specified group of routes, use the
clear bgp
flap-statistics
command in
XR EXEC mode.
clear bgp flap-statistics
Syntax Description
ipv4
Specifies IP
Version 4 address prefixes.
unicast
Specifies
unicast address prefixes.
multicast
Specifies
multicast address prefixes.
labeled-unicast
Specifies
labeled unicast address prefixes.
all
For
subaddress families, specifies prefixes for all subaddress families.
ipv6
Specifies IP
Version 6 address prefixes.
all
For address
family, specifies prefixes for all address families.
vpnv4
unicast
Specifies
VPNv4 unicast address families.
vrf
Specifies
VPN routing and forwarding (VRF).
vrf-name
Name of a
VRF.
all
For VRF,
specifies all VRFs.
ipv4
{unicast |
labeled-unicast}
For VRF,
specifies IPv4 unicast or labeled-unicast address families.
ipv6 unicast
For VRF,
specifies IPv6 unicast address families.
vpnv6 unicast
Specifies
VPNv6 unicast address families.
regexp
regexp
(Optional)
Clears flap statistics for routes whose AS paths match the regular expression.
route-policy
route-policy-name
(Optional)
Clears flap statistics for the specific route policy.
network
(Optional)
Network for which flap counts are to be cleared.
/mask-length
(Optional)
Network mask of the network for which flap counts are to be cleared.
ip-address
(Optional)
Neighbor address. Clears only flap statistics for routes received from this
neighbor.
Command Default
No default
behavior or value
Command Modes
EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Task ID
Task ID
Operations
bgp
execute
Examples
The following
example shows how to clear the flap count for all routes (in all address
families) originating in autonomous system 1:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router#clear bgp all all flap-statistics regexp _1$
The following
example shows how to clear the flap count for all IPv4 unicast routes received
from neighbor 172.20.1.1:
To reset the number
of received notifications and the cumulative processing time for the Border
Gateway Protocol (BGP) next hop, use the
clear bgp
nexthop performance-statistics
command in
XR EXEC mode.
For
subaddress families, specifies prefixes for all subaddress families.
tunnel
Specifies
tunnel address prefixes.
ipv6
Specifies IP
Version 6 address prefixes.
all
For address
family, specifies prefixes for all address families.
vpnv4
unicast
Specifies
VPNv4 unicast address families.
vrf
Specifies
VPN routing and forwarding (VRF).
vrf-name
Name of a
VRF.
all
For VRF,
specifies all VRFs.
ipv4
{unicast |
labeled-unicast}
For VRF,
specifies IPv4 unicast or labeled-unicast address families.
ipv6
unicast
For VRF,
specifies IPv6 unicast address families.
Command Default
No default
behavior or values
Command Modes
XR EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Use the
clear bgp
nexthop performance-statistics
command to reset the total number of notifications received
from the Routing Information Base (RIB) and the cumulative next-hop processing
time. The following information is cleared from the
show bgp
nexthops command output:
Total critical
notifications received
Total noncritical
notifications received
Best path deleted after
last walk
Best path changed after
last walk
Next-hop table total number
of critical and noncritical notifications (Notf) and the time of the last
notification received from the RIB (LastRIB) columns (only entries that have a
status of unreachable [UR])
Task ID
Task ID
Operations
bgp
execute
Examples
The following
example shows how to clear next-hop performance statistics:
For
subaddress families, specifies prefixes for all subaddress families.
tunnel
Specifies
tunnel address prefixes.
mdt
Specifies
IPv4 multicast distribution tree (MDT) address prefixes.
ipv6
Specifies IP
Version 6 address prefixes.
all
For address
family, specifies prefixes for all address families.
vpnv4
unicast
Specifies
VPNv4 unicast address families.
vrf
Specifies
VPN routing and forwarding (VRF).
vrf-name
Name of a
VRF.
all
For VRF,
specifies all VRFs.
ipv4
{unicast |
labeled-unicast}
For VRF,
specifies IPv4 unicast or labeled-unicast address families.
ipv6
unicast
For VRF,
specifies IPv6 unicast address families.
vpnv6 unicast
Specifies
VPNv6 unicast address families.
nexthop-address
Address of
the next hop.
Command Default
No default
behavior or values
Command Modes
XR EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Use the
clear bgp
nexthop registration
command to perform an asynchronous registration of the next hop
with the RIB. The
show bgp
nexthops command output shows a critical notification as the
LastRIBEvent for the next hop when the
clear bgp
nexthop registration command is used.
Task ID
Task ID
Operations
bgp
execute
Examples
The following
example shows how to reregister the next hop with the RIB:
Displays
information about the BGP next-hop notifications.
clear bgp
peer-drops
To clear the
connection-dropped counter, use the
clear bgp
peer-drops command in
XR EXEC mode.
clearbgppeer-drops
{ * | ip-address }
Syntax Description
*
Specifies
all BGP neighbors.
ip-address
IP address
of a specific network neighbor.
Command Default
No default behavior
or values
Command Modes
XR EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Task ID
Task ID
Operations
bgp
execute
Examples
The following
example shows how to clear the connection-dropped counter for all BGP
neighbors:
Displays
information about BGP connections to neighbors.
clear bgp
performance-statistics
To clear the
performance statistics for all address families, use the clear bgp
performance-statistics
command.
clearbgp
[ vrf
{ vrf-name | all } ]
performance-statistics
Syntax Description
vrf
Specifies
VPN routing and forwarding (VRF).
vrf-name
Name of a
VRF.
all
For VRF,
specifies all VRFs.
Command Default
No default behavior
or values
Command Modes
XR EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Task ID
Task ID
Operations
bgp
execute
Examples
The following
example shows how to clear the performance statistics for all address families:
For
subaddress families, specifies prefixes for all subaddress families.
ipv6
Specifies IP
Version 6 address prefixes.
all
For address
family, specifies prefixes for all address families.
vpnv4 unicast
Specifies
VPNv4 unicast address families.
vrf
Specifies
VPN routing and forwarding (VRF).
vrf-name
Name of a
VRF.
all
For VRF,
specifies all VRFs.
ipv4 {unicast |
labeled-unicast}
For VRF,
specifies IPv4 unicast or labeled-unicast address families.
ipv6
unicast
For VRF,
specifies IPv6 unicast address families.
vpnv6 unicast
Specifies
VPNv6 unicast address families.
Command Default
No default
behavior or values
Command Modes
XR EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Self-originated
routes are routes locally originated by the
network command,
redistribute command, or
aggregate-address command.
Task ID
Task ID
Operations
bgp
execute
Examples
The following
example shows how to clear self-originated IPv4 routes:
For
subaddress families, specifies prefixes for all subaddress families.
ipv6
Specifies IP
Version 6 address prefixes.
all
For address
family, specifies prefixes for all address families.
vpnv4 unicast
Specifies
VPNv4 unicast address families.
vrf
Specifies
VPN routing and forwarding (VRF).
vrf-name
Name of a
VRF.
all
For VRF,
specifies all VRFs.
ipv4 {unicast |
labeled-unicast}
For VRF,
specifies IPv4 unicast or labeled-unicast address families.
ipv6 unicast
For VRF,
specifies IPv6 unicast address families.
vpnv6 unicast
Specifies
VPNv6 unicast address families.
Command Default
No default
behavior or values
Command Modes
XR EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Task ID
Task ID
Operations
bgp
execute
Examples
The following
example shows how to clear all shut-down BGP neighbors:
For
subaddress families, specifies prefixes for all subaddress families.
tunnel
Specifies
tunnel address prefixes.
mdt
Specifies IPv4 multicast distribution tree (MDT) address
prefixes.
ipv6
Specifies
IP Version 6 address prefixes.
all
For
address family, specifies prefixes for all address families.
vpnv4unicast
Specifies
VPNv4 unicast address families.
vrf
Specifies
VPN routing and forwarding (VRF).
vrf-name
Name of a
VRF.
all
For VRF,
specifies all VRFs.
ipv4 {unicast |
labeled-unicast}
For VRF,
specifies IPv4 unicast or labeled-unicast address families.
ipv6 unicast
For VRF,
specifies IPv6 unicast address families.
vpnv6 unicast
Specifies
VPNv6 unicast address families.
*
Soft
resets all BGP neighbors.
ip-address
IP address
of the neighbor to be reset.
as as-number
Autonomous
system (AS) number for all neighbors to be reset. Range for 2-byte numbers is 1
to 65535. Range for 4-byte numbers is 1.0 to 65535.65535.
external
Specifies
clearing of all external peers.
in
(Optional)
Triggers an inbound soft reset. If the
in or
out keyword is not specified, both inbound and outbound
soft resets are triggered.
prefix-filter
(Optional)
Specifies to send a new Outbound Route Filter (ORF) to the neighbor. Neighbor
installs the new ORF and resends its routes.
out
(Optional)
Triggers an outbound soft reset. If the
in or
out keyword is not specified, both inbound and outbound
soft resets are triggered.
Command Default
No default
behavior or value
Command Modes
XR EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Use the
clear bgp
soft
command to trigger a soft reset of the specified address
families for the specified group of neighbors. This command is useful if you
change the inbound or outbound policy for the neighbors, or any other
configuration that affects the sending or receiving of routing updates.
If an outbound
soft reset is triggered, BGP resends all routes for the address family to the
given neighbors.
If an inbound soft
reset is triggered, BGP by default sends a REFRESH request to the neighbor, if
the neighbor has advertised the ROUTE_REFRESH capability. To determine whether
the neighbor has advertised the ROUTE_REFRESH capability, use the
show bgp
neighbors command, and look for the following line of output:
Received route refresh capability from peer.
If the neighbor
does not support route refresh, but the
soft-reconfiguration inbound
command is configured for the neighbor, then BGP uses the
routes cached as a result of thesoft-reconfiguration inbound command to perform the soft reset.
If you want BGP to
use the cached routes even if the neighbor supports route refresh, you can use
the
always keyword when configuring the
soft-reconfiguration inbound command.
If the neighbor
does not support route refresh and the
soft-reconfiguration inbound
command is not configured, then inbound soft reset is not
possible. In this case, an error is printed.
Note
By default, if
the configuration for an inbound or outbound route policy is changed, BGP
performs an automatic soft reset. Use the
bgp
auto-policy-soft-reset disable command to disable this behavior.
Task ID
Task ID
Operations
bgp
execute
Examples
The following
example shows how to trigger an inbound soft clear for IPv4 unicast routes
received from neighbor 10.0.0.1:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# clear bgp ipv4 unicast 10.0.0.1 soft in
Configures the software to store updates received from a
neighbor.
cluster-id
To configure the
cluster for a neighbor, use the
cluster-id
command in an appropriate configuration mode. To remove the cluster, use the
no form of this
command.
cluster-idcluster-id
nocluster-id
[ cluster-id
]
Syntax Description
cluster-id
Cluster ID
of the router acting as a route reflector; maximum of four bytes. Cluster ID
can be entered either as an IP address or value. Range is 1 to 4294967295.
Command Default
A cluster ID is not
configured.
Command Modes
Neighbor configuration
Neighbor group configuration
Session group configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
A single route
reflector can support multiple clusters. A neighbor can be associated with one
cluster only. And the corresponding cluster ID is configured in neighbor
configuration mode. If the cluster ID is not configured for a neighbor and the
neighbor is a route reflector client, then the neighbor is assigned to the
default cluster.
A neighbor will be
considered to be a route reflector client only if it is configured as a route
reflector client in the appropriate address-family configuration mode.
Configuring the
cluster ID using the
cluster-id
command for a neighbor group or session group under the neighbor group
configuration mode or the session group configuration mode causes all neighbors
using the group to inherit the characteristics configured with the command.
Configuring the command directly for the neighbor overrides the value inherited
from the group.
To increase
redundancy and avoid a single point of failure in the network, the clusters
might be connected to more than one route reflector. In this case, the neighbor
to cluster-id mapping at all the route reflectors must be the same so that a
route reflector can recognize updates from route reflectors that are connected
to the same clusters.
Task ID
Task ID
Operations
bgp
read, write
Examples
The following
example shows how to configure the local router as one of the route reflectors
serving three clusters. Neighbor 192.168.70.25 is assigned to the default
cluster with cluster ID 1.
To allow origination
of a default route to be redistributed into the Border Gateway Protocol (BGP)
from another protocol, use the
default-information originate command in an appropriate configuration mode. To disable this
function, use the
no form of this
command.
default-informationoriginate
nodefault-informationoriginate
Syntax Description
This command has no
arguments or keywords.
Command Default
BGP does not permit
redistribution of a default route into BGP.
Command Modes
Router configuration
VRF configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Use the
redistribute command to redistribute routes from another protocol into BGP.
By default, if these routes include the default route (0.0.0.0/0 for IPv4 or
::/0 for IPv6), the default route is ignored. Use the
default-information originate command to change this behavior so that the default route is
not ignored and is redistributed into BGP along with the other routes for the
protocol being redistributed.
Task ID
Task ID
Operations
bgp
read,
write
Examples
The following
example shows how to configure BGP to redistribute the default route into BGP:
Redistributes routes from another protocol into BGP.
default-metric
(BGP)
To set default
metric values for the Border Gateway Protocol (BGP), use the
default-metric command in an appropriate configuration mode. To disable
metric values, use the
no form of this
command.
default-metricvalue
nodefault-metric
[ value ]
Syntax Description
value
Default
metric value appropriate for the specified routing protocol. Range is 1 to
4294967295.
Command Default
A metric is not set.
Command Modes
Router configuration
VRF configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Use the
default-metric command to set the Multi Exit Discriminator (MED) to advertise
to peers for routes that do not already have a metric set (routes that were
received with no MED attribute).
Task ID
Task ID
Operations
bgp
read,
write
Examples
The following
example shows how to set the BGP default metric:
To cause a Border
Gateway Protocol (BGP) speaker (the local router) to send the default route
0.0.0.0/0 to a neighbor for use as a default route, use the
default-originate command in an appropriate configuration mode. To disable this
function, use the
no form of this
command.
(Optional)
Prevents the
default-originate command characteristics from being inherited from a
parent group.
route-policyroute-policy-name
(Optional)
Specifies the name of a route policy. The route policy allows route 0.0.0.0 to
be injected conditionally. IPv6 address family is supported.
Command Default
The default route is
not advertised to BGP neighbors.
Command Modes
IPv4 neighbor address family configuration
IPv6 neighbor address family configuration
IPv4 neighbor group address family configuration
IPv6 neighbor group address family configuration
IPv4 address family group configuration
IPv6 address family group configuration
VRF IPv4 neighbor address family configuration
VRF IPv6 neighbor address family configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
The
default-originate
command does not require the presence of the default route
(0.0.0.0/0 for IPv4 or ::/0 for IPv6) in the local router. When the
default-originate command is used with a route policy, the default route is
advertised if any route in the BGP table matches the policy.
Task ID
Task ID
Operations
bgp
read,
write
Examples
The following
example shows how to unconditionally advertise the route 0.0.0.0/0 to the
neighbor 172.20.2.3:
The following
example shows how to advertise the route 0.0.0.0/0 to the neighbor 172.20.2.3
only if a route exists in the BGP table that matches the route policy called
default-default-policy:
Creates
a neighbor group and enters neighbor group configuration mode.
description
(BGP)
To annotate a
neighbor, neighbor group, VPN routing and forwarding (VRF) neighbor, or session
group, use the
description command in an appropriate configuration mode. To remove the
annotation, use the
no form of
this command.
descriptiontext
nodescription
[ text ]
Syntax Description
text
Meaningful
description or comment. Maximum of 80 characters.
Command Default
No comment or
description exists.
Command Modes
Neighbor group configuration
Neighbor configuration
Session group configuration
VRF neighbor configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Use the
description command to provide a description of a neighbor, neighbor
group, VRF neighbor, or session group. The description is used to save user
comments and does not affect software function.
Task ID
Task ID
Operations
bgp
read,
write
Examples
The following
example shows how to configure the description “Our best customer” on the
neighbor 192.168.13.4:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configureRP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)#router bgp 65000RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)#neighbor 192.168.13.4 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)#description Our best customer
distance bgp
To allow the use of
external, internal, and local administrative distances that could be used to
prefer one class of routes over another, use the
distance
bgp command in an appropriate configuration mode. To disable the
use of administrative distances, use the
nono form of this command.
Administrative distance for Border Gateway Protocol (BGP)
external routes. External routes are routes for which the best path is learned
from a neighbor external to the autonomous system. Range is 1 to 255. Routes
with a distance of 255 are not installed in the routing table.
internal-distance
Administrative distance for BGP internal routes. Internal routes
are those routes that are learned from another BGP entity within the same
autonomous system. Range is 1 to 255. Routes with a distance of 255 are not
installed in the routing table.
local-distance
Administrative distance for BGP local routes. The
local-distance argument applies to locally generated aggregate routes
(such as the routes generated by the
aggregate-address command) and backdoor routes installed in the routing
table. Range is 1 to 255. Routes with a distance of 255 are not installed in
the routing table.
Command Default
external-distance: 20
internal-distance: 200
local-distance: 200
Command Modes
IPv4 address family configuration
IPv6 address family configuration
VRF IPv4 address family configuration
VRF IPv6 address family configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Use the
distance bgp
command if another protocol is known to be able to provide a
better route to a node than was actually learned using external BGP, or if some
internal routes should be preferred by BGP.
Note
Changing the
administrative distance of BGP internal routes is considered risky and is not
recommended. One problem that can arise is the accumulation of routing table
inconsistencies, which can interfere with routing.
An administrative
distance is a rating of the trustworthiness of a routing information source.
Numerically, an administrative distance is an integer from 1 to 255. In
general, the higher the value, the lower the trust rating. An administrative
distance of 255 means the routing information source cannot be trusted at all
and should be ignored.
Task ID
Task ID
Operations
bgp
read,
write
Examples
The following
example shows that iBGP routes are preferable to locally generated routes, so
the administrative distance values are set accordingly:
Defines
the administrative distance assigned to routes discovered by the IS-IS
protocol.
distance
(OSPF)
Defines
OSPF route administrative distances based on route type.
dscp (BGP)
To set the
differentiated services code point (DSCP) value, use the
dscp
command in the appropriate configuration mode. To remove the
dscp
command from the configuration file and restore the system to
its default interval values, use the
no
form of this command.
dscpvalue
nodscp
[ value ]
Syntax Description
value
Value of the
DSCP. The DSCP value can be a number from 0 to 63, or it can be one of the
following keywords:
default,
ef,
af11,
af12,
af13,
af21,
af22,
af23,
af31,
af32,
af33,
af41,
af42,
af43,
cs1,
cs2,
cs3,
cs4,
cs5,
cs6, or
cs7.
Command Default
No default behavior
or values
Command Modes
Neighbor configuration
Neighbor session group configuration
Neighbor group configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Use the
dscp command to change the minimum and maximum packet thresholds
for the DSCP value.
Table 1 lists the DSCP default settings
used by the
dscp command. The DSCP value, corresponding minimum threshold,
maximum threshold, and mark probability are listed. The last row of the table
(the row labeled "default") shows the default settings used for any DSCP value
not specifically shown in the table.
Table 2 dscp Default
Settings
DSCP
(Precedence)
Minimum
Threshold
Maximum
Threshold
Mark
Probability
af11
32
40
1/10
af12
28
40
1/10
af13
24
40
1/10
af21
32
40
1/10
af22
28
40
1/10
af23
24
40
1/10
af31
32
40
1/10
af32
28
40
1/10
af33
24
40
1/10
af41
32
40
1/10
af42
28
40
1/10
af43
24
40
1/10
cs1
22
40
1/10
cs1
24
40
1/10
cs3
26
40
1/10
cs4
28
40
1/10
cs5
30
40
1/10
cs6
32
40
1/10
cs7
34
40
1/10
ef
36
40
1/10
default
20
40
1/10
Task ID
Task ID
Operations
bgp
read,
write
Examples
The following
example shows how to set the DSCP value to af32:
To accept and
attempt Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) connections to external peers residing on
networks that are not directly connected, use the
ebgp-multihop command in an appropriate configuration mode. To disable
connections to external peers and allow only direct connections between
neighbors, use the
no form of this
command.
ebgp-multihop
[ ttl-value ]
[ mpls ]
noebgp-multihop
[ ttl-value ]
[ mpls ]
Syntax Description
ttl-value
(Optional)
Time-to-live (TTL) value. Range is 1 to 255 hops.
mpls
(Optional) Disables BGP label rewrite.
Command Default
Default TTL value is
255.
Command Modes
Neighbor configuration
VRF neighbor configuration
Neighbor group configuration
Session group configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Use the
ebgp-multihop command to enable multihop peerings with external BGP
neighbors. The BGP protocol states that external neighbors must be directly
connected (one hop away). The software enforces this by default; however,
the
ebgp-multihop command can be used to override this behavior.
Use of the
mpls option
in the
ebgp-multihop
command prevents BGP from enabling MPLS on the peering interface and also
prevents allocation of Implicit-NULL rewrite labels for nexthop addresses
learned from the peer. This is useful in some scenarios in which MPLS
forwarding labels to the nexthops have already been learned via BGP
labeled-unicast or LDP.
If this command is
configured for a neighbor group or session group, all neighbors using the group
inherit the configuration. Values of commands configured specifically for a
neighbor override inherited values.
Task ID
Task ID
Operations
bgp
read,
write
Examples
The following
example shows how to allow a BGP connection to neighbor 172.20.16.6 of up to
255 hops away:
Creates
a session group and enters session group configuration mode.
enforce-first-as
To enable the
software to enforce the first autonomous system in the AS path of a route
received from an external Border Gateway Protocol (eBGP) peer to be the same as
the configured remote autonomous system, use the
enforce-first-as command in an appropriate configuration mode. To disable
enforcing the first autonomous system in the AS path of a route received from
an eBGP peer to be the same as the remote autonomous system, use the
no form of this command.
enforce-first-as
noenforce-first-as
Syntax Description
This command has no
arguments or keywords.
Command Default
By default, the
software requires the first autonomous system (in the AS path) of a route
received from an eBGP peer to be the same as the remote autonomous system
configured.
Command Modes
Neighbor configuration
Neighbor group configuration
Session group configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
By default, the
software ignores any update received from an eBGP neighbor that does not have
the autonomous system configured for that neighbor at the beginning of the AS
path. When configured, the command applies to all eBGP peers under the
neighbor, neighbor group or session group.
At any given time,
either the
enforce-first-as command or the
enforce-first-as-disablecommand can be configured under a given neighbor, neighbor
group or session group. Configuring one command overwrites the other command.
Task ID
Task ID
Operations
bgp
read, write
Examples
The following
example shows a configuration in which incoming updates from eBGP neighbors are
checked to ensure the first AS number in the AS path is the same as the
configured AS number for the neighbor:
Disables
the software to enforce the first autonomous system in the AS path of a route
received from an external Border Gateway Protocol (eBGP) peer to be the same as
the configured remote autonomous system, in router configuration mode and VRF
configuration mode.
Disables
the software to enforce the first autonomous system in the AS path of a route
received from an external Border Gateway Protocol (eBGP) peer to be the same as
the configured remote autonomous system, in neighbor configuration mode,
neighbor group configuration mode, and session group configuration mode.
enforce-first-as-disable
To disable the
software to enforce the first autonomous system in the AS path of a route
received from an external Border Gateway Protocol (eBGP) peer to be the same as
the configured remote autonomous system, use the
enforce-first-as-disable command in an appropriate configuration mode. To re-enable
enforcing first autonomous system in the AS path of a route received from an
eBGP peer to be the same as the remote autonomous system, use the
no form of this command.
enforce-first-as-disable
noenforce-first-as-disable
Syntax Description
This command has no
arguments or keywords.
Command Default
By default, the
software requires the first autonomous system (in the AS path) of a route
received from an eBGP peer to be the same as the remote autonomous system
configured.
Command Modes
Neighbor configuration
Neighbor group configuration
Session group configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
By default, the
software ignores any update received from an eBGP neighbor that does not have
the autonomous system configured for that neighbor at the beginning of the AS
path. When configured, the command applies to all eBGP peers under the
neighbor, neighbor-group or session-group.
At any given time,
either the
enforce-first-as-disable
command or the
enforce-first-ascommand can be configured under a given neighbor, neighbor
group or session group. Configuring one command overwrites the other command.
Task ID
Task ID
Operations
bgp
read, write
Examples
The following
example shows a configuration in which incoming updates from eBGP neighbors are
not checked to ensure the first AS number in the AS path is the same as the
configured AS number for the neighbor:
Disables
the software to enforce the first autonomous system in the AS path of a route
received from an external Border Gateway Protocol (eBGP) peer to be the same as
the configured remote autonomous system, in router configuration mode and VRF
configuration mode.
Enables
the software to enforce the first autonomous system in the AS path of a route
received from an external Border Gateway Protocol (eBGP) peer to be the same as
the configured remote autonomous system, under neighbor configuration mode,
neighbor group configuration mode, and session group configuration mode.
export
route-policy
To configure an
export route policy, use the
export
route-policy
command in an appropriate configuration mode. To restore the
system to its default condition, use the
no form of
this command.
exportroute-policypolicy-name
noexportroute-policy
[ policy-name ]
Syntax Description
policy-name
Name of the
configured route policy.
Command Default
No default behavior
or values
Command Modes
Global VRF IPv4 address family configuration
Global VRF IPv6 address family configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Use the
export
route-policy
command to define the conditions that allow specified routes to
be tagged with specified route-targets.
Task ID
Task ID
Operations
bgp
read,
write
ip-services
read,
write
Examples
The following
example shows how to configure an export route policy:
Specifies a route policy to import routes into the VRF instance.
export
route-target
To configure a VPN
routing and forwarding (VRF) export route-target extended community, use the
export
route-target
command in an appropriate configuration mode. To restore the
system to its default condition, use the
no form of this command.
(Optional)
as-number—Autonomous system (AS) number of the route-target
extended community.
as-number
Range for 2-byte Autonomous system numbers (ASNs) is 1 to 65535.
Range for 4-byte Autonomous system numbers (ASNs) in asplain
format is 1 to 4294967295.
Range for 4-byte Autonomous system numbers (ASNs) is asdot
format is 1.0 to 65535.65535.
nn—32-bit number
ip-address:nn
(Optional)
IP address of the route-target extended community.
ip-address—32-bit IP address
nn—16-bit number
Command Default
No default behavior
or values
Command Modes
Global VRF IPv4 address family configuration
Global VRF IPv6 address family configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Export
route-target extended communities are associated with prefixes when advertised
to remote provider edge (PE) routers. The remote PE routers import the
route-target extended communities into a VRF instance that has the import
route-targets that match the exported route-target extended communities.
To specify
multiple route targets, enter export route target configuration mode then enter
one route target for each command line.
Task ID
Task ID
Operations
bgp
read,
write
ip-services
read,
write
Examples
The following
example shows how to specify an export route-target:
To allow an outbound
route policy for an internal BGP (iBGP) peer to modify all BGP route
attributes, only when an iBGP route is sent to another iBGP peer (only on
route-reflectors), use the
ibgp policy
out enforce-modifications command in router configuration mode. To disable this feature,
use the
no form of this command.
ibgppolicyoutenforce-modifications
noibgppolicyoutenforce-modifications
Syntax Description
This command has no
arguments or keywords.
Command Default
ibgp policy out
enforce-modifications is disabled.
Command Modes
Router configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Use the
ibgp policy
out enforce-modifications
command to set and modify BGP route attributes for updates to
iBGP peers.
If the
ibgp policy
out enforce-modifications
command
is configured under router BGP configuration, then all the
changes made by the outbound policy for an iBGP peer will be present in an
update message sent to the peer.
Task ID
Task ID
Operations
bgp
read, write
Examples
The following
example shows how to set the ibgp policy out enforce-modifications:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configureRP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 6500RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# ibgp policy out enforce-modifications
import
route-policy
To configure an
import route policy, use the
import
route-policy
command in an appropriate configuration mode. To restore the
system to its default condition, use the
no form of
this command.
importroute-policypolicy-name
noimportroute-policy
[ policy-name ]
Syntax Description
policy-name
Name of the
configured route policy.
Command Default
No default behavior
or values
Command Modes
Global VRF IPv4 address family configuration
Global VRF IPv6 address family configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Use the
import
route-policy
command to define the conditions that allow specified routes to
be imported into the VPN routing and forwarding (VRF) instance if the routes
are tagged with specified route-targets.
Task ID
Task ID
Operations
bgp
read,
write
ip-services
read,
write
Examples
The following
example shows how to allow only policy-B to be imported to VRF:
Specifies a route policy to export routes from the VRF instance.
import
route-target
To configure a VPN
routing and forwarding (VRF) import route-target extended community, use the
import
route-target
command in an appropriate configuration mode. To restore the
system to its default condition, use the
no form of
this command.
(Optional)
Autonomous system (AS) number of the route-target extended community.
as-number
Range for 2-byte Autonomous system numbers (ASNs) is 1 to 65535.
Range for 4-byte Autonomous system numbers (ASNs) in asplain
format is 1 to 4294967295.
Range for 4-byte Autonomous system numbers (ASNs) is asdot
format is 1.0 to 65535.65535.
nn—32-bit number
ip-address:nn
(Optional)
IP address of the route-target extended community.
ip-address—32-bit IP address
nn—16-bit number
Command Default
No default behavior
or values
Command Modes
Global VRF IPv4 address family configuration
Global VRF IPv6 address family configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Use the
import
route-target
command to specify that prefixes associated with the configured
import route-target extended communities are imported into the VRF instance.
To specify
multiple route targets, enter import route target configuration mode, then
enter one route target for each command line.
Task ID
Task ID
Operations
bgp
read,
write
ip-services
read,
write
Examples
The following
example shows how to specify an import route-target:
To enable the
software to bypass the directly connected next hop check for single-hop eBGP
peering, use the
ignore-connected-check
command in an appropriate configuration mode. To re-enable the
directly connected next hop check, use the
no form of this command.
ignore-connected-check
[ inheritance-disable ]
noignore-connected-check
Syntax Description
inheritance-disable
Prevents the
ignore-connected-check command from being inherited from the parent.
Command Default
Ability to bypass
the directly connected next hop check is disabled.
Command Modes
Neighbor configuration
Neighbor group configuration
Session group configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Task ID
Task ID
Operations
bgp
read, write
Examples
The following
example shows how to enable ignore-connected check configuration for neighbor
10.2.3.4:
To apply key
chain-based authentication on a TCP connection between two Border Gateway
Protocol (BGP) neighbors, use the
keychain
command in an appropriate configuration mode. To disable key
chain authentication, use the
no form of this
command.
keychainname
nokeychain
[ name ]
Syntax Description
name
Key chain
name configured using the
keychain command. The name must be a maximum of 32 alphanumeric
characters.
Command Default
When this command is
not specified in the appropriate configuration mode, key chain authentication
is not enabled on a TCP connection between two BGP neighbors.
Command Modes
Neighbor configuration
Neighbor group configuration
Session group configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Specify a key chain
to enable key chain authentication between two BGP peers. Use the
keychain command to implement hitless key rollover for authentication.
If this command is
configured for a neighbor group or a session group, a neighbor using the group
inherits the configuration. Values of commands configured specifically for a
neighbor override inherited values.
Note
BGP only
supports HMAC-MD5 and HMAC-SHA1-12 cryptographic algorithms.
Task ID
Task ID
Operations
bgp
read, write
Examples
The following
example shows how to configure neighbor 172.20.1.1 to use the key chain
authentication configured in the keychain_A key chain:
Overrides any inherited keychain configuration from a neighbor
group or session group for BGP neighbors.
keychain
inheritance-disable
To override any
inherited key chain configuration from a neighbor group or session group for
Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) neighbors, use the
keychain
inheritance-disable
command in an appropriate configuration mode. To disable
overriding any inherited key chain command, use the
no form of
this command.
keychaininheritance-disable
nokeychaininheritance-disable
Syntax Description
This command has no
arguments or keywords.
Command Default
Configured key
chains for neighbor and session groups are inherited.
Command Modes
Neighbor configuration
Neighbor group configuration
Session group configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
If you specify a key
chain on a neighbor group or session group, all users of the group inherit the
key chain. Specifying a different
keychain command specifically on a neighbor that uses the group
overrides the inherited value. Specifying
keychain
inheritance-disable on a neighbor that uses the group disables key chain
authentication for the neighbor.
Task ID
Task ID
Operations
bgp
read, write
Examples
The following
example shows how to disable key chain authentication for neighbor 172.20.1.1,
preventing it from inheriting the key chain keychain_A from session group
group1:
Enables
key chain authentication on a TCP connection between two BGP neighbors.
label-allocation-mode
To set the MPLS/VPN
label allocation mode, use the
label-allocation-mode
command in VRF configuration mode. To remove the
label-allocation-mode command from the configuration file and restore the system to
its default condition, use the
no form of this
command.
label-allocation-mode
[ per-ce |
| per-vrf ]
nolabel-allocation-mode
Syntax Description
per-ce
Specifies
that the same label is used for all the routes advertised from a unique
customer edge (CE) peer or router.
per-vrf
Specifies
that the same label is used for all the routes advertised from a unique VRF.
Command Default
Per-prefix is the
default label allocation mode.
Command Modes
VRF configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Each prefix that
belongs to a VRF instance is advertised with a single label, causing an
additional lookup to be performed in the VRF forwarding table to determine the
customer edge (CE) next hop for the packet. Use the
label-allocation-mode
command with the
per-ce keyword to avoid the additional lookup on the PE router and
conserve label space. This mode allows the PE router to allocate one label for
every immediate next hop. The label is directly mapped to the next hop so there
is no VRF route lookup performed during data forwarding. However, the number of
labels allocated is one for each CE rather than one for each prefix.
Task ID
Task ID
Operations
bgp
read,
write
Examples
The following
example shows how to set the label allocation mode to customer edge:
To allow
customization of the autonomous system number for external Border Gateway
Protocol (eBGP) neighbor peerings, use the
local-as command in an appropriate configuration mode. To disable
customization of local autonomous system values for eBGP neighbor peerings, use
the
no form of
this command.
Range for
2-byte Autonomous system numbers (ASNs) is 1 to 65535.
Range for
4-byte Autonomous system numbers (ASNs) in asplain format is 1 to 4294967295.
Range for
4-byte Autonomous system numbers (ASNs) is asdot format is 1.0 to 65535.65535.
Cannot be
the autonomous system number to which the neighbor belongs.
no-prepend
(Optional)
Specifies that local autonomous system values are not prepended to
announcements from the neighbor.
replace-as
(Optional)
Specifies that prepend only local autonomous system values to announcements to
the neighbor.
dual-as
(Optional)
Dual-AS mode.
inheritance-disable
Prevents
local AS from being inherited from the parent.
Command Default
The BGP autonomous
system number specified in the
router
bgp command is used, except when confederations are in use. The
confederation autonomous system is used for external neighbors in an autonomous
system that is not part of the confederation.
Command Modes
Neighbor configuration
VRF neighbor configuration
Neighbor group configuration
Session group configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
You can specify
the autonomous system number the local BGP uses to peer with each neighbor. The
autonomous system number specified with this command cannot be the local BGP
autonomous system number (specified with the
router
bgp command) or the autonomous system number of the neighbor
(specified with the
remote-as command). This command cannot be specified for internal
neighbors or for external neighbors in an autonomous system that is part of a
confederation.
If this command is
configured for a neighbor group or session group, all neighbors using the group
inherit the configuration. Values of commands configured specifically for a
neighbor override inherited values.
Task ID
Task ID
Operations
bgp
read,
write
Examples
The following
example shows BGP using autonomous system 30 for the purpose of peering with
neighbor 172.20.1.1:
Creates
a session group and enters session group configuration mode.
maximum-paths
(BGP)
To control the
maximum number of parallel routes that Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) installs
in the routing table, use the
maximum-paths
command in an appropriate configuration mode. To set the
maximum number of parallel routes the software installs to the default value,
use the
no form of this
command.
Specifies
internal and external BGP multipath peers. eiBGP allows simultaneous use of
internal and external paths.
maximum
Maximum
number of parallel routes that BGP installs in the routing table. Range is 2 to
8
unequal-cost
(Optional)
Allows iBGP multipaths to have different BGP next-hop Interior Gateway Protocol
(IGP) metrics. This option is available when the
ibgp keyword is used.
Command Default
One path is
installed in the routing table.
Command Modes
IPv4 address family configuration
IPv6 address family configuration
VRF IPv4 address family configuration
VRF IPv6 address family configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Use the
maximum-paths
command to allow the BGP protocol to install multiple paths
into the routing table for each prefix. Multiple paths are installed for
external peers that are from the same autonomous system and are equal cost
(according to the BGP best-path algorithm). Similarly, multiple paths are
installed for internal peers that are equal cost based on the BGP best-path
algorithm. The IGP metric to the BGP next hop is the same as the best-path IGP
metric unless the router is configured for unequal cost iBGP multipath or eiBGP
multipath. See
Implementing BGP
in the
Routing Configuration Guide for Cisco NCS 6000 Series Routers for information on the BGP
best-path algorithm.
Note
The
maximum-paths
command with the
eibgp
keyword cannot be configured if the
ibgp or
ebgp keywords have been configured, because the
eibgp keyword is a superset of the
ibgp or
ebgp keywords.
Task ID
Task ID
Operations
bgp
read,
write
Examples
The following
example shows how to allow a maximum of four paths to a destination installed
into the IPv4 unicast routing table:
To control how many
prefixes can be received from a neighbor, use the
maximum-prefix command in an appropriate configuration mode. To set the
prefix limits to the default values, use the
no form of this
command.
Maximum
number of prefixes allowed from this neighbor. Range is 1 to 4294967295.
Note
When
using additional-paths feature, each path with a unique path ID received from a
peer is counted separately for the purpose of maximum-prefix functionality.
Hence, the
maximum value
should be configured appropriately when the peer is capable of sending
additional-paths.
threshold
(Optional)
Integer specifying at what percentage of the
maximum
argument value the software starts to generate a warning message. Range is 1 to
100.
warning-only
(Optional)
Instructs the software to generate a log message only when the
maximum
argument value is exceeded, and not terminate the peering.
restarttime-interval
(Optional)
Sets the time interval (in minutes) after which peering session should be
reestablished.
Configure
restart time interval in minutes. Range is 1 to 65535.
Command Default
When this command is
not specified, the following defaults apply:
IPv4 Unicast: 1048576
IPv4 Multicast: 131072
IPv4 Labeled-unicast: 131072
VPNv4 Unicast: 2097152
IPv4 MDT: 131072
IPv4 Tunnel: 1048576
IPv6 Unicast: 524288
IPv6 Multicast: 131072
IPv6 Labeled-unicast: 131072
VPNv6 Unicast: 1048576
L2VPN EVPN: 2097152
The default
threshold when a warning message is generated is 75 percent.
Command Modes
IPv4 address family group configuration
IPv6 address family group configuration
VPNv4 address family group configuration
IPv4 neighbor address family configuration
IPv6 neighbor address family configuration
VPNv4 neighbor address family configuration
IPv4 neighbor group address family configuration
IPv6 neighbor group address family configuration
IPv4 tunnel neighbor address family configuration
IPv4 tunnel neighbor group address family configuration
IPv4 tunnel address family group configuration
VPNv4 neighbor group address family configuration
VPNv6 address family group configuration
VPNv6 neighbor address family configuration
VPNv6 neighbor group address family configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Use the
maximum-prefix
command to configure a maximum number of prefixes that a BGP
router is allowed to receive from a neighbor. It adds another mechanism
(besides routing policy) to control prefixes received from a peer.
When the number of
received prefixes exceeds the maximum number configured, the software
terminates the peering, by default, after sending a cease notification to the
neighbor. However, if the
warning-only keyword is configured, the software writes only a log message,
but continues peering with the sender. If the peer is terminated, the peer
stays down until the
clear
bgp command is issued or the
restart
time-interval option is used.
This command takes
effect immediately if configured on an established neighbor unless the number
of prefixes received from the neighbor already exceeds the configured limits.
If this command is
configured for a neighbor group or neighbor address family group, all neighbors
using the group inherit the configuration. Values of commands configured
specifically for a neighbor override inherited values.
Task ID
Task ID
Operations
bgp
read,
write
Examples
This example shows the
maximum number of IP Version 6 (IPv6) unicast prefixes allowed from neighbor
192.168.40.25 set to 5000, threshold value 80%, and restart time interval 20
minutes:
Creates
a neighbor group and enters neighbor group configuration mode.
mpls activate
(BGP)
To enable
Multiprotocol Label Switching (MPLS) on an interface basis for ASBR and CSC
configurations whenever a bgp confederation configuration is used, use the
mpls activate
command in bgp configuration mode. This is needed for InterAS (option B and C)
and Carrier Supporting Carrier (CSC) configurations with confederations.
The normal InterAS
and CSC configurations (without confederations) do not need to enable this.
To restore the
system to its default condition, use the
no form of
this command.
mplsactivateinterface id
nomplsactivateinterface id
Syntax Description
interface id
Name of the
interface.
Command Default
No default behavior
or values
Command Modes
Router configuration
Neighbor configuration
IPv4 address family group configuration
VPNv4 address family group configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Thempls activate command enables MPLS on the
interface specified and also adds the implicit null rewrite corresponding to
the peer associated with the interface. The interface specified must be the one
corresponding to the inter-AS ASBR or CSC peer.
Task ID
Task ID
Operations
bgp
read, write
Examples
The following
example shows how to activate MPLS for InterAS Option B (with confederations):
Enters
address family configuration mode for configuring BGP routing sessions.
mvpn
To enable BGP
instance to connect to PIM/PIM6, use the
mvpn command in
router configuration mode. To disable BGP instance -PIM/PIM6 connection, use
the
no form of this
command.
mvpn
nomvpn
Syntax Description
This command has no keywords or arguments.
Command Default
PIM/PIM connection
is disabled.
Command Modes
Router configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Task ID
Task ID
Operation
bgp
read, write
Examples
This example shows
how to configure mvpn and enable PIM/PIM6 connection:
To enter neighbor
configuration mode for configuring Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) routing
sessions, use the
neighbor command in an appropriate configuration mode. To delete all
configuration for a neighbor and terminate peering sessions with the neighbor,
use the
no form of this
command.
neighborip-address
noneighborip-address
Syntax Description
ip-address
IPv4 or IPv6
IP address of the BGP-speaking neighbor.
Command Default
Neighbor mode is not
specified.
Command Modes
Router configuration
VRF configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
From router
configuration mode, you can use this command to enter neighbor configuration
mode.
From neighbor
configuration mode, you can enter address family configuration for the neighbor
by using the
address-family command, which allows you to configure routing sessions for IP
Version 4 and IP Version 6 address prefixes.
The
neighbor
command does not cause the neighbor to be configured and does
not result in a peering to be established with the neighbor. To create the
neighbor, you configure a remote autonomous system number by entering the
remote-as command, or the neighbor can inherit a remote autonomous
system from a neighbor group or session group if the
use command is applied.
Note
A neighbor must
have must a remote autonomous system number, and an IP address and address
family must be enabled on the neighbor.
Unlike IPv4, IPv6
must be enabled before any IPv6 neighbors can be defined. Enable IPv6 in router
configuration mode using the
address-family command.
Note
Configuration
for the neighbor cannot occur (peering is not established) until the neighbor
is given a remote as-number and neighbor address.
The
no form of this command causes the peering with the neighbor to
be terminated and all configuration that relates to the neighbor to be removed.
Task ID
Task ID
Operations
bgp
read,
write
Examples
The following
example shows how to place the router in neighbor configuration mode for BGP
routing process 1 and configure the neighbor IP address 172.168.40.24 as a BGP
peer:
The following
example shows how to enable IPv6 for BGP, then place the router in neighbor
configuration mode for an IPv6 neighbor, 3000::1, and configure neighbor
3000::1 as a BGP peer:
Inherits
characteristics from a neighbor group, session group, or address family group.
neighbor-group
To create a neighbor
group and enter neighbor group configuration mode, use the
neighbor-group command in router configuration mode. To remove a neighbor
group and delete all configuration associated with the group, use the
no form of this
command.
neighbor-groupname
noneighbor-groupname
Syntax Description
name
Neighbor
group name.
Command Default
No neighbor group
mode is specified.
Command Modes
Router configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
The
neighbor-group
command puts the router in neighbor group configuration mode
and creates a neighbor group.
A neighbor group
helps you apply the same configuration to one or more neighbors. After a
neighbor group is configured, each neighbor can inherit the configuration
through the
use
command. If a neighbor is configured to use a neighbor group,
the neighbor, by default, inherits the entire configuration of the neighbor
group, which includes the address family-independent and address
family-specific configurations. The inherited configuration can be overridden
if you directly configure commands for the neighbor or if you configure session
groups or address family groups with the
use command.
From neighbor
group configuration mode, you can configure address family-independent
parameters for the neighbor group. To enter address family-specific
configuration for the neighbor group, use the
address-family command when in the neighbor group configuration mode.
Note
If an address
family is configured for a neighbor group, neighbors that use the neighbor
group attempt to exchange routes in that address family.
The
no form of this command ordinarily causes all configuration for
the neighbor group to be removed. If using the
no form would
result in a neighbor losing its remote autonomous system number, the
configuration is rejected. In this scenario, the neighbor configuration must be
either removed or configured with a remote autonomous system number before the
neighbor group configuration can be removed.
Note
Neighbor groups
should not be configured with a mixture of IPv4 and IPv6 address families,
because such a neighbor group is not usable by any neighbor. Note that within
the
Cisco IOS XR system configuration architecture,
it is possible to create such a neighbor group; however, any attempt to use it
is rejected.
Task ID
Task ID
Operations
bgp
read,
write
Examples
The following
example shows how to create a neighbor group called group1 that has IP Version
4 (IPv4) unicast and IPv4 multicast activated along with various configuration
features. The neighbor group is used by neighbor 10.0.0.1 and neighbor
10.0.0.2, which allows them to inherit the entire group1 configuration.
Inherits
characteristics from a neighbor group, a session group, or an address family
group.
network
(BGP)
To specify that the
Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) routing process should originate and advertise a
locally known network to its neighbors, use the
network command in an appropriate configuration mode. To disable
originating or advertising the network to neighbors, use the
no form of this
command.
Length of
the IP address prefix. A decimal value that indicates how many of the
high-order contiguous bits of the address compose the prefix (the network
portion of the address). A slash (/) must precede the decimal value.
ip-address mask
Network mask
applied to the
ip-address
argument.
route-policy
route-policy-name
(Optional)
Specifies a route policy to use to modify the attributes of the network.
Command Default
No networks are
specified.
Command Modes
IPv4 address family configuration
IPv6 address family configuration
VRF IPv4 address family configuration
VRF IPv6 address family configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
A network
specified with this command is originated and advertised to neighbors only if
there exists a route for the network in the routing table. That is, there must
be a route learned using local or connected networks, static routing, or a
dynamic IGP such as IS-IS or OSPF.
Other than the
available system resources on the router, no limit exists on the number of
network commands that can be configured.
Task ID
Task ID
Operations
bgp
read,
write
Examples
The following
example shows how to configure the local router to originate the IPv4 unicast
network 172.20.0.0/16:
Redistributes routes from one routing domain into another
routing domain.
network
backdoor
To set the
administrative distance on an external Border Gateway Protocol (eBGP) route to
that of a locally sourced BGP route, causing it to be less preferred than an
Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP) route, use the
network
backdoor command in an appropriate configuration mode. To disable
setting the administrative distance to the value for locally sourced BGP
routes, use the
no form of this
command.
Length of
the IP address prefix. A decimal value that indicates how many of the
high-order contiguous bits of the address compose the prefix (the network
portion of the address). A slash (/) must precede the decimal value.
mask
Network mask
applied to the
ip-address
argument.
Command Default
No backdoor routes
are installed.
Command Modes
IPv4 address family configuration
IPv6 address family configuration
VRF IPv4 address family configuration
VRF IPv6 address family configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Configuring the
network
backdoor command does not cause BGP to originate a network, even if an
IGP route for the network exists. Ordinarily, the backdoor network would be
learned through both an eBGP and IGP. The BGP best-path selection algorithm
does not change when a network is configured as a backdoor network.
Task ID
Task ID
Operations
bgp
read,
write
Examples
The following
example shows IP Version 4 (IPv4) unicast network 192.168.40.0/24 configured as
a backdoor network:
Specifies a local network that the BGP routing process should
originate and advertise to its neighbors.
next-hop-self
To disable next-hop
calculation and insert your own address in the next-hop field of Border Gateway
Protocol (BGP) updates, use the
next-hop-self command in an appropriate configuration mode. To enable
next-hop calculation, use the
no form of this
command.
next-hop-self
[ inheritance-disable ]
nonext-hop-self
[ inheritance-disable ]
Syntax Description
inheritance-disable
(Optional)
Allows a next-hop calculation override when this feature may be inherited from
a neighbor group or address family group.
Command Default
When this command is
not specified, the software calculates the next hop for BGP updates accepted by
the router.
Command Modes
IPv4 address family group configuration
IPv6 address family group configuration
VPNv4 address family group configuration
IPv4 neighbor address family configuration
VPNv4 neighbor address family configuration
IPv4 neighbor group address family configuration
IPv6 neighbor group address family configuration
VPNv4 neighbor group address family configuration
VPNv6 neighbor group address family configuration
VPNv6 neighbor address family configuration
IPv4 labeled-unicast address family configuration
IPv6 labeled-unicast address family configuration
VRF labeled-unicast address family configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Use the
next-hop-self
command to set the BGP next-hop attribute of routes being
advertised over a peering session to the local source address of the session.
This command is
useful in nonmeshed networks in which BGP neighbors may not have direct access
to all other neighbors on the same IP subnet.
If this command is
configured for a neighbor group or address family group, a neighbor using the
group inherits the configuration. Configuring the command specifically for a
neighbor overrides any inherited value.
Configuring the
next-hop-self
command under IPv4 labeled-unicast, IPv6 labeled-unicast, or VRF
labeled-unicast address family configuration mode enables next-hop-self for
labeled prefixes advertised to an iBGP peer.
Task ID
Task ID
Operations
bgp
read,
write
Examples
The following
example shows how to set the next hop of the update field for all IP Version 4
(IPv4) unicast routes advertised to neighbor 172.20.1.1 to an address of the
local router:
The following
example shows how to disable the
next-hop-self
command for neighbor 172.20.1.1. If not overridden, the next
hop would be inherited from address family group group1:
Inherits
characteristics from a neighbor group, session group, or address family group.
next-hop-unchanged
To disable
overwriting of the next hop before advertising to external Border Gateway
Protocol (eBGP) peers, use the
next-hop-unchanged
command in an appropriate configuration mode. To enable
overwriting of the next hop, use the
no form of this
command.
next-hop-unchanged
[ inheritance-disable ]
nonext-hop-unchanged
[ inheritance-disable ]
Syntax Description
inheritance-disable
(Optional)
Allows overwriting of the next hop before advertising to eBGP peers when this
feature may be inherited from a neighbor group or address family group.
Command Default
Overwriting of the
next hop is allowed.
Command Modes
VPNv4 address family group configuration
VPNv4 neighbor address family configuration
VPNv4 neighbor group address family configuration
IPv4 labeled-unicast address family configuration
IPv6 labeled-unicast address family configuration
IPv4 address family configuration
IPv6 address family configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Use the
next-hop-unchanged
command to propagate the next hop unchanged for multihop eBGP
peering sessions. This command should not be configured on a route reflector,
and the
next-hop-self command should not be used to modify the next-hop attribute
for a route reflector when this feature is enabled for a route reflector
client.
Note
Incorrectly
setting BGP attributes for a route reflector can cause inconsistent routing,
routing loops, or a loss of connectivity. Setting BGP attributes for a route
reflector should be attempted only by an experienced network operator.
Task ID
Task ID
Operations
bgp
read,
write
Examples
The following
example shows how to disable the overwriting of next hops before advertising to
eBGP peers:
Inherits
characteristics from a neighbor group, session group, or address family group.
nexthop resolution
prefix-length minimum
To set minimum
prefix-length for nexthop resolution, use the
nexthop resolution
prefix-length minimum command in an appropriate configuration
mode. To disable the minimum prefix-length for nexthop resolution, use the
no form of this
command.
Nexthop resolution
for minimum prefix-length is disabled.
Command Modes
VPNv4 Unicast address family
VRF IPv4 Unicast address family
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Task ID
Task ID
Operation
bgp
read, write
Examples
This example shows
how to set the minimum prefix-length for nexthop resolution as
32:
To specify that BGP
routes are resolved using only next hops whose routes match specific
characteristics, use the
nexthop
route-policy
command in the appropriate configuration mode. To remove the
nexthop
route-policy
command from the configuration file and restore the system to
its default behavior, use the
no form of this
command.
nexthoproute-policyroute-policy-name
nonexthoproute-policyroute-policy-name
Syntax Description
route-policy-name
Route policy
to use for filtering based on next hops.
Command Default
No default behavior
or values
Command Modes
IPv4 address family configuration
IPv6 address family configuration
VPNv4 address family configuration
VPNv6 address family configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Use the
nexthop
route-policy
command to configure route policy filtering using next hops.
The BGP next-hop
tracking feature allows you to specify that BGP routes are resolved using only
next hops whose routes have the following characteristics:
To avoid the aggregate
routes, the prefix length must be greater than a specified value.
The source protocol must be
from a selected list, ensuring that BGP routes are not used to resolve next
hops that could lead to oscillation.
This route policy
filtering is possible because RIB identifies the source protocol of a route
that resolves a next hop as well as the mask length associated with the route.
The next-hop attach
point supports matching using the protocol name and mask length. BGP marks all
next hops that are rejected by the route policy as invalid, and no best path is
calculated for the routes that use the invalid next hop. The invalid next hops
continue to stay in the active cache and can be displayed as part of the
show bgp
nexthop command with an invalid status.
Task ID
Task ID
Operations
bgp
read,
write
Examples
The following
example shows how to specify the route policy nexthop_A as the policy to use
for filtering next hops:
Display
statistical information about the BGP next hops.
nexthop
trigger-delay
To specify the delay
for triggering next-hop calculations, use the
nexthop
trigger-delay command in the appropriate configuration mode. To set the
trigger delay to the default value, use the
no form of
this command.
Specifies
critical next-hop events. For example, when the next hop is unreachable.
delay
Trigger
delay, in milliseconds. Range is 0 to 4294967295.
non-critical
Specifies
noncritical next-hop events. For example, Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP)
metric changes.
Command Default
critical: 3000 msec for IPv4 address family and IPv6 address family
critical: msec for VPNv4 address family and VPNv6 address family
non-critical: 10000 msec IPv4, IPv6, VPNv4, and VPNv6 address families
Command Modes
IPv4 address family configuration
Pv6 address family configuration
VPNv4 address family configuration
VPNv6 address family configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Use the
nexthop
trigger-delay command to allow for a dynamic way for Interior Gateway
Protocol (IGP) to converge. This convergence allows BGP to accumulate all
notifications and trigger fewer walks, resulting in fewer interprocess
communications (IPCs) to the Routing Information Base (RIB) for route addition,
deletion, and modification and fewer updates to peers.
Note
A high
delay value can be configured to effectively turn off next-hop
tracking.
The
non-criticaldelay value must always be set to at least equal or greater than the
criticaldelay
value.
The
delay should
be slightly higher than the time it takes for the IGP to settle into a steady
state after some event (IGP convergence time).
Task ID
Task ID
Operations
bgp
read,
write
Examples
The following
example shows how to set the critical next-hop trigger delay to 3500
milliseconds:
To activate Border
Gateway Protocol (BGP) nonstop routing (NSR), use the
nsr command in
BGP
XR Config
mode. To deactivate BGP NSR, use the
noform of this
command.
nsr
nonsr
Syntax Description
This command has no
arguments or keywords.
Command Default
BGP NSR is not
activated.
Command Modes
XR Config
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Use the
nsr command to
enable the Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) Nonstop Routing (NSR) with Stateful
Switchover (SSO). This enables all bgp peerings to maintain the BGP state to
ensure continuous packet forwarding during events that could interrupt service.
Task ID
Task ID
Operations
bgp
read, write
Examples
The following
example shows how to enable BGP NSR:
Configures
the Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) routing process.
nsr
process-failures switchover
Configures
failover as a recovery action in case of process failures for active instances
to switch over to a standby route processor (RP) or a standby distributed route
processor (DRP) to maintain nonstop routing (NSR).
To specify Outbound
Route Filter (ORF) and inbound filtering criteria, use the
orf
route-policy command in an appropriate configuration mode. To restore the
system to its default condition, use the
no form of this
command.
orfroute-policyroute-policy-name
noorfroute-policyroute-policy-name
Syntax Description
route-policy-name
Name of the
route policy.
Command Default
No ORF route policy
is defined.
Command Modes
IPv4 address family group configuration
IPv6 address family group configuration
IPv4 neighbor address family configuration
VRF IPv4 neighbor address family configuration
IPv4 neighbor group address family configuration
IPv6 neighbor group address family configuration
VRF IPv6 neighbor address family configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Task ID
Task ID
Operations
bgp
read,
write
Examples
The following
example shows how to configure outbound and inbound filtering criteria:
Applies
a routing policy to updates advertised to or received from a BGP neighbor.
password
(BGP)
To enable Message
Digest 5 (MD5) authentication on a TCP connection between two Border Gateway
Protocol (BGP) neighbors, use the
password
command in an appropriate configuration mode. To disable MD5
authentication, use the
no form of
this command.
password
{ clear | encrypted }
password
nopassword
[ clearpassword | encryptedpassword ]
Syntax Description
clear
Specifies
that an unencrypted password follows. The password must be a case-sensitive,
clear-text unencrypted password.
encrypted
Specifies
that an encrypted password follows. The password must be a case-sensitive,
encrypted password.
password
Password of
up to 80 characters. The password can contain any alphanumeric characters.
However, if the first character is a number or the password contains a space,
the password must be enclosed in double quotation marks; for example, “2
password.”
Command Default
When this command is
not specified in the appropriate configuration mode, MD5 authentication is not
enabled on a TCP connection between two BGP neighbors.
Command Modes
Neighbor configuration
VRF neighbor configuration
Neighbor group configuration
Session group configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Configure a
password to enable authentication between two BGP peers. Use the
password
command to verify each segment sent on the TCP connection
between the peers. The same password must be configured on both networking
devices, otherwise a connection cannot be made. The authentication feature uses
the MD5 algorithm. Specifying this command causes the software to generate and
check the MD5 digest on every segment sent on the TCP connection.
Configuring a
neighbor password does not cause the existing session for a neighbor to end.
However, until the new password is configured on the remote router, the local
BGP process does not receive keepalive messages from the remote device. If the
password is not updated on the remote device by the end of the hold time, the
session ends. The hold time can be changed using the
timers command or the
timers
bgp command.
If this command is
configured for a neighbor group or neighbor address family group, a neighbor
using the group inherits the configuration. Values of commands configured
specifically for a neighbor overrides inherited values.
Task ID
Task ID
Operations
bgp
read,
write
Examples
The following
example shows how to configure neighbor 172.20.1.1 to use MD5 authentication
with the password password1:
To specify a SSH
password for the RPKI cache-server, use the
password
command in rpki-server configuration mode. To remove the SSH passwords, use the
no form of this
command.
passwordpassword
nopasswordpassword
Syntax Description
password
Enters a
password to be used for the SSH transport mechanism.
Command Default
Password is not
configured.
Command Modes
RPKI server configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
SSH expects to use
an authentication method to connect to a remote server. The SSH authentication
method to connect to RPKI server is password-based. So, the RPKI cache-server
must be configured with username and password. A username and password must be
configure for each server configured under BGP that uses the SSH transport
Task ID
Task ID
Operation
bgp
read, write
Examples
This example shows
how to configure a username (rpki-user) and
password (rpki-ssh-pass)
for the RPKI cache-server SSH transport mechanism:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router#configureRP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)#router bgp 100RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)#rpki server 172.168.35.40RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-rpki-cache)# transport ssh port 1RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-rpki-cache)#username rpki-userRP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-rpki-cache)#password rpki-ssh-pass
password-disable
To override any
inherited password configuration from a neighbor group or session group for
Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) neighbors, use the
password-disable
command in an appropriate configuration mode. To disable
overriding any inherited password command, use the
no form of this
command.
password-disable
nopassword-disable
Syntax Description
This command has no
arguments or keywords.
Command Default
Configured passwords
for neighbor and session groups are inherited.
Command Modes
Neighbor configuration
VRF neighbor configuration
Neighbor group configuration
Session group configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
If you specify a
password on a neighbor group or session group, all users of the group inherit
the password. Specifying a different
password command specifically on a neighbor that uses the group
overrides the inherited value. Specifying
password-disable on a neighbor that uses the group disables password
authentication for the neighbor.
Task ID
Task ID
Operations
bgp
read,
write
Examples
The following
example shows how to disable MD5 authentication for neighbor 172.20.1.1,
preventing it from inheriting the password password1 from session group group1:
Inherits
characteristics from a neighbor group, a session group, or an address family
group.
precedence
To set the
precedence level, use the
precedence
command in the appropriate configuration mode. To remove the
precedence
command from the configuration file and restore the system to
its default interval values, use the
no form of this
command.
precedencevalue
noprecedence
[ value ]
Syntax Description
value
Value of the
precedence. The precedence value can be a number from 0 to 7, or it can be one
of the following keywords:
critical—Set packets with critical precedence (5)
flash— Set packets with flash precedence (3)
flash-override—Set packets with flash override precedence (4)
immediate—Set packets with immediate precedence (2)
internet—Set packets with internetwork control precedence (6)
network—Set packets with network control precedence (7)
priority—Set packets with priority precedence (1)
routine—Set packets with routine precedence (0)
Command Default
No default behavior
or values
Command Modes
Neighbor configuration
Neighbor session group configuration
Neighbor group configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Use the
precedence
command to set the precedence value.
Task ID
Task ID
Operations
bgp
read,
write
Examples
The following
example shows how to set the precedence to 2:
To specify a
preference value for the RPKI cache-server, use the
preference
command rpki-server configuration mode. To remove the preference value, use the
no form of this
command.
preferencepreference-value
nopreferencepreference-value
Syntax Description
preference-value
Specifies a
RPKI cache preference value. Range is 1 to 10.
Note
A lower
value is recommended
Command Default
Preference value is
not set.
Command Modes
RPKI server configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Task ID
Task ID
Operation
bgp
read, write
Examples
This example shows
how to set preference value for RPKI configuration as 1:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router#configureRP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)#router bgp 100RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)#rpki server 172.168.35.40RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-rpki-cache)# transport ssh port 1RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-rpki-cache)#username rpki-userRP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-rpki-cache)#password rpki-ssh-passRP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-rpki-cache)#preference 1
purge-time
(rpki-server)
To configure the
time BGP waits to keep routes from RPKI cache-server after the cache session
drops, use the
purge-time
command in rpki-server configuration mode. To remove the purge-time
configuration, use the
no form of this
command.
purge-timetime-in-seconds
nopurge-timetime-in-seconds
Syntax Description
time-in-seconds
Sets the
purge time in seconds. Range is 30 to 360 seconds.
Command Default
Purge time is not
set.
Command Modes
RPKI server configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
When a cache
session is dropped then a "purge-timer" is started for that cache. If the
session re-establishes within the timer interval, then the purge timer is
stopped and no further action is taken. If the cache session does not
re-establish within the timer interval, only then does BGP remove all ROAs from
the cache.
Task ID
Task ID
Operation
bgp
read, write
Examples
This example shows
how to set the purge-time for RPKI cache as 30 seconds:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router#configureRP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)#router bgp 100RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)#rpki cache 172.168.35.40RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-rpki-cache)# transport ssh port 1RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-rpki-cache)#username rpki-userRP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-rpki-cache)#password rpki-ssh-passRP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-rpki-cache)#preference 1RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-rpki-cache)#purge-time 30
rd
To configure a route
distinguisher, use the
rd command in VRF configuration mode. To disable the route
distinguisher, use the
no form of
this command.
rd
{ as-number
:
nn | ip-address
:
nn | auto }
nord
{ as-number
:
nn | ip-address
:
nn | auto }
Syntax Description
as-number:nn
as-number—16-bit Autonomous system (AS) number of the route
distinguisher
Range for 2-byte Autonomous system numbers (ASNs) is 1 to 65535.
Range for 4-byte Autonomous system numbers (ASNs) in asplain
format is 1 to 4294967295.
Range for 4-byte Autonomous system numbers (ASNs) is asdot
format is 1.0 to 65535.65535.
nn—32-bit number
ip-address:nn
IP address
of the route distinguisher.
ip-address—32-bit IP address
nn—16-bit number
auto
Automatically assigns a unique route distinguisher.
Command Default
No default behavior
or values
Command Modes
VRF configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Use the
rd
command to make the prefix unique across multiple VRFs.
Auto assignment of
route distinguishers can be done only if a router ID is assigned using the
bgp
router-id command in BGP router configuration mode. The unique router ID
is used for automatic route distinguisher generation.
The following are
restrictions when configuring route distinguishers:
BGP router-id must be
configured before
rd
auto can be configured
Route distinguisher cannot
be changed or removed when an IPv4 unicast address family is configured under
VRF.
BGP router-id cannot be
changed or removed when
rd
auto is configured under a VRF.
When
rd
auto is configured under a VRF, the IP address for the router
distinguisher configured under another VRF must be different from that of the
BGP router-id
If a route distinguisher
with same IP address as BGP router-id exists, the
rd
auto is not permitted.
Task ID
Task ID
Operations
bgp
read,
write
Examples
The following
example shows how to automatically assign a unique route distinguisher to VRF
instance vrf-1:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 1RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# vrf vrf-1RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-vrf)# rd auto
Configures a VRF import route-target extended community.
receive-buffer-size
To set the size of
the receive buffers for a Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) neighbor, use the
receive-buffer-size command in an appropriate configuration mode. To remove the
receive-buffer-size command from the configuration file and restore the system to
its default condition in which the software uses the default size, use the
no form of
this command.
Size, in
bytes, of the receive-side socket buffer. Range is 512 to 131072.
bgp-size
(Optional)
Size, in bytes, of the receive buffer in BGP. Range is 512 to 131072.
Command Default
socket-size: 32,768 bytes
bgp-size: 4,032 bytes
Command Modes
Neighbor configuration
VRF neighbor configuration
Neighbor group configuration
Session group configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Use the
receive-buffer-sizecommand to increase the buffer size when receiving updates from
a neighbor. Using larger buffers can improve convergence time because it allows
the software to process a larger number of packets simultaneously. However,
allocating larger buffers consumes more memory on the router.
Note
Increasing the
socket buffer size uses more memory only when more messages are waiting to be
processed by the software. In contrast, increasing the BGP buffer size uses
extra memory indefinitely.
If this command is
configured for a neighbor group or session group, all neighbors using the group
inherit the configuration. Values of commands configured specifically for a
neighbor override inherited values.
Task ID
Task ID
Operations
bgp
read,
write
Examples
The following
example shows how to set the receive buffer sizes for neighbor 172.20.1.1 to be
65,536 bytes for the socket buffer and 8192 bytes for the BGP buffer:
Sets the
size of the receive buffers for all BGP neighbors.
redistribute
(BGP)
To redistribute
routes from one routing domain into Border Gateway Protocol (BGP), use the
redistribute command in an appropriate configuration mode. To disable route
redistribution, use the
no form of
this command.
Redistributes connected routes. Connected routes are established
automatically when IP is enabled on an interface.
metricmetric-value
(Optional)
Specifies the Multi Exit Discriminator (MED) attribute used for the
redistributed route. Range is 0 to 4294967295. Use a value consistent with the
destination protocol.
By
default, the Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP) metric is assigned to the route.
For connected and static routes the default metric is 0.
route-policyroute-policy-name
(Optional)
Specifies a configured routing policy to filter redistributed routes. A route
policy is used to filter the importation of routes from this source routing
protocol to BGP.
eigrp
Specifies
that routes are distributed from EIGRP. You must be in IPv4 unicast or
multicast address family configuration mode or in VRF IPv4 address family
configuration mode.
process-id
For the
eigrp
keyword, an EIGRP instance name from which routes are
to be redistributed.
For the
isis
keyword, an IS-IS instance name from which routes are
to be redistributed.
For the
ospf keyword, an OSPF instance name from which routes are
to be redistributed.
The
process-id
value takes the form of a string. A decimal number can
be entered, but it is stored internally as a string.
(Optional)
Specifies the criteria by which OSPF routes are redistributed into other
routing domains. It can be one or more of the following:
internal—Routes that are internal to a specific autonomous
system (intra- and inter-area OSPF routes).
external
[1
| 2]—Routes that are external to the autonomous system,
but are imported into OSPF as Type 1 or Type 2 external routes.
nssa-external [1
| 2]—Routes that are external to the autonomous system,
but are imported into OSPF as Type 1 or Type 2 not-so-stubby area (NSSA)
external routes.
For the
external and
nssa-external
options, if a type is not specified, then both Type 1
and Type 2 are assumed.
isis
Specifies
that routes are distributed from the IS-IS protocol.
Redistribution from IS-IS is allowed under IPv4 unicast, IPv4 multicast, IPv6
unicast, and
address-families. Redistribution is not allowed under VPNv4
address-families.
level {1 |
1-inter-area |
2}
(Optional)
Specifies the IS-IS level from which routes are redistributed. It can be one of
the following:
1—Routes are redistributed from Level 1 routes.
1-inter-area—Routes are redistributed from Level 1 interarea
routes.
2—Routes are redistributed from Level 2 routes.
ospf
Specifies
that routes are distributed from the OSPF protocol. You must be in IPv4 unicast
or multicast address family configuration mode or in VRF IPv4 address family
configuration mode.
ospfv3
Specifies that routes are distributed from the OSPFv3 protocol.
You must be in IPv6 unicast or multicast address family configuration mode or
in VRF IPv4 address family configuration mode.
rip
Specifies
that routes are distributed from RIP. You must be in IPv4 unicast or multicast
address family configuration mode.
static
Redistributes IP static routes.
Command Default
Route
redistribution is disabled.
For IS-IS, the
default is to redistribute Level 1 and Level 2 routes.
For OSPF, the
default is to redistribute internal, external, and NSSA external routes of Type
1 and Type 2.
For OSPFv3, the default is
to redistribute internal, external, and NSSA external routes of Type 1 and Type
2
By default, the
Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP) metric is assigned to the route. For connected
and static routes the default metric is 0.
metric
metric-value:
0
match {internal |
external
[1 |
2] |
nssa-external [1 | 2]}: If no match is specified, the default is to match all
routes.
Command Modes
IPv4 address family configuration, both unicast and multicast (connected, eigrp, isis, ospf, rip, and static are supported)
IPv6 address family configuration, both unicast and multicast (connected, eigrp, isis,
ospfv3, and static are supported)
VRF IPv4 address family configuration ( connected , eigrp , ospf , rip , and static are supported)
VRF IPv6 address family configuration ( connected , eigrp , and static are supported)
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Note
When
redistributing routes (into BGP) using both command keywords for setting or
matching of attributes and a route policy, the routes are run through the route
policy first, followed by the keyword matching and setting.
Each instance of a
protocol may be redistributed independently of the others. Changing or removing
redistribution for a particular instance does not affect the redistribution
capability of other protocols or other instances of the same protocol.
Networks specified
using the
network
command are not affected by the
redistribute command; that is, the routing policy specified in the
network
command takes precedence over the policy specified through the
redistribute command.
Task ID
Task ID
Operations
bgp
read,
write
Examples
The following
example shows how to redistribute IP Version 4 (IPv4) unicast OSPF routes from
OSPF instance 110 into BGP:
Specifies a local network that the BGP routing process should
originate and advertise to its neighbors.
refresh-time
(rpki-server)
To configure the
time BGP waits in between sending periodic serial queries to the RPKI server,
use the
refresh-time
command in rpki-server configuration mode. To remove the refresh-time
configuration, use the
no form of this
command.
refresh-time
{ time-in-seconds | off }
norefresh-time
{ time-in-seconds | off }
Syntax Description
off
Specifies
not to send serial queries periodically.
time-in-seconds
Sets the
refresh-time in seconds. Range is 30 to 3600 seconds.
Command Default
Refresh-time is not
set.
Command Modes
RPKI cache configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Task ID
Task ID
Operation
bgp
read, write
Examples
This example shows
how to set the refresh-time for BGP to wait in between sending periodic serial
queries to the server as 30 seconds:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router#configureRP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)#router bgp 100RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)#rpki server 172.168.35.40RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-rpki-cache)# transport ssh port 1RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-rpki-cache)#username rpki-userRP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-rpki-cache)#password rpki-ssh-passRP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-rpki-cache)#preference 1RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-rpki-cache)#purge-time 30RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-rpki-cache)#refresh-time 30
response-time
(rpki-server)
To configure the
time BGP waits for a response from the RPKI cache-server after sending a serial
or reset query, use the
response-time
command in rpki-server configuration mode. To remove the response-time
configuration, use the
no form of this
command.
response-time
{ time-in-seconds | off }
noresponse-time
{ time-in-seconds | off }
Syntax Description
off
Specifies to
wait indefinitely for a response from the RPKI cache.
time-in-seconds
Specifies
the response-time in seconds. Range is 30 to 3600 seconds.
Command Default
Response-time is not
set.
Command Modes
RPKI server configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Task ID
Task ID
Operation
bgp
read, write
Examples
This example shows
how to set the time for BGP to wait for a response from the RPKI server as 30
seconds, after sending a serial or reset query:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router#configureRP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)#router bgp 100RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)#rpki server 72.168.35.40RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-rpki-cache)# transport ssh port 1RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-rpki-cache)#username rpki-userRP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-rpki-cache)#password rpki-ssh-passRP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-rpki-cache)#preference 1RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-rpki-cache)#purge-time 30RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-rpki-cache)#refresh-time 30RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-rpki-cache)#response-time 30
remote-as
(BGP)
To create a Border
Gateway Protocol (BGP) neighbor and begin the exchange of routing information,
use the
remote-as command in an appropriate configuration mode. To delete the
entry for the BGP neighbor, use the
no form of
this command.
remote-asas-number
noremote-as
[ as-number ]
Syntax Description
as-number
Autonomous
system (AS) to which the neighbor belongs.
Range
for 2-byte Autonomous system numbers (ASNs) is 1 to 65535.
Range
for 4-byte Autonomous system numbers (ASNs) in asplain format is 1 to
4294967295.
Range
for 4-byte Autonomous system numbers (ASNs) is asdot format is 1.0 to
65535.65535.
Command Default
No BGP neighbors
exist.
Command Modes
Neighbor configuration
VRF neighbor configuration
Neighbor group configuration
Session group configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Use the
remote-as
command to create a neighbor and assign it a remote autonomous
system number. A neighbor must have a remote autonomous system number before
any other commands can be configured for it. Removing the remote autonomous
system from a neighbor causes the neighbor to be deleted. You cannot remove the
autonomous system number if the neighbor has other configuration.
Note
We recommend
that you use the
no
neighbor command rather than the
no
remote-as command to delete a neighbor.
A neighbor
specified with a remote autonomous system number that matches the autonomous
system number specified in the
router
bgp command identifies the neighbor as internal to the local
autonomous system. Otherwise, the neighbor is considered external.
Configuration of
the
remote-as
command for a neighbor group or session group using the
neighbor-group command or
session-group command causes all neighbors using the group to inherit the
characteristics configured with the command. Configuring the command directly
for the neighbor overrides the value inherited from the group.
In the neighbor
configuration submode, configuring use of a session group or neighbor group for
which
remote-as is configured creates a neighbor and assigns it an autonomous
system number if the neighbor has not already been created.
Note
Do not combine
remote-as commands and
no use
neighbor-group commands, or
remote-as commands and
no use
session-group commands, in the same configuration commit.
Task ID
Task ID
Operations
bgp
read,
write
Examples
The following
example shows how to assign autonomous system numbers on two neighbors,
neighbor 10.0.0.1, (internal) and neighbor 192.168.0.1 (external), setting up a
peering session that shares routing information between this router and each of
these neighbors:
The following
example shows how to configure a session group called group2 with an autonomous
system number 1. Neighbor 10.0.0.1 is created when it inherits the autonomous
system number 1 from session group group2.
Inherits
characteristics from a neighbor group, session group, or address family group.
remove-private-as
To remove private
autonomous system numbers from autonomous system paths when generating updates
to external neighbors, use the
remove-private-as command in an appropriate configuration mode. To place the
router in the default state in which it does not remove private autonomous
system numbers, use the
no form of this
command.
(Optional)
Permits the feature to be disabled from a neighbor group or address family
group instead of being inherited.
entire-aspath
(Optional)
Removes the entire private autonomous system numbers from an autonomous system
path only if all ASes in the path are private.
Command Default
When this command is
not specified in the appropriate configuration mode, private autonomous system
numbers are not removed from updates sent to external neighbors.
Command Modes
IPv4 address family group configuration
IPv6 address family group configuration
VPNv4 address family group configuration
IPv4 neighbor address family configuration
VPNv4 neighbor address family configuration
VRF IPv4 neighbor address family configuration
IPv4 neighbor group address family configuration
IPv6 neighbor group address family configuration
VPNv4 neighbor group address family configuration
VPNv6 address family group configuration
VPNv6 neighbor address family configuration
VRF IPv6 neighbor address family configuration
VPNv6 neighbor group address family configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
This feature is
available for external BGP (eBGP) neighbors only.
When an update is
passed to the external neighbor, the software drops any leading autonomous
system sequence in the autonomous system path if the sequence contains only
private autonomous system numbers and does not contain the autonomous system
number of the neighbor.
If this command is
used in a BGP confederation, the element following the confederation portion of
the autonomous system path, if a sequence, is considered the leading sequence.
The private
autonomous system values range from 64512 to 65535.
If this command is
configured for a neighbor group or address family group, all neighbors using
the group inherit the configuration. Values of commands configured specifically
for a neighbor override inherited values.
Use the
entire-aspath
to removes the entire private autonomous system numbers from an autonomous
system path only if all ASes in the path are private.
Task ID
Task ID
Operations
bgp
read,
write
Examples
The following
example shows a configuration that removes the private autonomous system number
from the IP Version 4 (IPv4) unicast updates sent to 172.20.1.1:
The following
example shows how to disable the remove private autonomous system number
feature for neighbor 172.20.1.1, preventing this feature from being
automatically inherited from address family group group1:
To retain the local
label until the network is converged, use the
retain
local-label command in an appropriate address family configuration mode.
To disable the retaining of the local label, use the
no form of this command.
retainlocal-labelminutes
noretainlocal-label
Syntax Description
minutes
Local
retention time in minutes. The range is 3 to 60 minutes. The default retention
time is 5 minutes.
Command Default
minutes: 5
Command Modes
L2VPN address family configuration
VPNv4 address family configuration
VPNv6 address family configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Task ID
Task ID
Operations
bgp
read, write
Examples
The following
example shows how to enable local label retention for 5 minutes:
Advertises
the best-external path to the iBGP and route-reflector peers.
retain
route-target
To accept received
updates with specified route targets, use the
retain
route-target
command in an appropriate configuration mode. To disable the
retaining of routes tagged with specified route targets, use the
no form of this
command.
retainroute-target
{ all | route-policyroute-policy-name }
noretainroute-target
[ all | route-policyroute-policy-name ]
Syntax Description
all
Accepts
received updates containing at least one route target.
route-policyrouter-policy-name
Accepts
received updates accepted by a specified route filter policy.
Command Default
The default is to
accept all route targets.
Command Modes
VPNv4 address family configuration
VPNv6 address family configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Use the
retain
route-target
command to configure a route reflector (RR) to retain routes
tagged with specific route targets (RT).
The
retain
route-target is a required command for Inter-AS option B ASBR. By
default, an Inter-AS option B ASBR needs the
retain
route-target configured to get VPNv4 BGP table from PE routers,
either with the
all or with
the
route-policy
option.
A provider edge
(PE) router is not required to hold all VPNv4 routes. The PE router holds only
routes that match the import RT of the VPNs configured on it, but a RR must
retain all VPNv4 routes because it may peer with PE routers and different PEs
may require different RT-tagged VPNv4 routes. Configuring an RR to hold only
routes that have a defined set of RT communities and configuring some of these
RRs to service a different set of VPNs provides scalability to the RRs. A PE
can be configured to peer with all RRs that service the VPN routing and
forwarding (VRF) instances configured on the PE. When a new VRF is configured
with an RT for which the PE does not already hold routes, the PE issues route
refresh requests to the RRs and gets the relevant VPN routes.
The
route-policy
route-policy-name
keyword and argument takes the policy name that lists the
extended communities that a path should have for the RR to retain the path.
Task ID
Task ID
Operations
bgp
read,
write
Examples
The following
example shows how to configure RR to retain all routes with the route filter
policy ft-policy-A:
Configures a VRF import route-target extended community.
route-policy
(BGP)
To apply a routing
policy to updates advertised to or received from a Border Gateway Protocol
(BGP) neighbor, use the
route-policy command in an appropriate configuration mode. To disable
applying routing policy to updates, use the
no form of this
command.
route-policyroute-policy-name
[ parameter1, parameter2, . . . ,
parametern ]
{ in |
| out }
noroute-policyroute-policy-name
[ parameter1, parameter2, . . . ,
parametern ]
{ in |
| out }
Syntax Description
route-policy-name
Name of
route policy. Up to 16 parameters can follow the route-policy-name, enclosed in
brackets ([ ]).
in
Applies
policy to inbound routes.
out
Applies
policy to outbound routes.
Command Default
No policy is
applied.
Command Modes
IPv4 address family group configuration
IPv6 address family group configuration
VPNv4 address family group configuration
IPv4 neighbor address family configuration
VPNv4 neighbor address family configuration
VRF IPv4 neighbor address family configuration
IPv4 neighbor group address family configuration
IPv6 neighbor group address family configuration
VPNv4 neighbor group address family configuration
VPNv6 address family group configuration
VPNv6 neighbor address family configuration
VRF IPv6 neighbor address family configuration
VPNv6 neighbor group address family configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Use the
route-policy
command to specify a routing policy for an inbound or outbound
route. The policy can be used to filter routes or modify route attributes. The
route-policy command is used to define a policy.
Note
Configuring a
large number of uniquely named outbound neighbor policies can adversely affect
performance. This is true even if the uniquely named route policies are
functionally identical. The user is discouraged from configuring multiple
functionally identical route policies for use with this command. For example,
if Policy A and Policy B are identical but named for different neighbors, the
two policies should be configured as a single policy.
If the
route-policy
command is configured for a neighbor group or neighbor address
family group, all neighbors using the group inherit the configuration. Values
of commands configured specifically for a neighbor override inherited values.
Task ID
Task ID
Operations
bgp
read,
write
Examples
The following
example shows how to apply the In-Ipv4 policy to inbound IP Version 4 (IPv4)
unicast routes from neighbor 172.20.1.1:
Creates
a neighbor group and enters neighbor group configuration mode.
route-policy (RPL)
Defines
a route policy and enters route-policy configuration mode.
route-reflector-client
To configure the
router as a Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) route reflector and configure the
specified neighbor as its client, use the
route-reflector-client command in an appropriate configuration mode. To disable
configuring the neighbor as a client, use the
no form of this
command.
route-reflector-client
[ inheritance-disable ]
noroute-reflector-client
[ inheritance-disable ]
Syntax Description
inheritance-disable
(Optional)
Allows the configuration inherited from a neighbor group or address family
group to be overridden.
Command Default
The neighbor is not
treated as a route reflector client.
Command Modes
IPv4 address family group configuration
IPv6 address family group configuration
VPNv4 address family group configuration
IPv4 neighbor address family configuration
VPNv4 neighbor address family configuration
IPv4 neighbor group address family configuration
IPv6 neighbor group address family configuration
VPNv4 neighbor group address family configuration
VPNv6 address family group configuration
VPNv6 neighbor address family group configuration
VPNv6 neighbor group address family configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
This command is
restricted to internal BGP (iBGP) neighbors only.
Use the
route-reflector-client command to configure the local router as the route reflector
and the specified neighbor as one of its clients. All neighbors configured with
this command are members of the client group, and the remaining iBGP peers are
members of the nonclient group for the local route reflector.
By default, all
iBGP speakers in an autonomous system must be fully meshed with each other, and
neighbors do not readvertise iBGP learned routes to other iBGP neighbors.
With route
reflection, all iBGP speakers need not be fully meshed. An iBGP speaker, the
route reflector, passes learned iBGP routes to some number of iBGP client
neighbors. Learned iBGP routes eliminate the need for each router running BGP
to communicate with every other device running BGP in the autonomous system.
The local router
is a route reflector as long as it has at least one route reflector client.
If this command is
configured for a neighbor group or neighbor address family group, all neighbors
using the group inherit the configuration. Values of commands configured
specifically for a neighbor override inherited values.
Task ID
Task ID
Operations
bgp
read,
write
Examples
The following
example shows neighbor at 172.20.1.1 configured as a route reflector client for
IP Version 4 (IPv4) unicast routes:
The following
example disables the route-reflector client for neighbor 172.20.1.1, preventing
this feature from being automatically inherited from address family group
group1:
Creates
a neighbor group and enters neighbor group configuration mode.
router bgp
To configure the
Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) routing process, use the
router
bgp command in
XR Config mode. To remove all BGP
configurations and terminate the BGP routing process, use the
no form of this
command.
routerbgpas-number
[ instanceinstance-name ]
norouterbgp
[ as-number ]
Syntax Description
as-number
Number that
identifies the autonomous system (AS) in which the router resides.
Range
for 2-byte Autonomous system numbers (ASNs) is 1 to 65535.
Range
for 4-byte Autonomous system numbers (ASNs) in asplain format is 1 to
4294967295.
Range
for 4-byte Autonomous system numbers (ASNs) is asdot format is 1.0 to
65535.65535.
instanceinstance-name
Specifies
an instance and instance name. The maximum length for the instance name is 32
characters.
The
router bgp
instanceinstance-name
command replaced the
distributed
speaker command.
Command Default
No BGP routing
process is enabled.
Command Modes
XR Config
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Use the
router bgp
command to set up a distributed routing core that automatically
guarantees the loop-free exchange of routing information between autonomous
systems.
Task ID
Task ID
Operations
bgp
read,
write
rib
read,
write
Examples
The following
example shows how to configure a BGP process for autonomous system 120:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 120
rpki server
To enter resource
public key infrastructure (RPKI) cache-server (rpki-sever) configuration mode
and enable rpki parameters configuration, use the
rpkiserver command
in Router BGP configuration mode. To remove the rpki-server configuration mode
and delink cache-server from the cache list, use the
no form of this
command.
rpkiserver
{ host-name | ip-address }
norpkiserver
{ host-name | ip-address }
Syntax Description
host-name
Host name of
the RPKI cache database.
ip-address
IP Address
of the RPKI cache databse.
Command Default
RPKI server
configuration is disabled.
Command Modes
Router BGP configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Task ID
Task ID
Operation
bgp
read, write
Examples
This example shows
how to configure an rpki cache-server database and enter rpki-server
configuration mode:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router#configureRP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)#router bgp 100RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)#rpki server 172.168.35.40RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-rpki-cache)#
send-buffer-size
To set the size of
the send buffers for a Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) neighbor, use the
send-buffer-size command in an appropriate configuration mode. To set the size
of the send buffers to the default values, use the
no form of this
command.
send-buffer-sizesocket-size
[ bgp-size ]
nosend-buffer-size
[ socket-size ]
[ bgp-size ]
Syntax Description
socket-size
Size, in
bytes, of the send-side socket buffer. Range is 4096 to 131072.
bgp-size
(Optional)
Size, in bytes, of the BGP process send buffer. Range is 4096 to 131072.
Command Default
socket-size: 10240 bytes
bgp-size: 4096 bytes
Use the
socket
send-buffer-size command to change the defaults.
Command Modes
Neighbor configuration
VRF neighbor configuration
Neighbor group configuration
Session group configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Use the
send-buffer-size
command to increase the buffer size employed when sending
updates to a neighbor. Using larger buffers can improve convergence time
because the software can process more packets simultaneously. However,
allocating larger buffers uses more memory on the router.
Note
Increasing the
socket buffer size uses more memory only when more messages are waiting to be
processed by the software. In contrast, increasing the BGP buffer size uses
more memory indefinitely.
If this command is
configured for a neighbor group or session group, all neighbors using the group
inherit the configuration. Values of commands configured specifically for a
neighbor override inherited values.
Task ID
Task ID
Operations
bgp
read,
write
Examples
The following
example shows how to set the send buffer sizes for neighbor 172.20.1.1 to be
8192 bytes for both the socket buffer and the BGP buffer:
Sets the
size of the send buffers for all BGP neighbors.
send-community-ebgp
To specify that
community attributes should be sent to an external Border Gateway Protocol
(eBGP) neighbor, use the
send-community-ebgp command in an appropriate configuration mode. To disable
sending community attributes to an eBGP neighbor, use the
no form of this
command.
send-community-ebgp
[ inheritance-disable ]
nosend-community-ebgp
[ inheritance-disable ]
Syntax Description
inheritance-disable
(Optional)
Allows configuration inherited from a neighbor group or address family group to
be overridden.
Command Default
Community (COMM)
attributes are NOT sent to eBGP peers (including PE-CE peers).
Command Modes
IPv4 address family group configuration
IPv6 address family group configuration
IPv4 neighbor address family configuration
VRF IPv4 neighbor address family configuration
VPNv4 neighbor address family configuration
IPv4 neighbor group address family configuration
IPv6 neighbor group address family configuration
VRF IPv6 neighbor address family configuration
VPNv6 neighbor address family configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Use the
send-community-ebgp
command to control whether community attributes are sent to
eBGP neighbors. This command cannot be configured for iBGP neighbors as
community attributes are always sent to iBGP neighbors.
When IOS XR BGP
updates community attributes for eBGP VPN peers (VPNv4 or VPNv6), there is no
need to configure the
send-community-ebgp command separately. The
community attributes are updated by default.
If this command is
configured for a neighbor group or address family group, all neighbors using
the group inherit the configuration. Configuring the command specifically for a
neighbor overrides inherited values.
Task ID
Task ID
Operations
bgp
read,
write
Examples
The following
example shows how to disable the router that sends community attributes to
neighbor 172.20.1.1 for IP Version 4 (IPv4) multicast routes:
The following
example shows how to disable the delivery of community attributes to neighbor
172.20.1.1, preventing this feature from being inherited from address family
group group1:
Specifies that extended community attributes are sent to eBGP
neighbors.
send-extended-community-ebgp
To specify that
extended community attributes should be sent to external Border Gateway
Protocol (eBGP) neighbors, use the
send-extended-community-ebgp
command in an appropriate configuration mode. To disable
sending extended community attributes to eBGP neighbors, use the
no form of this
command.
(Optional)
Allows configurations inherited from a neighbor group or address family group
to be overridden.
Command Default
Extended community
(EXTCOMM) attributes are NOT sent to eBGP peers (including PE-CE peers).
Command Modes
IPv4 address family group configuration
IPv6 address family group configuration
IPv4 neighbor address family configuration
VRF IPv4 neighbor address family configuration
VPNv4 neighbor address family configuration
IPv4 neighbor group address family configuration
IPv6 neighbor group address family configuration
VRF IPv6 neighbor address family configuration
VPNv6 neighbor address family configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Use the
send-extended-community-ebgpcommand to control whether extended community attributes are
sent to eBGP neighbors. This command cannot be used for iBGP neighbors as
extended community attributes are always sent to iBGP neighbors.
When IOS XR BGP
updates community attributes for eBGP VPN peers (VPNv4 or VPNv6), there is no
need to configure the
send-extended-community-ebgp command separately.
The community attributes are updated by default.
If this command is
configured for a neighbor group or neighbor address family group, all neighbors
using the group inherit the configuration. Values of commands configured
specifically for a neighbor override inherited values.
Task ID
Task ID
Operations
bgp
read,
write
Examples
The following
example shows how to configure the router to send extended community attributes
to neighbor 172.20.1.1 for IP Version 4 (IPv4) multicast routes:
The following
example shows how to disable the delivery of extended community attributes to
neighbor 172.20.1.1, preventing this feature from being automatically inherited
from address family group group1:
Specifies that community attributes should be sent to an eBGP
neighbor.
session-group
To create a session
group and enter session group configuration mode, use the
session-group command in router configuration mode. To remove a session
group and delete all configurations associated with it, use the
no form of
this command.
session-groupname
nosession-groupname
Syntax Description
name
Name of the
session group.
Command Default
No session groups
are created.
Command Modes
Router configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Use the
session-group command to create a session group from which neighbors can
inherit configuration that is address family-independent. That is, session
groups cannot have address family-specific configuration. This command enters
the session group configuration mode in which configuration for a session group
is entered.
Many commands can
be configured in both session group configuration mode and neighbor
configuration mode.
Use of session
groups saves time and reduces the router configuration size. Because the
configuration of a session group can be inherited by any number of neighbors,
use of the group can eliminate the need to copy long or complex configurations
on each of a large number of neighbors. A neighbor can inherit all
configuration from a session group simply by configuring the
use command. Specific inherited session group configuration
commands can be overridden for a specific neighbor by explicitly configuring
the command for the specific neighbor.
The
no form of this command causes all of the configuration for the
session group to be removed. You cannot use the
no form of this command if removing the group would leave one or
more neighbors without a configured remote autonomous system number.
Task ID
Task ID
Operations
bgp
read,
write
Examples
The following
example shows a session group called group1 that is used by two neighbors,
10.0.0.1 and 10.0.0.2. Because group1 is a session group, it contains only
address family-independent configuration. And because group1 is used by
neighbors 10.0.0.1 and 10.0.0.2, they inherit the configuration of the group.
The following
example shows a session group called group1 used by two neighbors, 10.0.0.1 and
10.0.0.2. Because group1 is a session group, it contains only address
family-independent configuration. And because group1 is used by neighbors
10.0.0.1 and 10.0.0.2, they inherit the configuration of the group. However,
the
password
password1 configuration from group1 is overridden for neighbor 10.0.0.2,
using the
password-disable command in the neighbor 10.0.0.2 configuration submode.
To establish a
Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) session with a specific TCP open mode, use the
session-open-mode
command in an appropriate configuration mode. To restore the
default state, use the
no form of
this command.
session-open-mode
{ active-only | both | passive-only }
nosession-open-mode
[ active-only | both | passive-only ]
Syntax Description
active-only
Ensures that
the BGP session can be established only when the request is initiated by the
local end (active-open request) and all passive-open requests (from the other
end) are rejected by the local BGP.
both
Allows BGP
sessions to be established from both incoming or outgoing TCP connection
requests, with one being rejected in the event of a request collision.
passive-only
Ensures that
the local BGP does not initiate any TCP open requests and the session can be
established only when the request comes from the remote end.
Command Default
The default is
both.
Command Modes
Neighbor configuration
VRF neighbor configuration
Neighbor group configuration
Session group configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
BGP, by default,
tries to initiate an active TCP connection whenever a new neighbor is
configured. A remote neighbor may also initiate the TCP connection before the
local BGP can initiate the connection. This initiation of a TCP connection by a
remote neighbor is considered a passive-open request and it is accepted by the
local BGP. This default behavior can be modified using the
session-open-mode command.
Note
The BGP
connection is not opened and, as a result the BGP session, is not established
if both the peering neighbors use the same nondefault TCP session open
mode—active-only or passive-only. If both ends are configured with active-only,
each neighbor rejects the TCP open request from the other end. One neighbor
must be configured as passive-only or both. Similarly, if both neighbors are
configured with passive-only, neither neighbor initiates the TCP open request
and the BGP session is not established. Again, one neighbor must be configured
as active-only or both. There is one exception. A connection open request from
a neighbor that is configured with the TCP session open mode to be passive-only
is processed to detect whether there is a connection collision before the
request is rejected. This exception enables the local BGP to reset the session
if the remote neighbor goes down and it is not detected by the local router.
Use the
session-open-mode command when it may be necessary to preconfigure a neighbor
that does not exist. Ensure that BGP does not spend any time actively trying to
set up a TCP session with the neighbor. A BGP session does not come up between
two neighbors, both of which configure the same nondefault value (active-only or
passive-only keyword) for this command.
Task ID
Task ID
Operations
bgp
read,
write
Examples
The following
example shows how to enable a BGP session on router bgp 1:
(Optional)
Network address, entered to display a particular network in the BGP routing
table. If the network address is omitted, then all networks in the BGP routing
table are displayed. If the network mask and prefix length is omitted, then the
software displays the longest matching prefix for the network address.
mask
(Optional)
Network mask of the BGP route to match.
/prefix-length
(Optional)
Prefix length of the BGP route to match. A slash (/) must precede the decimal
value.
longer-prefixes
(Optional)
Displays a route with the specified prefix length and more-specific routes if
available. The
longer-prefixes keyword is available when the
ip-address and
mask or
/prefix-length arguments are specified.
unknown-attributes
(Optional)
Includes unknown, transitive attributes. The
unknown-attributes keyword is available when the
ip-address and
mask or
/prefix-length arguments are specified.
bestpath-compare
(Optional)
Displays route and best-path comparison information. The
bestpath-compare keyword is available when the
ip-address and
mask or
/prefix-length arguments are specified.
standby
(Optional)
Displays information about the standby card.
detail
(Optional)
Displays the prefix details.
Command Default
If no address
family or subaddress family is specified, the default address family and
subaddress family specified using the
set
default-afi and
set
default-safi commands are used.
Command Modes
XR EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Note
The
set
default-afi command is used to specify the default address family for
the sessions and the
set
default-safi command is used to specify the default subaddress family for
the session. See the
System Management Command Reference for Cisco NCS 6000 Series Routers for detailed information and
syntax for the
set
default-afi and
set
default-safi commands. If you do not specify a default address family,
the default address family is IPv4. If you do not specify a default subaddress
family, the default subaddress family is unicast.
BGP contains a
separate routing table for each address family and subaddress family
combination that has been configured. The address family and subaddress family
options specify the routing table to be examined. If the
all keyword is specified for an address family or a subaddress
family, each matching routing table is examined in turn.
Note
Running the
show bgp
command immediately after configuring a large and complex route policy may
result in timeout of the system database shown through an error message
(SYSDB-SYSDB-6-TIMEOUT_EDM). It is recommended, that the
show command be run, after the new route policy takes effect.
Use the
show
bgpip-address {mask |
/prefix-length} command to display detailed information for a specific route.
If the mask and prefix length are omitted, the details of the longest matching
prefix for the IP address are displayed.
Use the
show
bgp command to display all routes in the specified BGP routing
table. Use the
show
bgpip-address {mask |
/prefix-length}
longer-prefixes command to display those routes more specific than a
particular prefix.
Use the
unknown-attributes keyword to display details of any transitive attributes
associated with a route that are not understood by the local system.
Task ID
Task ID
Operations
bgp
read
Examples
The following is
sample output from the
show
bgp command in
XR EXEC mode:
This table
describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 3 show bgp Field
Descriptions
Field
Description
BGP router
identifier
BGP
identifier for the local system.
local AS
number
Autonomous
system number for the local system.
Range for 2-byte Autonomous
system numbers (ASNs) is 1 to 65535.
Range for 4-byte Autonomous
system numbers (ASNs) in asplain format is 1 to 4294967295.
Range for 4-byte Autonomous
system numbers (ASNs) in asdot format is 1.0 to 65535.65535.
BGP
generic scan interval
Interval
(in seconds) between scans of the BGP table by a generic scanner.
BGP table
state
State of
the BGP database.
Table ID
BGP
database identifier.
BGP main
routing table version
Last
version of the BGP database that was installed into the main routing table.
Dampening
enabled
Dampening
is enabled for the routes in this BGP routing table.
BGP scan
interval
Interval
(in seconds) between BGP scans for the specified address family and subaddress
family.
Status
codes
Status of
the table entry. The status is displayed as a three-character field at the
beginning of each line in the table. The first character may be (in order of
precedence):
S—Path is
stale, indicating that a graceful restart is in progress with the peer from
which the route was learned.
s—Path is
more specific than a locally sourced aggregate route and has been suppressed.
*—Path is
valid.
The second
character may be (in order of precedence):
>—Path
is the best path to use for that network.
d—Path is
dampened.
h—Path is
a history entry, representing a route that is currently withdrawn, but that is
being maintained to preserve dampening information. Such routes should never be
marked as valid.
The third
character may be:
i—Path was
learned by an internal BGP (iBGP) session.
Origin
codes
Origin of
the path. The origin code is displayed at the end of each line in the table. It
can be one of the following values:
i—Path
originated from an Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP) and was sourced by BGP using
a network or
aggregate-address command.
e—Path
originated from an Exterior Gateway Protocol (EGP).
?—Origin
of the path is not clear. Usually, this is a route that is redistributed into
BGP from an IGP.
Network
IP prefix
and prefix length for a network.
Next Hop
IP address
of the next system that is used when a packet is forwarded to the destination
network. An entry of 0.0.0.0 indicates that the router has a non-BGP route to
this network.
Metric
Value of
the interautonomous system metric, otherwise known as the Multi Exit
discriminator (MED) metric.
LocPrf
Local
preference value. This is used to determine the preferred exit point from the
local autonomous system. It is propagated throughout the local autonomous
system.
Weight
Path
weight. Weight is used in choosing the preferred path to a route. It is not
advertised to any neighbor.
Path
Autonomous
system path to the destination network. At the end of the path is the path
origin code.
The following is
sample output from the
show
bgp command with the network specified:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp 11.0.0.0/24
BGP router table entry for 11.0.0.0/24
Versions:
Process bRIB/RIB SendTblVer
Speaker 2 2
Paths: (3 available, best #1)
Advertised to update-groups (with more than one peer):
0.1
Advertised to peers (in unique update groups):
10.4.101.1
Received by speaker 0
Local
0.0.0.0 from 0.0.0.0 (10.4.0.1)
Origin IGP, metric 0, localpref 100, weight 32768, valid, local, best
Received by speaker 0
2 3 4
10.4.101.1 from 10.4.101.1 (10.4.101.1)
Origin IGP, localpref 100, valid, external
Received by speaker 0
Local
10.4.101.2 from 10.4.101.2 (10.4.101.2)
Origin IGP, localpref 100, valid, internal
This table
describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 4 show bgp
prefix length Field Descriptions
Field
Description
BGP router
table entry
Network
that is being displayed.
Versions
List of
the network versions in each BGP process.
Process
Name of
the BGP process.
bRIB/RIB
Version of
the network for sending to the RIB. You can compare this version with the
bRIB/RIB version for the process (at the top of
show
bgp summary) to verify whether the network has been sent to the
RIB.
SendTblVer
Version of
the network for advertising to neighbors. This can be compared with the
neighbor version to determine whether the network has been advertised to a
particular neighbor.
Paths
List of
paths for the network (that is, routes to reach the network). The number of
paths and the index of the best path are given.
not
advertised to any peer
Best path
was received with a NO_ADVERTISE community and is not advertised to any
neighbor.
not
advertised to EBGP peer
Best path
was received with a NO_EXPORT community and is not advertised to any eBGP
neighbor.
not
advertised outside local AS
Best path
was received with a LOCAL_AS community and is not advertised to peers outside
the local AS.
Advertisements of this net are suppressed by an aggregate
Network is
a more-specific prefix of a configured aggregate and has been suppressed. It is
not advertised to any neighbors unless they have an unsuppress-map configured.
Advertised
to update-groups
List of
update-groups to which the net has been advertised. Update-groups that have
only one peer are not listed here.
Advertised
to peers
List of
neighbors to which the net has been advertised to. Neighbors that are in one of
the update-groups listed above are not listed separately. Only neighbors that
are in unique update-groups are listed.
Received
by speaker 0
BGP
process where the path originated. This is always “speaker 0” for standalone
mode. It will be the speaker-id when BGP is in distributed mode.
AS Path
Autonomous
system (AS) path that was received for the path. If the AS path is empty, then
“Local” is displayed. This is the case for paths that are locally generated on
this router or on a neighboring router within the same AS.
aggregated
by
If the
path is an aggregate, the router-id of the router that performed the
aggregation.
suppressed
due to dampening
Path has
been suppressed due to the configured path dampening.
history
entry
Path is
withdrawn, but a copy is kept to store the dampening information.
Received
from a RR-client
Path was
received from a route reflector client.
received-only
If soft
reconfiguration inbound is configured, the path was received but dropped by
inbound policy, or was accepted and modified. In either event, the
received-only value is a copy of the original, unmodified path.
received
& used
If soft
reconfiguration inbound is configured, the path was received and accepted by
inbound policy, but not modified.
stale
Neighbor
from which the path was received is down, and the path is kept and marked as
stale to support graceful restart.
<nexthop> from <neighbor> (<router-id>)
Next hop
for the path. If the next hop is known by a mechanism outside BGP (for example,
for redistributed paths), then 0.0.0.0 is displayed. After the next hop, the
neighbor from whom the path was received is displayed, along with the
neighbor’s router-id. If the path was locally generated (for example, an
aggregate or redistributed path), then 0.0.0.0 is displayed for the neighbor
address.
Origin
IGP: the
path originated from an IGP.
EGP: the
path originated from an EGP.
incomplete: the origin of the path is unknown.
metric
MED value
of the path.
localpref
Local
preference value. This is used to determine the preferred exit point from the
local autonomous system. It is propagated throughout the local autonomous
system.
weight
Locally
assigned weight (if not 0) of the path. Weight is used in choosing the
preferred path to a route. It is not advertised to any neighbor.
valid
Path is
valid and can be considered in the best-path calculation.
redistributed
Path is
redistributed through a
redistribute command.
aggregated
Path is a
locally generated aggregate created due to an
aggregate-address command.
local
Path is a
local network source due to a
network command.
internal
Path was
received from an iBGP neighbor.
external
Path was
received from an eBGP neighbor.
atomic-aggregate
Path was
received with the atomic-aggregate flag set. Some path information has been
removed through aggregation.
best
Path is
the best path for the network and is used for routing and advertised to peers.
multipath
Path is a
multipath and is installed into the RIB along with the best path.
Community
List of
communities attached to the path.
Extended
community
List of
extended communities attached to the path.
Originator
Originator
of the path within the AS Cluster list if the path is reflected.
AS Cluster
list
List of RR
clusters the path has passed through if the path is reflected
Dampinfo
Penalty
and reuse information if the path is dampened.
penalty
Current
penalty for the path.
flapped
Number of
times the path has flapped and the time since the first flap.
reuse in
Time until
the path is re-used (undampened).
half life
Configured
half-life for the path.
suppress
value
Penalty at
which the path is suppressed.
reuse
value
Penalty at
which the path is re-used.
Maximum
suppress time
Maximum
length of time for which the path can be suppressed.
The following is
sample output from the
show
bgp command with the
ip-address/prefix-length
detail options:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp 51.0.0.0/24 detail
Sat Mar 14 00:37:14.109 PST PDT
BGP routing table entry for 51.0.0.0/24
Versions:
Process bRIB/RIB SendTblVer
Speaker 3 3
Flags: 0x3e1000, label_retention: not enabled
Last Modified: Mar 13 19:32:17.976 for 05:04:56
Paths: (1 available, best #1)
Advertised to update-groups (with more than one peer):
0.3 0.4 0.7 0.8
Advertised to peers (in unique update groups):
201.48.20.1
Path #1: Received by speaker 0
Flags: 0x1000003
200 201
213.0.0.6 from 213.0.0.6 (200.200.3.1)
Origin IGP, localpref 100, valid, external, best
The following is sample
output from the show bgp command with the additional paths received from:
BGP routing table entry for 51.0.1.0/24, Route Distinguisher: 2:1
Versions:
Process bRIB/RIB SendTblVer
Speaker 63 63
Flags: 0x040630f2
Last Modified: Nov 11 12:44:05.811 for 00:00:16
Paths: (3 available, best #2)
Advertised to CE peers (in unique update groups):
10.51.0.10
Path #1: Received by speaker 0
Flags: 0x3
Not advertised to any peer
111 111 111 111 111 111 111 111
10.51.0.10 from 10.51.0.10 (11.11.11.11)
Origin IGP, metric 0, localpref 100, valid, external
Received Path ID 0, Local Path ID 0, version 0
Extended community: RT:55:1
Path #2: Received by speaker 0
Flags: 0x5060007
Advertised to CE peers (in unique update groups):
10.51.0.10
561 562 563 564 565
13.0.6.50 from 13.0.6.50 (13.0.6.50)
Received Label 16
Origin IGP, localpref 100, valid, internal, best, group-best, import-candidate, imported
Received Path ID 0, Local Path ID 1, version 63
Extended community: RT:55:1
Path #3: Received by speaker 0
Flags: 0x4060007
Not advertised to any peer
591 592 593 594 595
13.0.9.50 from 13.0.9.50 (13.0.9.50)
Received Label 16
Origin IGP, localpref 100, valid, internal, backup, add-path, import-candidate, imported
Received Path ID 0, Local Path ID 4, version 63
Extended community: RT:22:232 RT:55:1
This is sample
output to explain 'import suspect' state and 'import-suspect' field in
show bgp
command output:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router#show bgp vpnv4 unicast rd 11:111 100.16.11.0/24
BGP routing table entry for 100.16.11.0/24, Route Distinguisher: 11:111
Versions:
Process bRIB/RIB SendTblVer
Speaker 1834195 1834195
Paths: (2 available, best #1)
Advertised to update-groups (with more than one peer):
0.1
Path #1: Received by speaker 0
11
1:16.16.16.16 (metric 30) from 55.55.55.55 (16.16.16.16)
Received Label 19602
Origin incomplete, localpref 100, valid, internal, best, import-candidate, not-in-vrf, import suspect
Extended community: RT:11:11
Originator: 16.16.16.16, Cluster list: 55.55.55.55
Path #2: Received by speaker 0
11
1:16.16.16.16 (metric 30) from 88.88.88.88 (16.16.16.16)
Received Label 19602
Origin incomplete, localpref 100, valid, internal, not-in-vrf, import suspect
Extended community: RT:11:11
Originator: 16.16.16.16, Cluster list: 88.88.88.88
The show bgp command output displays 'import suspect'
when potential import oscillation has been detected for the prefix. Import of
such a prefix is not affected. However, import of the prefix can be dampened in
future if the oscillation continues. If the oscillation stops during the next
import run, the prefix will no longer be marked 'import supect'.
This is sample output from
show bgp vpnv4 unicast rd
prefix/length command that displays Accept Own prefix
information:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router#show bgp vpnv4 unicast rd 10.10.10.10:1 110.1.1.1/32 detail
BGP routing table entry for 110.1.1.1/32, Route Distinguisher: 10.10.10.10:1
Versions:
Process bRIB/RIB SendTblVer
Speaker 1412487 1412487
Local Label: 137742 (no rewrite);
Flags: 0x04043001+0x00000000;
Last Modified: Jul 19 14:42:43.690 for 00:56:34
Paths: (2 available, best #1)
Advertised to peers (in unique update groups):
45.1.1.1
Path #1: Received by speaker 0
Flags: 0xd040003, import: 0x1f
Advertised to peers (in unique update groups):
45.1.1.1
101
10.5.1.2 from 10.5.1.2 (10.5.1.2)
Origin incomplete, localpref 100, valid, external, best, group-best, import-candidate
Received Path ID 0, Local Path ID 1, version 1412487
Extended community: RT:100:1
Path #2: Received by speaker 0
Flags: 0x324020005, import: 0x01
Not advertised to any peer
101
15.1.1.1 from 55.1.1.1 (15.1.1.1)
Received Label 137742
Origin incomplete, localpref 100, valid, internal, import-candidate, not-in-vrf, accept-own-self
Received Path ID 0, Local Path ID 0, version 0
Community: accept-own
Extended community: RT:100:1 RT:1000:1
Originator: 15.1.1.1, Cluster list: 55.1.1.1, 75.1.1.1, 45.1.1.1
This is sample output from
show bgp vrfvrf-nameipv4unicastprefix/length
command that displays Accept Own prefix information on a customer (originating)
VRF:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router#show bgp vrf customer1 ipv4 uni 110.1.1.1/32
BGP routing table entry for 110.1.1.1/32, Route Distinguisher: 10.10.10.10:1
Versions:
Process bRIB/RIB SendTblVer
Speaker 1412487 1412487
Local Label: 137742
Last Modified: Jul 19 14:42:43.690 for 01:01:22
Paths: (2 available, best #1)
Advertised to PE peers (in unique update groups):
45.1.1.1
Path #1: Received by speaker 0
Advertised to PE peers (in unique update groups):
45.1.1.1
101
10.5.1.2 from 10.5.1.2 (10.5.1.2)
Origin incomplete, localpref 100, valid, external, best, group-best, import-candidate
Received Path ID 0, Local Path ID 1, version 1412487
Extended community: RT:100:1
Path #2: Received by speaker 0
Not advertised to any peer
101
15.1.1.1 from 55.1.1.1 (15.1.1.1)
Received Label 137742
Origin incomplete, localpref 100, valid, internal, import-candidate, not-in-vrf, accept-own-self
Received Path ID 0, Local Path ID 0, version 0
Community: accept-own
Extended community: RT:100:1 RT:1000:1
Originator: 15.1.1.1, Cluster list: 55.1.1.1, 75.1.1.1, 45.1.1.1
This is sample output from
show bgp vrfvrf-nameipv4unicastprefix/length
command that displays Accept Own prefix information on a service VRF:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router#show bgp vrf service1 ipv4 uni 110.1.1.1/32
BGP routing table entry for 110.1.1.1/32, Route Distinguisher: 11.11.11.11:1
Versions:
Process bRIB/RIB SendTblVer
Speaker 1412497 1412497
Last Modified: Jul 19 14:43:08.690 for 01:39:22
Paths: (1 available, best #1)
Advertised to CE peers (in unique update groups):
10.8.1.2
Path #1: Received by speaker 0
Advertised to CE peers (in unique update groups):
10.8.1.2
101
10.5.1.2 from 55.1.1.1 (15.1.1.1)
Origin incomplete, localpref 100, valid, internal, best, group-best, import-candidate, imported, accept-own
Received Path ID 0, Local Path ID 1, version 1412497
Community: accept-own
Extended community: RT:100:1 RT:1000:1
Originator: 15.1.1.1, Cluster list: 55.1.1.1, 75.1.1.1, 45.1.1.1
This table describes the
significant fields shown in the display:
Field
Description
accept-own-self
The
Accept Own path in the customer VRF contains the "accept-own-self"
keyword/flag.
accept-own
The
Accept Own path contains the "accept-own" keyword/flag.
Community:accept-own
List of
communities attached to the path: accept-own.
Extended
community
List of
extended communities attached to the path.
Cluster
list
Router
ID or cluster ID of all route reflectors through which the route has passed.
The output of
show bgp {vpnv4 | vpnv6}
unicast rd command may display the optional BGP attribute
not-in-vrf. If a path in a VPNvX net is marked as
not-in-vrf, it may be due to any of the following conditions:
The RD of the
VPNvX net is not the same as any of the RDs configured for VRFs on the router.
The RD of the
VPNvX net is the same as the RD configured for a specific VRF on the router,
but the path is not imported to the specified VRF. For example, the
route-targets attached to the path do not match any of the
importroute-target [as-number:nn |
ip-address:nn] configured for VRF,
vrf_1.
If the not-in-vrf
net is set, it indicates that the path does not belong to the VRF.
(Optional)
Displays subsequent address family identifier.
brief
(Optional)
Displays brief information on process level update generation.
detail
(Optional)
Displays detailed information on process level update generation.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
XR EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Task ID
Task ID
Operation
bgp
read
Examples
This example
displays sample output from the
show bgp update
out command:
To display process
level update inbound error-handling information, use the
show bgp update in error
processcommand in
XR EXEC mode.
showbgpupdateinerrorprocess
[ brief | detail ]
Syntax Description
brief
(Optional)
Displays brief information on process level update generation.
detail
(Optional)
Displays detailed information on process level update generation.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
XR EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Task ID
Task ID
Operations
bgp
read
Examples
This example
displays sample output from the
show bgp update in error
process
command:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router#show bgp update in error process
Basic Update error-handling:
EBGP: [Enabled]
IBGP: [Enabled]
Extended Update error-handling:
EBGP: [Disabled]
IBGP: [Disabled]
Malformed Update messages: 0
Neighbors that received malformed Update messages: 0
Last malformed Update received: --- (never)
show bgp update out
filter-group
To display update
generation information at filter-group level,
show bgp update out
filter-group command in
XR EXEC mode.
Specifies
the address family and subsequent address family identifiers.
fg-process-id
Specifies
the filter-group process ID in <x.y> format. Range is <
0-15>.<0-4294967295>.
brief
(Optional)
Displays brief information on filter-group level update generation
detail
(Optional)
Displays detailed information on filter-group level update generation.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
XR EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Task ID
Task ID
Operations
bgp
read
Examples
This example
displays sample output from
show bgp update out
filter-group command:
show bgp update out
process
To display process
level update generation information, use the
show bgp update out process
command in
XR EXEC mode.
showbgpupdateoutprocess
[ brief | detail ]
Syntax Description
brief
(Optional)
Displays brief information on process level update generation.
detail
(Optional)
Displays detailed information on process level update generation.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
XR EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Task ID
Task ID
Operation
bgp
read
Examples
This example
displays sample output from the show bgp update out process brief command:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router#show bgp update out process
Wed Sep 12 08:26:04.308 DST
Update generation status: Normal
Update OutQ: 0 bytes (0 messages)
Update limit: 536870912 bytes (configured 536870912 bytes)
Update generation logging: [Disabled]
Address-family Status Limit OutQ UG SG(Thr) SG-R(Thr) Nbrs
IPv4 Unicast Normal 268435456 0 1 1(0) 0(0) 3
L2VPN VPLS Normal 268435456 0 1 1(0) 0(0) 3
History:
Update OutQ Hi: 300 bytes (1 messages)
Update OutQ Cumulative: 1200 bytes (4 messages)
Update OutQ Discarded: 0 bytes (0 messages)
Update OutQ Cleared: 0 bytes (0 messages)
Last discarded from OutQ: --- (never)
Last cleared from OutQ: --- (never)
Update generation throttled 0 times, last event --- (never)
Update generation recovered 0 times, last event --- (never)
Update generation mem alloc failed 0 times, last event --- (never)
This table describes
the significant fields shown on the display:
Table 5 show bgp update
out process Field Descriptions
Field
Description
Update generation status
pdate OutQ
show bgp update out
sub-group
To display sub-group
update generation information, use the
show bgp update out
sub-group command in
XR EXEC mode.
(Optional)
Displays subsequent address family identifier.
brief
(Optional)
Displays brief information on process level update generation.
detail
(Optional)
Displays detailed information on process level update generation.
ug-index
(Optional)
Displays the update-group process ID in <x.y> format.
sg-index
(Optional)
displays the sub-group process ID in <x.y> format.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
XR EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Task ID
Task ID
Operation
bgp
read
Examples
This example
displays sample output from the
show bgp update out
sub-group
command:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router#show bgp update out sub-group
VRF "default", Address-family "IPv4 Unicast"
Main routing table version: 2
RIB version: 2
SG UG Status Limit OutQ SG-R Nbrs Version ()
0.2 0.2 Normal 33554432 0 0 3 2 ()
RP/0/RSP0/CPU0:PE51_ASR-9010#
This table
describes the significant fields shown in the display:
show bgp update out
update-group
To display
update-group update generation information, use the
show bgp update out
update-group command in
XR EXEC mode.
(Optional)
Displays subsequent address family identifier.
brief
(Optional)
Displays brief information on process level update generation.
detail
(Optional)
Displays detailed information on process level update generation.
ug-index
(Optional)
Displays the update-group process ID in <x.y> format.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
XR EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Task ID
Task ID
Operation
bgp
read
Examples
This example shows
the significant fields on display form the
show bgp update out
update-group command:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router#show bgp update out sub-group
VRF "default", Address-family "IPv4 Unicast"
Main routing table version: 2
RIB version: 2
SG UG Status Limit OutQ SG-R Nbrs Version ()
0.2 0.2 Normal 33554432 0 0 3 2 ()
RP/0/RSP0/CPU0:PE51_ASR-9010#show bgp update ou update-group
Wed Sep 12 08:37:24.756 DST
VRF "default", Address-family "IPv4 Unicast"
UG OutQ SG(Thr) SG-R(Thr) FG Nbrs
0.2 0 1(0) 0(0) 1 3
This table
describes the significant fields on the display:
show bgp vrf update
in error
To display VRF level
update inbound error-handling information, use the
show bgp vrf update in error
command in
XR EXEC mode.
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Task ID
Task ID
Operations
bgp
read
Examples
This example
displays sample output from show bgp vrf vrf1 update in
error command:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router#show bgp update in error
VRF "default"
Malformed Update messages: 0
Neighbors that received malformed Update messages: 0
Last malformed update received: --- (never)
show bgp
advertised
To display
advertisements for neighbors or a single neighbor, use the
show bgp
advertisedcommand in
XR EXEC mode.
(Optional)
Previews advertisements for a single neighbor. If the
neighbor keyword is omitted, then the advertisements for all
neighbors are displayed.
ip-address
(Optional)
IP address of the neighbor.
standby
(Optional)
Displays information about the standby card.
summary
(Optional)
Displays a summary of advertisements.
Command Default
If no address
family or subaddress family is specified, the default address family and
subaddress family specified using the
set
default-afi and
set
default-safi commands are used.
Command Modes
XR EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Note
The
set
default-afi command is used to specify the default address family
for the session, and the
set
default-safi command is used to specify the default subaddress
family for the session. See the
System Management Command Reference for Cisco NCS 6000 Series Routers for detailed information and
syntax for the
set
default-afi and
set
default-safi commands. If you do not specify a default address
family, the default address family is IPv4. If you do not specify a default
subaddress family, the default subaddress family is unicast.
BGP contains a
separate routing table for each address family and subaddress family
combination that is configured. The address family and subaddress family
options specify the routing table to be examined. If the
all keyword is specified for the address family or subaddress
family, each matching routing table is examined in turn.
Use the
show bgp
advertised command to display the routes that have been advertised to
peers or a specific peer. To preview advertisements that would be sent to a
peer under a particular policy, even if the corresponding update messages have
not been generated yet, use the
show bgp
policy command.
Note
When you issue
the
show bgp
advertised command, a route is not displayed in the output unless an
advertisement for that route has already been sent (and not withdrawn). If an
advertisement for the route has not yet been sent, the route is not displayed.
Use the
summary keyword to display a summary of the advertised routes. If you
do not specify the
summary keyword, the software displays detailed information about the
advertised routes.
Note
The
show bgp
advertised command does not display the application of any outbound
policy in the route details it displays. Consequently, this command provides
only an indication of whether a particular route has been advertised, rather
than details of which attributes were advertised. Use the show bgp
policy sent-advertisements command to display the attributes that are advertised.
Task ID
Task ID
Operations
bgp
read
Examples
The following is
sample output from the
show bgp
advertised
command in
XR EXEC
mode:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp advertised neighbor 10.0.101.4 summary
Network Next Hop From AS Path
1.1.1.0/24 10.0.101.1 10.0.101.1 2 3 222 333 444 555 i
1.1.2.0/24 10.0.101.1 10.0.101.1 3 4 5 6 7 i
1.1.3.0/24 10.0.101.1 10.0.101.1 77 88 33 44 55 99 99 99 i
1.1.4.0/24 10.0.101.1 10.0.101.1 2 5 6 7 8 i
1.1.7.0/24 10.0.101.1 10.0.101.1 3 5 i
1.1.8.0/24 10.0.101.1 10.0.101.1 77 88 99 99 99 i
This table
describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 6 show bgp
advertised neighbor summary Field Descriptions
Field
Description
Network
IP prefix
and prefix length for a network.
Next Hop
IP address
of the next system that is used when a packet is forwarded to the destination
network. An entry of 0.0.0.0 indicates that the router has a non-BGP route to
this network.
From
IP address
of the peer that advertised this route.
AS Path
AS path of
the peer that advertised this route.
Local
Indicates
the route originated on the local system.
Local
Aggregate
Indicates
the route is an aggregate created on the local system.
Advertised
to
Indicates
the peer to which this entry was advertised. This field is used in the output
when displaying a summary of the advertisements to all neighbors.
The following is
sample output from the
show bgp
advertised
command for detailed advertisement information:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp advertised neighbor 172.72.77.1
172.16.0.0/24 is advertised to 172.72.77.1
Path info:
neighbor: Local neighbor router id: 172.74.84.1
valid redistributed best
Attributes after inbound policy was applied:
next hop: 0.0.0.0
MET ORG AS
origin: incomplete metric: 0
aspath:
10.52.0.0/16 is advertised to 172.72.77.1
Path info:
neighbor: Local Aggregate neighbor router id: 172.74.84.1
valid aggregated best
Attributes after inbound policy was applied:
next hop: 0.0.0.0
ORG AGG ATOM
origin: IGP aggregator: 172.74.84.1 (1)
aspath:
This table
describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 7 show bgp
advertised neighbor Field Descriptions
Field
Description
is
advertised to
IP address
of the peer to which this route has been advertised. If the route has been
advertised to multiple peers, the information is shown separately for each
peer.
neighbor
IP address
of the peer that advertised this route, or one of the following:
Local—Route originated on the local system.
Local
Aggregate—Route is an aggregate created on the local system.
neighbor
router id
BGP
identifier for the peer, or the local system if the route originated on the
local system.
Not
advertised to any peer
Indicates
the no-advertise well-known community is associated with this route. Routes
with this community are not advertised to any BGP peers.
Not
advertised to any EBGP peer
Indicates
the no-export well-known community is associated with this route. Routes with
this community are not advertised to external BGP peers, even if those external
peers are part of the same confederation as the local router.
Not
advertised outside the local AS
Indicates
the local-AS well-known community is associated with this route. Routes with
this community value are not advertised outside the local autonomous system or
confederation boundary.
(Received
from a RR-client)
Path was
received from a route reflector client.
(received-only)
This path
is not used for routing purposes. It is used to support soft reconfiguration,
and records the path attributes before inbound policy was applied to a path
received from a peer. A path marked “received-only” indicates that either the
path was dropped by inbound policy, or the path information was modified by
inbound policy and a separate copy of the modified path is used for routing.
(received
& used)
Indicates
that the path is used both for soft reconfiguration and routing purposes. A
path marked “received and used,” implies the path information was not modified
by inbound policy.
valid
Path is
valid.
redistributed
Path is
locally sourced through redistribution.
aggregated
Path is
locally sourced through aggregation.
local
Path is
locally sourced through the
network command.
confed
Path was
received from a confederation peer.
best
Path is
selected as best.
multipath
Path is
one of multiple paths selected for load-sharing purposes.
dampinfo
Indicates
dampening information:
Penalty—Current penalty for this path.
Flapped—Number of times the route has flapped.
In—Time
(hours:minutes:seconds) since the router noticed the first flap.
Reuse
in—Time (hours:minutes:seconds) after which the path is made available. This
field is displayed only if the path is currently suppressed.
Attributes
after inbound policy was applied
Displays
attributes associated with the received route, after any inbound policy has
been applied.
AGG—Aggregator attribute is present.
AS—AS path
attribute is present.
ATOM—Atomic aggregate attribute is present.
COMM—Communities attribute is present.
EXTCOMM—Extended communities attribute is present.
LOCAL—Local preference attribute is present.
MET—Multi
Exit Discriminator (MED) attribute is present.
next
hop—IP address of the next system used when a packet is forwarded to the
destination network. An entry of 0.0.0.0 indicates that the router has a
non-BGP route to this network.
ORG—Origin
attribute is present.
origin
Origin of
the path:
IGP—Path
originated from an Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP) and was sourced by BGP using
a
network or
aggregate-address command.
EGP—Path
originated from an Exterior Gateway Protocol.
incomplete—Origin of the path is not clear. For example, a route
that is redistributed into BGP from an IGP.
neighbor
as
First
autonomous system (AS) number in the AS path.
aggregator
Indicates
that the path was received with the aggregator attribute. The autonomous system
number and router-id of the system that performed the aggregation are shown.
metric
Value of
the interautonomous system metric, otherwise known as the MED metric.
localpref
Local
preference value. This is used to determine the preferred exit point from the
local autonomous system. It is propagated throughout the local autonomous
system
aspath
AS path
associated with the route.
community
Community
attributes associated with the path. Community values are displayed in AA:NN
format, except for the following well-known communities:
Local-AS—Community with value 4294967043 or hex 0xFFFFFF03.
Routes with this community value are not advertised outside the local
autonomous system or confederation boundary.
no-advertise—Community with value 4294967042 or hex 0xFFFFFF02.
Routes with this community value are not advertised to any BGP peers.
no-export—Community with value 4294967041 or hex 0xFFFFFF01.
Routes with this community are not advertised to external BGP peers, even if
those peers are in the same confederation with the local router.
Extended
community
Extended
community attributes associated with the path. For known extended community
types, the following codes may be displayed:
RT—Route
target community
SoO—Site
of Origin community
LB—Link
Bandwidth community
Originator
Router ID
of the originating router when route reflection is used.
Cluster
lists
Router ID
or cluster ID of all route reflectors through which the route has passed.
Related Commands
Command
Description
set
default-afi
Sets the
default Address Family Identifier (AFI) for the current session.
set
default-safi
Sets the
default subaddress Family Identifier (SAFI) for the current session.
(Optional)
Displays the effective configuration for the af-group, including any settings
that have been inherited from af-groups used by this af-group.
defaults
(Optional)
Displays all configuration settings, including any default settings.
nvgen
(Optional)
Displays output in the format of
show
running-config output.
If the
defaults keyword is also specified, the output is not suitable
for cutting and pasting into a configuration session.
inheritance
Displays the
af-groups from which this af-group inherits configuration settings.
users
Displays the
neighbors, neighbor groups, and af-groups that inherit configuration from this
af-group.
Command Default
No default behavior
or value
Command Modes
XR EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Use the
show bgp
af-groupcommand with the
group-nameconfiguration
argument and keyword to display the effective configuration of an af-group,
taking into account any configuration that may be inherited from other
af-groups through the
use
af-group command. The source of each command is shown.
If the
defaults keyword is specified, all configuration for the af-group,
including default values, is shown. Default configuration is identified in the
show output. Use the
nvgen keyword to display configuration formatted in the style of the
show
running-config command. This output is suitable for cutting and pasting into
configuration sessions.
Use the
show bgp
af-group command with the
group-nameinheritance argument and keyword to display the address family groups from
which the specified af-group inherits configuration.
Use the
show bgp
af-group
command with the
group-nameusers argument and keyword to display the neighbors, neighbor
groups, and af-groups that inherit configuration from the specified af-group.
Task ID
Task ID
Operations
bgp
read
Examples
The following
af-group configuration is used in the examples:
The following is
sample output from the
show bgp
af-group command with the
configuration keyword in
XR EXEC
mode. The source of each command is shown in the right column. For example,
default-originate is configured directly on
af-group
group1, and the
remove-private-AS command is inherited from af-group group2, which in turn
inherits it from af-group group3.
The following is
sample output from the
show bgp
af-group command with the
users keyword:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp af-group group2 users
IPv4 Unicast: a:group1
The following is
sample output from the show bgp
af-group command with the
inheritance keyword. This example shows that the specified af-group group1
directly uses the group2 af-group, which in turn uses the group3 af-group:
RP/0/RSP0RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp af-group group1 inheritance
IPv4 Unicast: a:group2 a:group3
Table 1 describes the significant fields
shown in the display.
This table
describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 8 show bgp
af-group Field Descriptions
Field
Description
[ ]
Configures
the command directly on the specified address family group.
a:
Indicates
the name that follows is an address family group.
n:
Indicates
the name that follows is a neighbor group.
[dflt]
Indicates
the setting is not explicitly configured or inherited, and the default value
for the setting is used. This field may be shown when the
defaults keyword is specified.
<not
set>
Indicates
that the configuration is disabled by default. This field may be shown when the
defaults keyword is specified.
(Optional)
Displays information about the standby card.
Command Default
If no address
family or subaddress family is specified, the default address family and
subaddress family specified using the
set
default-afi and
set
default-safi commands are used.
Command Modes
XR EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Note
The
set
default-afi command is used to specify the default address family for
the session, and the
set
default-safi command is used to specify the default subaddress family for
the session. See the
System Management Command Reference for Cisco NCS 6000 Series Routers for detailed information and
syntax for the
set
default-afi and
set
default-safi commands. If you do not specify a default address family,
the default address family is IPv4. If you do not specify a default subaddress
family, the default subaddress family is unicast.
Task ID
Task ID
Operations
bgp
read
Examples
The following is
sample output from the
show bgp
attribute-keycommand in
XR EXEC
mode:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp all all attribute-key
Address Family: IPv4 Unicast
============================
BGP router identifier 10.0.0.1, local AS number 1
BGP generic scan interval 60 secs
BGP main routing table version 109
BGP scan interval 60 secs
Status codes: s suppressed, d damped, h history, * valid, > best
i - internal, S stale
Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete
Network Next Hop AttrKey
*> 1.1.0.0/16 0.0.0.0 0x00000002
*> 10.0.0.0/16 0.0.0.0 0x00000002
*> 12.21.0.0/16 0.0.0.0 0x00000002
*> 194.3.192.1/32 10.0.101.1 0x00000009
*> 194.3.192.2/32 10.0.101.1 0x00000009
*> 194.3.192.3/32 10.0.101.1 0x00000009
*> 194.3.192.4/32 10.0.101.1 0x00000009
*> 194.3.192.5/32 10.0.101.1 0x00000009
Processed 8 prefixes, 8 paths
Address Family: IPv4 Multicast
==============================
BGP router identifier 10.0.0.1, local AS number 1
BGP generic scan interval 60 secs
BGP main routing table version 15
BGP scan interval 60 secs
Status codes: s suppressed, d damped, h history, * valid, > best
i - internal, S stale
Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete
Network Next Hop AttrKey
*> 194.3.193.2/32 10.0.101.1 0x00000009
*> 194.3.193.3/32 10.0.101.1 0x00000009
Processed 2 prefixes, 2 paths
Address Family: IPv6 Unicast
============================
BGP router identifier 10.0.0.1, local AS number 1
BGP generic scan interval 60 secs
BGP main routing table version 19
BGP scan interval 60 secs
Status codes: s suppressed, d damped, h history, * valid, > best
i - internal, S stale
Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete
Network Next Hop AttrKey
*> 2222::1111/128 2222::2 0x00000009
*> 2222::1112/128 2222::2 0x00000009
Processed 2 prefixes, 2 paths
This table
describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 9 show bgp
attribute-key Field Descriptions
Field
Description
BGP router
identifier
BGP
identifier for the local system.
local AS
number
Autonomous
system number for the local system.
BGP
generic scan interval
Interval
(in seconds) between scans of the BGP table by a generic scanner.
BGP main
routing table version
Last
version of the BGP database that was installed into the main routing table.
BGP scan
interval
Interval
(in seconds) between scans.
Status
codes
Status of
the table entry. The status is displayed as a three-character field at the
beginning of each line in the table. The first character may be (in order of
precedence):
S—Path is
stale, indicating that a graceful restart is in progress with the peer from
which the route was learned.
s—Path is
more specific than a locally sourced aggregate route and has been suppressed.
*—Path is
valid.
The second
character may be (in order of precedence):
>—Path
is the best path to use for that network.
d—Path is
dampened.
h—Path is
a history entry, representing a route that is currently withdrawn, but that is
being maintained to preserve dampening information. Such routes should never be
marked as valid.
The third
character may be:
i—Path was
learned by an internal BGP (iBGP) session.
Origin
codes
Origin of
the path. The origin code is displayed at the end of each line in the table. It
can be one of the following values:
i—Path
originated from an Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP) and was sourced by BGP using
a
network or
aggregate-address command.
e—Entry
originated from an Exterior Gateway Protocol (EGP).
?—Origin
of the path is not clear. Usually, this is a route that is redistributed into
BGP from an IGP.
Network
IP prefix
and prefix length for a network.
Next Hop
IP address
of the next system that is used when a packet is forwarded to the destination
network. An entry of 0.0.0.0 indicates that the router has a non-BGP route to
this network.
AttrKey
Key
associated with the route attribute.
Processed
n
prefixes,
n
paths
Number of
prefixes and number of paths processed for the table.
Related Commands
Command
Description
set default-afi
Sets the
default Address Family Identifier (AFI) for the current session.
set default-safi
Sets the
default Subaddress Family Identifier (SAFI) for the current session.
show bgp
cidr-only
To display routes
with nonnatural network masks, also known as classless interdomain routing
(CIDR) routes, use the
show bgp
cidr-only command in
XR EXEC mode.
showbgp
[ ipv4 | vrf ]
cidr-only
[ standby ]
Syntax Description
ipv4
(Optional)
Specifies the IP Version 4 address family.
unicast
(Optional)
Specifies the unicast address family.
multicast
(Optional)
Specifies the multicast address family.
(Optional)
For subaddress family, specifies all subaddress families.
tunnel
(Optional)
Specifies the tunnel address family.
mdt
(Optional)
Specifies multicast distribution tree (MDT) address prefixes.
vrf
(Optional)
Specifies VPN routing and forwarding (VRF) instance.
vrf-name
(Optional)
Name of a VRF.
all
(Optional)
For VRF, specifies all VRFs.
ipv4 {unicast |
labeled-unicast}
(Optional)
For VRF, specifies IPv4 unicast or labeled-unicast address families.
standby
(Optional)
Displays information about the standby card.
Command Default
If no address
family or subaddress family is specified, the default address family and
subaddress family specified using the
set
default-afi and
set
default-safi commands are used. This command is applicable only for IPv4
prefixes. If the default address family is not IPv4, then the
ipv4 keyword must be used.
Command Modes
XR EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Note
The
set
default-afi command is used to specify the default address family for
the session, and the
set
default-safi command is used to specify the default subaddress family for
the session. See the
System Management Command Reference for Cisco NCS 6000 Series Routers for detailed information and
syntax for the
set
default-afi and
set
default-safi commands. If you do not specify a default address family,
the default address family is IPv4. If you do not specify a default subaddress
family, the default subaddress family is unicast.
Border Gateway
Protocol (BGP) contains a separate routing table for each address family and
subaddress family combination that has been configured. The address family and
subaddress family options specify the routing table to be examined. If the
all keyword is specified for subaddress family, all subaddress
family routing tables are examined.
The
show bgp
cidr-only command applies only for IPv4 prefixes. If the
ipv4 keyword is not specified and the default address family is not
IPv4, the command is not available.
Use the
show bgp
cidr-only command to display CIDR routes. Routes that have their correct
class (class A, B, or C) prefix length are not displayed.
Task ID
Task ID
Operations
bgp
read
Examples
The following is
sample output from the
show bgp
cidr-only command in
XR EXEC
mode:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp cidr-only
BGP router identifier 172.20.1.1, local AS number 1820
BGP main routing table version 2589
Dampening enabled
BGP scan interval 60 secs
Status codes: s suppressed, d damped, h history, * valid, > best
i - internal, S stale
Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete
Network Next Hop Metric LocPrf Weight Path
*> 192.0.0.0/8 192.168.72.24 0 1878 ?
*> 192.168.0.0/16 192.168.72.30 0 108 ?
This table
describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 10 show bgp
cidr-only Field Descriptions
Field
Description
BGP router
identifier
BGP
identifier for the local system.
local AS
number
Autonomous
system number for the local system.
BGP main
routing table version
Last
version of the BGP database that was installed into the main routing table.
Dampening
enabled
Displayed
if dampening is enabled for the routes in this BGP routing table.
BGP scan
interval
Interval
(in seconds) between scans of the BGP table specified by the address family and
subaddress family.
Status
codes
Status of
the table entry. The status is displayed as a three-character field at the
beginning of each line in the table. The first character may be (in order of
precedence):
S—Path is
stale, indicating that a graceful restart is in progress with the peer from
which the route was learned.
s—Path is
more specific than a locally sourced aggregate route and has been suppressed.
*—Path is
valid.
The second
character may be (in order of precedence):
>—Path
is the best path to use for that network.
d—Path is
dampened.
h—Path is
a history entry, representing a route that is currently withdrawn, but that is
being maintained to preserve dampening information. Such routes should never be
marked as valid.
The third
character may be:
i—Path was
learned by an internal BGP (iBGP) session.
Origin
codes
Origin of
the path. The origin code is displayed at the end of each line in the table. It
can be one of the following values:
i—Path
originated from an Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP) and was sourced by BGP using
a
network or
aggregate-address command.
e—Entry
originated from an Exterior Gateway Protocol (EGP).
?—Origin
of the path is not clear. Usually, this is a route that is redistributed into
BGP from an IGP.
Network
IP prefix
and prefix length for a network.
Next Hop
IP address
of the next system that is used when a packet is forwarded to the destination
network. An entry of 0.0.0.0 indicates that the router has a non-BGP route to
this network.
Metric
Value of
the interautonomous system metric, otherwise known as the Multi Exit
Discriminator (MED) metric.
LocPrf
Local
preference value. This is used to determine the preferred exit point from the
local autonomous system. It is propagated throughout the local autonomous
system.
Weight
Path
weight. Weight is used in choosing the preferred path to a route. It is not
advertised to any neighbor.
Path
Autonomous
system path to the destination network. At the end of the path is the origin
code for the path.
Specifies
that only routes with communities specified by
community-list is displayed.
community-list
Between
one and seven communities. Each community can be a number in the range from 1
to 4294967295, a community specified in AA:NN format, or one of the following
well-known communities:
local-AS—Well-known community with value 4294967043 or hex
0xFFFFFF03. Routes with this community value are not advertised outside the
local autonomous system or confederation boundary.
no-advertise—Well-known community with value 4294967042 or hex
0xFFFFFF02. Routes with this community value are not advertised to any BGP
peers.
no-export—Well-known community with value 4294967041 or hex
0xFFFFFF01. Routes with this community are not advertised to external BGP
peers, even if those peers are in the same confederation as the local router.
internet—Well-known community whose value is not defined in BGP
RFC. IOS XR BGP uses a value of 0 for the internet community. Routes with this
community are advertised to all peers without any restrictions.
For the
AA:NN format:
AA—Range
is 0 to 65535.
NN—Range
is 1 to 4294967295.
Up to
seven community numbers can be specified.
exact-match
(Optional)
Displays those routes that have communities exactly matching the specified
communities.
Command Default
If no address
family or subaddress family is specified, the default address family and
subaddress family specified using the
set
default-afi and
set
default-safi commands are used.
Command Modes
XR EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Note
The
set
default-afi command is used to specify the default address family for
the session, and the
set
default-safi command is used to specify the default subaddress family for
the session. See the
System Management Command Reference for Cisco NCS 6000 Series Routers for detailed information and
syntax for the
set
default-afi and
set
default-safi commands. If you do not specify a default address family,
the default address family is IPv4. If you do not specify a default subaddress
family, the default subaddress family is unicast.
BGP contains a
separate routing table for each configured address family and subaddress family
combination. The address family and subaddress family options specify the
routing table to be examined. If the
all keyword is specified for the address family or the subaddress
family, each matching routing table is examined in turn.
If more than seven
communities are required, it is necessary to configure a route policy and use
the
show bgp route-policy command.
Use the
exact-match keyword to display only those routes with a set of communities
exactly matching the list of specified communities. If you omit the
exact-match keyword, those routes containing at least the specified
communities are displayed.
Task ID
Task ID
Operations
bgp
read
Examples
The following is
sample output from the
show bgp
community command in
XR EXEC
mode:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp community 1820:1 exact-match
BGP router identifier 172.20.1.1, local AS number 1820
BGP main routing table version 55
Dampening enabled
BGP scan interval 60 secs
Status codes: s suppressed, d damped, h history, * valid, > best
i - internal, S stale
Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete
Network Next Hop Metric LocPrf Weight Path
* 10.13.0.0/16 192.168.40.24 0 1878 704 701 200 ?
* 10.16.0.0/16 192.168.40.24 0 1878 704 701 i
This table
describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 11 show bgp
community Field Descriptions
Field
Description
BGP router
identifier
BGP
identifier for the local system.
local AS
number
Autonomous
system number for the local system.
BGP main
routing table version
Last
version of the BGP database that was installed into the main routing table.
Dampening
enabled
Displayed
if dampening is enabled for the routes in this BGP routing table.
BGP scan
interval
Interval
(in seconds) between scans of the BGP table specified by the address family and
subaddress family.
Status
codes
Status of
the table entry. The status is displayed as a three character field at the
beginning of each line in the table. The first character may be (in order of
precedence):
S—Path is
stale, indicating that a graceful restart is in progress with the peer from
which the route was learned.
s—Path is
more specific than a locally sourced aggregate route and has been suppressed.
*—Path is
valid.
The second
character may be (in order of precedence):
>—Path
is the best path to use for that network.
d—Path is
dampened.
h—Path is
a history entry, representing a route that is currently withdrawn, but that is
being maintained to preserve dampening information. Such routes should never be
marked as valid.
The third
character may be:
i—Path was
learned by an internal BGP (iBGP) session.
Origin
codes
Origin of
the path. The origin code is displayed at the end of each line in the table. It
can be one of the following values:
i—Path
originated from an Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP) and was advertised with a
network or
aggregate-address command.
e—Path
originated from an Exterior Gateway Protocol (EGP).
?—Origin
of the path is not clear. Usually, this is a route that is redistributed into
BGP from an IGP.
Network
IP prefix
and prefix length for a network.
Next Hop
IP address
of the next system that is used when a packet is forwarded to the destination
network. An entry of 0.0.0.0 indicates that the router has a non-BGP route to
this network.
Metric
Value of
the interautonomous system metric, otherwise known as the Multi Exit
Discriminator (MED) metric.
LocPrf
Local
preference value. This is used to determine the preferred exit point from the
local autonomous system. It is propagated throughout the local autonomous
system.
Weight
Path
weight. Weight is used in choosing the preferred path to a route. It is not
advertised to any neighbor.
Path
Autonomous
system path to the destination network. At the end of the path is the origin
code for the path.
If no address
family or subaddress family is specified, the default address family and
subaddress family specified using the
set
default-afi and
set
default-safi commands are used.
Command Modes
XR EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Note
The
set
default-afi command is used to specify the default address family for
the session, and the
set
default-safi command is used to specify the default subaddress family for
the session. See the
System Management Command Reference for Cisco NCS 6000 Series Routers for detailed information and
syntax for the
set
default-afi and
set
default-safi commands. If you do not specify a default address family,
the default address family is IPv4. If you do not specify a default subaddress
family, the default subaddress family is unicast.
Border Gateway
Protocol (BGP) contains a separate routing table for each configured address
family and subaddress family combination. The address family and subaddress
family options specify the routing table to be examined. If the
all keyword is specified for the address family or subaddress
family, each matching routing table is examined in turn.
Use the
show bgp
convergence command to see if there is any pending work for BGP
to perform. The software checks the following conditions to determine whether
the specified address family has converged. If all the conditions are true, the
address family is considered converged.
All received updates have
been processed and best routes selected.
All selected routes have
been installed in the global Routing Information Base (RIB).
All selected routes have
been advertised to peers, including any peers that are not established (unless
those peers have been administratively shut down). See the
shutdown
(BGP) command for more information about administrative shutdown.
While testing that
all selected routes have been advertised to peers, the
show bgp
convergencecommand checks the size of the write queue for each
neighbor. Because this queue is shared by all address families, there is a
small possibility that the command indicates the address family has not
converged when, in fact, it has converged. This could happen if the neighbor
write queue contained messages from some other address family.
If the specified
address family has not converged, the
show bgp
convergence command output does not indicate the amount of work
that is pending. To display this information, use theshow bgp summary command.
Task ID
Task ID
Operations
bgp
read
Examples
The following
shows the result of using the
show bgp
convergence command for an address family that has converged:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp convergence
Converged.
All received routes in RIB, all neighbors updated.
All neighbors have empty write queues.
The following
shows the result of using the
show bgp
convergence command for an address family that has not converged:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp convergence
Not converged.
Received routes may not be entered in RIB.
One or more neighbors may need updating.
This table
describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 12 show bgp
convergence Field Descriptions
Field
Description
Converged/Not converged
Specifies
whether or not all routes have been installed in the RIB and updates have been
generated and sent to all neighbors.
[All]
Received routes...
For
convergence, all routes must have been installed into the RIB and all updates
must have been generated. For non-convergence, some routes may not be installed
in the RIB, or some routes that have been withdrawn have not yet been removed
from the RIB, or some routes that are up to date in the RIB have not been
advertised to all neighbors.
[All | One
or more] neighbors...
Specifies
the status of neighbor updating.
Related Commands
Command
Description
set default-afi
Sets the
default Address Family Identifier (AFI) for the current session.
set default-safi
Sets the
default Subaddress Family Identifier (SAFI) for the current session.
(Optional)
Displays information about the standby card.
Command Default
If no address
family or subaddress family is specified, the default address family and
subaddress family specified using the
set
default-afi and
set
default-safi commands are used.
Command Modes
XR EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Note
The
set
default-afi command is used to specify the default address family for
the session, and the
set
default-safi command is used to specify the default subaddress
family for the session. See the
System Management Command Reference for Cisco NCS 6000 Series Routers for detailed information and
syntax for the
set
default-afi and
set
default-safi commands. If you do not specify a default address
family, the default address family is IPv4. If you do not specify a default
subaddress family, the default subaddress family is unicast.
BGP contains a
separate routing table for each configured address family and subaddress family
combination. The address family and subaddress family options specify the
routing table to be examined. If the
all keyword
is specified for the address family or for the subaddress family, each matching
routing table is examined in turn.
Task ID
Task ID
Operations
bgp
read
Examples
The following is
sample output from the
show bgp
dampened-pathscommand in
XR EXEC
mode:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp dampened-paths
BGP router identifier 10.2.0.1, local AS number 3
BGP generic scan interval 60 secs
BGP main routing table version 7
Dampening enabled
BGP scan interval 60 secs
Status codes:s suppressed, d damped, h history, * valid, > best
i - internal, S stale
Origin codes:i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete
Network From Reuse Path
*d 10.0.0.0 10.0.101.35 00:01:20 35 i
This table
describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 13 show bgp
dampened-paths Field Descriptions
Field
Description
BGP router
identifier
BGP
identifier for the local system.
local AS
number
Autonomous
system number for the local system.
BGP
generic scan interval
Interval
(in seconds) between scans of the BGP table by a generic scanner.
BGP main
routing table version
Last
version of the BGP database that was installed into the main routing table.
Dampening
enabled
Displayed
if dampening is enabled for the routes in this BGP routing table.
BGP scan
interval
Interval
(in seconds) between scans of the BGP table specified by the address family and
subaddress family.
Status
codes
Status of
the table entry. The status is displayed as a three-character field at the
beginning of each line in the table. The first character may be (in order of
precedence):
S—Path is
stale, indicating that a graceful restart is in progress with the peer from
which the route was learned.
s—Path is
more specific than a locally sourced aggregate route and has been suppressed.
*—Path is
valid.
The second
character may be (in order of precedence):
>—Path
is the best path to use for that network.
d—Path is
dampened.
h—Path is
a history entry, representing a route that is currently withdrawn, but that is
being maintained to preserve dampening information. Such routes should never be
marked as valid.
The third
character may be:
i—Path was
learned by an internal BGP (iBGP) session.
Origin
codes
Origin of
the path. The origin code is displayed at the end of each line in the table. It
can be one of the following values:
i—Path
originated from an Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP) and was advertised with a
network or
aggregate-address command.
e—Path
originated from an Exterior Gateway Protocol (EGP).
?—Origin
of the path is not clear. Usually, this is a route that is redistributed into
BGP from an IGP.
Network
IP prefix
and prefix length for a network.
From
Neighbor
from which the route was received.
Reuse
Time (in
hours:minutes:seconds) after which the path is made available.
Path
Autonomous
system path to the destination network. At the end of the path is the origin
code for the path.
(Optional)
Displays flap statistics for all paths that match the regular expression.
route-policyroute-policy-name
(Optional)
Displays flap statistics for a route policy.
cidr-only
(Optional)
Displays only routes whose prefix length does not match the classful prefix
length for that network. The
cidr-only keyword can be specified only if the address family is
IPv4.
ip-address
(Optional)
Flap statistics for a network address only.
mask
(Optional)
Network mask applied to the
ip-address
argument.
/prefix-length
(Optional)
Length of the IP address prefix. A decimal value that indicates how many of the
high-order contiguous bits of the address compose the prefix (the network
portion of the address). A slash (/) must precede the decimal value.
longer-prefixes
(Optional)
Displays flap statistics for the specified prefix and more-specific prefixes.
The
longer-prefixes keyword is available when the
ip-address and
mask or
/prefix-length arguments are specified.
detail
(Optional)
Displays dampening parameters for the path. The
detail keyword cannot be specified if the
longer-prefixes keyword is specified. The
detail keyword is available when the
ip-address
argument or
ip-address and
mask or
/prefix-length arguments are specified.
standby
(Optional)
Displays information about the standby card.
Command Default
If no address
family or subaddress family is specified, the default address family and
subaddress family specified using the
set
default-afi and
set
default-safi commands are used.
Command Modes
XR EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Note
The
set
default-afi command is used to specify the default address family
for the session, and the
set
default-safi command is used to specify the default subaddress
family for the session. See the
System Management Command Reference for Cisco NCS 6000 Series Routers for detailed information and
syntax for the
set
default-afi and
set
default-safi commands. If you do not specify a default address family,
the default address family is IPv4. If you do not specify a default subaddress
family, the default subaddress family is unicast.
BGP contains a
separate routing table for each configured address family and subaddress family
combination. The address family and subaddress family options specify the
routing table to be examined. If the
all keyword
is specified for the address family or subaddress family, each matching routing
table is examined in turn.
Flap statistics
are maintained only for paths if dampening is enabled using the
bgp dampening
command. If dampening is not enabled, the
show bgp
flap-statistics command does not display any paths.
If no arguments or
keywords are specified, the software displays flap statistics for all paths for
the specified address family. You can use the
regexp,
filter-list,
cidr-only,
and
longer-prefixes options to limit the set of paths
displayed.
If you specify a
network address without a mask or prefix length, the longest matching prefix
for the network address is displayed. When displaying flap statistics for a
single route, use the
detail
keyword to display dampening parameters for the route.
Task ID
Task ID
Operations
bgp
read
Examples
The following is
sample output from the
show bgp
flap-statistics command:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp flap-statistics
BGP router identifier 172.20.1.1, local AS number 1820
BGP main routing table version 26180
Dampening enabled
BGP scan interval 60 secs
Status codes: s suppressed, d damped, h history, * valid, > best
i - internal, S stale
Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete
Network From Flaps Duration Reuse Path
*d 10.0.0.0 172.20.16.177 4 00:13:31 00:18:10 100
*d 10.10.0.0 172.20.16.177 4 00:02:45 00:28:20 100
The following is
sample output from the
show bgp
flap-statistics command with the
detail
keyword in
XR EXEC
mode:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp flap-statistics 172.31.12.166 detail
BGP router identifier 10.0.0.5, local AS number 1
BGP main routing table version 738
Dampening enabled
BGP scan interval 60 secs
Status codes: s suppressed, d damped, h history, * valid, > best
i - internal, S stale
Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete
Network From Flaps Duration Reuse Path
h 172.31.12.166 10.0.101.1 6 00:03:28 2 2000 3000
Half life Suppress Reuse penalty Max. supp. time
00:15:00 2000 750 01:00:00
This table
describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 14 show bgp
flap-statistics Field Descriptions
Field
Description
BGP route
identifier
BGP
identifier for the local system.
local AS
number
Autonomous
system number for the local system.
BGP main
routing table version
Last
version of the BGP database that was installed into the main routing table.
Dampening
enabled
Displayed
if dampening has been enabled for the routes in this BGP routing table.
BGP scan
interval
Interval
(in seconds) between scans of the BGP table specified by the address family and
subaddress family.
Status
codes
Status of
the table entry. The status is displayed as a three-character field at the
beginning of each line in the table. The first character may be (in order of
precedence):
S—Path is
stale, indicating that a graceful restart is in progress with the peer from
which the route was learned.
s—Path is
more specific than a locally sourced aggregate route and has been suppressed.
*—Path is
valid.
The second
character may be (in order of precedence):
>—Path
is the best path to use for that network.
d—Path is
dampened.
h—Path is
a history entry, representing a route that is currently withdrawn, but that is
being maintained to preserve dampening information. Such routes should never be
marked as valid.
The third
character may be:
i—Path was
learned by an internal BGP (iBGP) session.
Origin
codes
Origin of
the path. The origin code is displayed at the end of each line in the table. It
can be one of the following values:
i—Path
originated from an Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP) and was advertised with a
network or aggregate-address command.
e—Path
originated from an Exterior Gateway Protocol (EGP).
?—Origin
of the path is not clear. Usually, this is a route that is redistributed into
BGP from an IGP.
Network
IP prefix
and prefix length for a network that is dampened.
From
IP address
of the peer that advertised this route.
Flaps
Number of
times the route has flapped.
Duration
Time (in
hours:minutes:seconds) since the first flap.
Reuse
Time (in
hours:minutes:seconds) after which the path is made available.
Path
Autonomous
system path of the route that is being dampened.
Half life
Half-life
value used when dampening this route. The half-life is the amount of time that
must elapse to reduce the reuse penalty by half. The half-life value is
specified using the
bgp
dampening command.
Suppress
Suppress
value used to dampen this route. The suppress value is the value that the
penalty must exceed for the route to be suppressed. The suppress value can be
configured using the
bgp
dampening command.
Reuse
penalty
Reuse
penalty used to dampen this route. The penalty must fall below the reuse
penalty for the route to be unsuppressed. The reuse penalty can be configured
using the
bgp
dampening command.
Max supp.
time
Maximum
length of time that the route may be suppressed due to dampening. The maximum
suppress time can be configured using the
bgp
dampening command.
To display Border
Gateway Protocol (BGP) routes originated from more than one autonomous system,
use the
show bgp
inconsistent-as command in
XR EXEC mode.
(Optional)
Displays information about the standby card.
Command Default
If no address
family or subaddress family is specified, the default address family and
subaddress family specified using the
set
default-afi and
set
default-safi commands are used.
Command Modes
XR EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Note
The
set
default-afi command is used to specify the default address family
for the session, and the
set
default-safi command is used to specify the default subaddress
family for the session. See the
System Management Command Reference for Cisco NCS 6000 Series Routers for detailed information and
syntax for the
set
default-afi and
set
default-safi commands. If you do not specify a default address
family, the default address family is IPv4. If you do not specify a default
subaddress family, the default subaddress family is unicast.
BGP contains a
separate routing table for each configured address family and subaddress family
combination. The address family and subaddress family options specify the
routing table to be examined. If the
all keyword
is specified for the address family or for the subaddress family, each matching
routing table is examined in turn.
Use the
show bgp
inconsistent-ascommand to search through all prefixes in the
specified BGP routing table and display the paths for any prefix that has
inconsistent originating autonomous system numbers. The originating autonomous
system is the last autonomous system number displayed in the path field and
should be the same for all paths.
If a prefix has
one or more paths originating from different autonomous systems, all paths for
that prefix are displayed.
Task ID
Task ID
Operations
bgp
read
Examples
The following is
sample output from the
show bgp
inconsistent-as command in
XR EXEC
mode:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp inconsistent-as
BGP router identifier 172.20.1.1, local AS number 1820
BGP main routing table version 1129
BGP scan interval 60 secs
Status codes: s suppressed, d damped, h history, * valid, > best
i - internal, S stale
Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete
Network Next Hop Metric LocPrf Weight Path
* 10.0.0.0 172.16.232.55 0 0 300 88 90 99 ?
*> 172.16.232.52 2222 0 400 ?
* 172.16.0.0 172.16.232.55 0 0 300 90 99 88 200 ?
*> 172.16.232.52 2222 0 400 ?
* 192.168.199.0 172.16.232.55 0 0 300 88 90 99 ?
*> 172.16.232.52 2222 0 400 ?
This table
describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 15 show bgp
inconsistent-as Field Descriptions
Field
Description
BGP router
identifier
BGP
identifier for the local system.
local AS
number
Autonomous
system number for the local system.
BGP main
routing table version
Last
version of the BGP database that was installed into the main routing table.
Dampening
enabled
Displayed
if dampening is enabled for the routes in this BGP routing table.
BGP scan
interval
Interval
(in seconds) between scans of the BGP table specified by the address family and
subaddress family.
Status
codes
Status of
the table entry. The status is displayed as a three-character field at the
beginning of each line in the table. The first character may be (in order of
precedence):
S—Path is
stale, indicating that a graceful restart is in progress with the peer from
which the route was learned.
s—Path is
more specific than a locally sourced aggregate route and has been suppressed.
*—Path is
valid.
The second
character may be (in order of precedence):
>—Path
is the best path to use for that network.
d—Path is
dampened.
h—Path is
a history entry, representing a route that is currently withdrawn, but that is
being maintained to preserve dampening information. Such routes should never be
marked as valid.
The third
character may be:
i—Path was
learned by an internal BGP (iBGP) session.
Origin
codes
Origin of
the path. The origin code is displayed at the end of each line in the table. It
can be one of the following values:
i—Path
originated from an Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP) and was advertised with a
network or
aggregate-address command.
e—Path
originated from an Exterior Gateway Protocol (EGP).
?—Origin
of the path is not clear. Usually, this is a route that is redistributed into
BGP from an IGP.
Network
IP prefix
and prefix length for a network.
Next Hop
IP address
of the next system that is used when a packet is forwarded to the destination
network. An entry of 0.0.0.0 indicates that the router has a non-BGP route to
this network.
Metric
Value of
the interautonomous system metric, otherwise known as the Multi Exit
Discriminator (MED) metric.
LocPrf
Local
preference value. This is used to determine the preferred exit point from the
local autonomous system. It is propagated throughout the local autonomous
system.
Weight
Path
weight. Weight is used in choosing the preferred path to a route. It is not
advertised to any neighbor.
Path
Autonomous
system path to the destination network. At the end of the path is the origin
code for the path.
(Optional)
Displays routes with a specific route distinguisher.
vrf
(Optional)
Specifies VPN routing and forwarding (VRF) instance.
vrf-name
(Optional)
Name of a VRF.
all
(Optional)
For VRF, specifies all VRFs.
ipv4
{unicast |
labeled-unicast}
(Optional)
For VRF, specifies IPv4 unicast or labeled-unicast address families.
ipv6
unicast
(Optional)
For VRF, specifies IPv6 unicast address families.
standby
(Optional)
Displays information about the standby card.
Command Default
If no address
family or subaddress family is specified, the default address family and
subaddress family specified using the
set
default-afi and
set
default-safi commands are used.
Command Modes
XR EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Task ID
Task ID
Operations
bgp
read
Examples
The following is
sample output from the
show bgp
labelscommand in
XR EXEC
mode:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp vrf BAR ipv4 unicast labels
BGP VRF BAR, state: Active BGP Route Distinguisher: 100:1 BGP router identifier 10.1.1.1, local AS number 100
BGP table state: Active BGP main routing table version 12
Status codes: s suppressed, d damped, h history, * valid, > best
i - internal, S stale
Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete
Network Next Hop Rcvd Label Local Label
Route Distinguisher: 100:1 (default for vrf BAR)
*> 20.1.1.1/32 10.0.101.1 16 nolabel
*> 20.1.1.2/32 10.0.101.1 16 nolabel
*> 20.1.1.3/32 10.0.101.1 16 nolabel
*> 20.1.1.4/32 10.0.101.1 16 nolabel
*> 20.1.1.5/32 10.0.101.1 16 nolabel
Processed 5 prefixes, 5 paths
This table
describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 16 show bgp
labels Field Descriptions
Field
Description
BGP Route
Distinguisher
BGP route
distinguisher.
BGP router
identifier
BGP
identifier for the local system.
local AS
number
Autonomous
system number for the local system.
BGP table
state
State of
the BGP routing table.
BGP main
routing table version
Last
version of the BGP database that was installed into the main routing table.
Status
codes
Status of
the table entry. The status is displayed as a three-character field at the
beginning of each line in the table. The first character may be (in order of
precedence):
S—Path is
stale, indicating that a graceful restart is in progress with the peer from
which the route was learned.
s—Path is
more specific than a locally sourced aggregate route and has been suppressed.
*—Path is
valid.
The second
character may be (in order of precedence):
>—Path
is the best path to use for that network.
d—Path is
dampened.
h—Path is
a history entry, representing a route that is currently withdrawn, but that is
being maintained to preserve dampening information. Such routes should never be
marked as valid.
The third
character may be:
i—Path was
learned by an internal BGP (iBGP) session.
Origin
codes
Origin of
the path. The origin code is displayed at the end of each line in the table. It
can be one of the following values:
i—Path
originated from an Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP) and was sourced by BGP using
a network or
aggregate-address command.
e—Path
originated from an Exterior Gateway Protocol (EGP).
?—Origin
of the path is not clear. Usually, this is a route that is redistributed into
BGP from an IGP.
Network
IP prefix
and prefix length for a network.
Next Hop
IP address
of the next system that is used when a packet is forwarded to the destination
network. An entry of 0.0.0.0 indicates that the router has a non-BGP route to
this network.
Rcvd Label
Received
label.
Local
Label
Local
label.
Related Commands
Command
Description
set default-afi
Sets the
default Address Family Identifier (AFI) for the current session.
set default-safi
Sets the
default subaddress Family Identifier (SAFI) for the current session.
show bgp
neighbor-group
To display
information about the Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) configuration for neighbor
groups, use the
show bgp neighbor-group command in
XR EXEC mode.
(Optional)
Displays the effective configuration for the neighbor group, including any
configuration inherited by this neighbor group.
defaults
(Optional)
Displays all configuration, including default configuration.
nvgen
(Optional)
Displays output in
show
running-config command output.
If the
defaults keyword is also specified, the output is not suitable
for cutting and pasting into a configuration session.
inheritance
Displays the
af-groups, session groups, and neighbor groups from which this neighbor group
inherits configuration.
users
Displays the
neighbors and neighbor groups that inherit configuration from this neighbor
group.
Command Default
No default behavior
or value
Command Modes
XR EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Use the
show bgp
neighbor-group command with the
group-nameconfiguration
argument and keyword to display the effective configuration of a neighbor
group, including any configuration inherited from session groups, address
family groups, and neighbor groups through application of the
use command.
The source of each configured command is also displayed.
Use the
defaults
keyword to display all configuration for the neighbor group, including default
configuration. The command output identifies default onfiguration. Use the
nvgen keyword to display configuration in the output form of
show
running-configcommand. Output in this form is suitable for
cutting and pasting into a configuration session.
Theshow bgp neighbor-group command with the
group-name
inheritance argument and keyword displays the
session groups, address family groups, and neighbor groups from which the
specified neighbor group inherits configuration.
The
show bgp
neighbor-groupgroup-name
command displays the neighbors and neighbor groups that inherit configuration
from the specified neighbor group.
The configuration
source is shown to the right of each command. In the output, the
remote-as
command is configured directly on neighbor group group1, and the
send-community-ebgp command is inherited from
neighbor group group2, which in turn inherits the setting from af-group group2.
The following is
sample output from the
show bgp
neighbor-group command with the
users
keyword. This output shows that the group1 neighbor group inherits session
(address family-independent configuration parameters) from the group2 neighbor
group. The group1 neighbor group also inherits IPv4 unicast configuration
parameters from the group2 neighbor group:
The following is
sample output from the
show bgp
neighbor-group command with the
inheritance
keyword. This output shows that the specified neighbor group group1 inherits
session (address family-independent configuration) from neighbor group group2,
which inherits its own session from neighbor group group3. Neighbor group
group3 inherited its session from session group group3. It also shows that the
group1 neighbor-group inherits IPv4 unicast configuration parameters from the
group2 neighbor group, which in turn inherits them from the group2 af-group,
which itself inherits them from the group3 af-group:
This table
describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 17 show bgp
neighbor-group Field Descriptions
Field
Description
[ ]
Configures
the command directly on the specified address family group.
s:
Indicates
the name that follows is a session group.
a:
Indicates
the name that follows is an address family group.
n:
Indicates
the name that follows is a neighbor group.
[dflt]
Indicates
the setting is not explicitly configured or inherited, and the default value
for the setting is used. This field may be shown when the
defaults keyword is specified.
<not
set>
Indicates
that the default is for the setting to be disabled. This field may be shown
when the
defaults keyword is specified.
(Optional)
Displays performance statistics relative to work done by the BGP process for
this neighbor.
missing-eor
(Optional)
Displays neighbors that did not send end-of-rib (EoR) notification in read-only
mode.
ip-address
(Optional)
IP address of the BGP-speaking neighbor. If you omit this argument, all
neighbors are displayed.
advertised-routes
(Optional)
Displays all routes the router advertised to the neighbor.
dampened-routes
(Optional)
Displays the dampened routes that are learned from the neighbor.
flap-statistics
(Optional)
Displays flap statistics of the routes learned from the neighbor.
received
{prefix-filter |
routes}
(Optional)
Displays information received from the BGP neighbor. The options are:
prefix-filter—Displays the prefix list filter.
routes—Displays routes from the neighbor before
inbound policy
routes
(Optional)
Displays routes learned from the neighbor.
configuration
(Optional)
Displays the effective configuration for the neighbor, including any settings
that have been inherited from session groups, neighbor groups, or af-groups
used by this neighbor.
defaults
(Optional)
Displays all configuration settings, including any default settings.
nvgen
(Optional)
Displays output in the
show
running-config command output.
inheritance
(Optional)
Displays the session groups, neighbor groups, and af-groups from which this
neighbor inherits configuration settings.
standby
(Optional)
Displays information about the standby card.
Command Default
If no address
family or subaddress family is specified, the default address family and
subaddress family specified using the
set
default-afi and
set
default-safi commands are used.
Command Modes
XR EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Note
The
set
default-afi command is used to specify the default address family
for the session, and the
set
default-safi command is used to specify the default subaddress
family for the session. See the
System Management Command Reference for Cisco NCS 6000 Series Routers for detailed information and
syntax for the
set
default-afi and
set
default-safi commands. If you do not specify a default address family,
the default address family is IPv4. If you do not specify a default subaddress
family, the default subaddress family is unicast.
BGP contains a
separate routing table for each configured address family and subaddress family
combination. The address family and subaddress family options specify which
routing table should be examined. If the
all keyword
is specified for address family or subaddress family, each matching routing
table is examined in turn.
Use the
show bgp
neighbors command to display detailed information about all
neighbors or a specific neighbor. Use the
performance-statistics keyword to display
information about the work related to specific neighbors done by the BGP
process.
Use the
show bgp
neighbors command with the
ip-addressreceivedprefix-filter argument and keyword to display the Outbound Route Filter
(ORF) received from a neighbor.
Use the
advertised-routes keyword to display a summary of the routes advertised to the
specified neighbor.
Use the
dampened-routes keyword to display routes received from the specified neighbor
that have been suppressed due to dampening. For more details, see the
show bgp
dampened-paths command.
To display
information about flapping routes received from a neighbor, use the
flap-statistics keyword. For more details, see the
show bgp
flap-statistics command.
To display the
routes received from a neighbor, use the
routes keyword. For more details, see the
show
bgp command.
Use the
show bgp
neighbor command with the
ip-addressconfiguration argument and keyword to display the effective configuration of
a neighbor, including configuration inherited from session groups, neighbor
groups, or af-groups through application of the
use command. Use the
defaults keyword to display the value of all configurations for the
neighbor, including default configuration. Use the
nvgen keyword to display configuration output format of the
show
running-config command. Output in this format is suitable for cutting and
pasting into a configuration session. Use the
show bgp
neighbors
command with the
ip-address
inheritance argument and keyword to display the session groups, neighbor
groups, and af-groups from which the specified neighbor inherits configuration.
Task ID
Task ID
Operations
bgp
read
Examples
The following is
sample output from the
show bgp
neighbors command:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp neighbors 10.0.101.1
BGP neighbor is 10.0.101.1, remote AS 2, local AS 1, external link
Description: routem neighbor
Remote router ID 10.0.101.1
BGP state = Established, up for 00:00:56
TCP open mode: passive only
BGP neighbor is 1.1.1.2
Remote AS 300, local AS 100, external link
Remote router ID 0.0.0.0
BGP state = Idle (LC/FIB for the neighbor in reloading)
Last read 00:00:00, Last read before reset 00:05:12
Hold time is 180, keepalive interval is 60 seconds
Configured hold time: 180, keepalive: 60, min acceptable hold time: 3
BFD enabled (session initializing)
Last read 00:00:55, hold time is 180, keepalive interval is 60 seconds
DMZ-link bandwidth is 1000 Mb/s
Neighbor capabilities:
Route refresh: advertised
4-byte AS: advertised and received
Address family IPv4 Unicast: advertised and received
Address family IPv4 Multicast: advertised and received
Received 119 messages, 0 notifications, 0 in queue
Sent 119 messages, 22 notifications, 0 in queue
Minimum time between advertisement runs is 60 seconds
For Address Family: IPv4 Unicast
BGP neighbor version 137
Update group: 1.3
Community attribute sent to this neighbor
AF-dependant capabilities:
Outbound Route Filter (ORF) type (128) Prefix-list:
Send-mode: advertised
Receive-mode: advertised
Route refresh request: received 0, sent 0
Policy for incoming advertisements is pass-all
Policy for outgoing advertisements is pass-all
5 accepted prefixes, 5 are bestpaths
Prefix advertised 3, suppressed 0, withdrawn 0, maximum limit 1000000
Threshold for warning message 75%
For Address Family: IPv4 Multicast
BGP neighbor version 23
Update group: 1.2
Route refresh request: received 0, sent 0
Policy for incoming advertisements is pass-all
Policy for outgoing advertisements is pass-all
2 accepted prefixes, 2 are bestpaths
Prefix advertised 0, suppressed 0, withdrawn 0, maximum limit 131072
Threshold for warning message 75%
Connections established 9; dropped 8
Last reset 00:02:10, due to User clear requested (CEASE notification sent - administrative reset)
Time since last notification sent to neighbor: 00:02:10
Error Code: administrative reset
Notification data sent:
None
This table
describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 18 show bgp
neighbors Field Descriptions
Field
Description
BGP
neighbor
IP address
of the BGP neighbor and its autonomous system number. If the neighbor is in the
same autonomous system as the router, then the link between them is internal;
otherwise, it is considered external.
Description
Neighbor
specific description.
remote AS
Number of the autonomous
system to which the neighbor belongs.
Range for 2-byte Autonomous
system numbers (ASNs) is 1 to 65535.
Range for 4-byte Autonomous
system numbers (ASNs) in asplain format is 1 to 4294967295.
Range for 4-byte Autonomous
system numbers (ASNs) is asdot format is 1.0 to 65535.65535.
local AS
Autonomous
system number of the local system.
Range for 2-byte Autonomous
system numbers (ASNs) is 1 to 65535.
Range for 4-byte Autonomous
system numbers (ASNs) in asplain format is 1 to 4294967295.
Range for 4-byte Autonomous
system numbers (ASNs) is asdot format is 1.0 to 65535.65535.
internal
link
Neighbor
is an internal BGP peer.
external
link
Neighbor
is an external BGP peer.
Administratively shut down
Neighbor
connection is disabled using the
shutdown command.
remote
router ID
Router ID
(an IP address) of the neighbor.
Neighbor
under common administration
Neighbor
is internal or a confederation peer.
BGP state
Internal
state of this BGP connection.
BFD
enabled
Status of
bidirectional forwarding detection.
TCP open
mode
TCP mode
used in establishing the BGP session. The following valid TCP mode are
supported:
default—Accept
active/passive connections
passive-only—Accept only
passive connections
active-only—Accept only
active connections initiated by the router
Last read
Time since
BGP last read a message from this neighbor.
hold time
Hold time
(in seconds) used on the connection with this neighbor.
keepalive
interval
Interval
for sending keepalives to this neighbor.
DMZ-link
bandwidth
DMZ link
bandwidth for this neighbor.
Neighbor
capabilities
BGP
capabilities advertised and received from this neighbor. The following valid
BGP capabilities are supported:
Multi-protocol
Route refresh
Graceful restart
Outbound Route Filter (ORF)
type (128) Prefix
Route
refresh
Indicates
that the neighbor supports dynamic soft reset using the route refresh
capability.
4-byte AS
Indicates
that the neighbor supports the 4-byte AS capability.
Address
family
Indicates
that the local system supports the displayed address family capability. If
“received” is displayed, the neighbor also supports the displayed address
family.
Received
Number of
messages received from this neighbor, the number of notification messages
received and processed from this neighbor, and the number of messages that have
been received, but not yet processed.
Sent
Number of
messages sent to this neighbor, the number of notification messages generated
to be sent to this neighbor, and the number of messages queued to be sent to
this neighbor.
Minimum
time between advertisement runs
Advertisement interval (in seconds) for this neighbor.
For
Address Family
Information that follows is specific to the displayed address
family.
BGP
neighbor version
Last
version of the BGP database that was sent to the neighbor for the specified
address family.
Update
group
Update
group to which the neighbor belongs.
Route
reflector client
Indicates
that the local system is acting as a route reflector for this neighbor.
Inbound
soft reconfiguration allowed
Indicates
that soft reconfiguration is enabled for routes received from this neighbor.
Note
If the
neighbor has route refresh capability, then soft configuration received-only
routes are not stored by the local system unless “override route refresh” is
displayed.
eBGP
neighbor with no inbound or outbound policy: defaults to drop
Indicates
that the neighbor does not have an inbound or outbound policy configured using
the
route-policy (BGP)
command. Hence, no routes are accepted from or
advertised to this neighbor.
Private AS
number removed from updates to this neighbor
Indicates
that remove-private-AS is configured on the specified address family for this
neighbor.
NEXT_HOP
is always this router
Indicates
that next-hop-self is configured on the specified address family for this
neighbor.
Community
attribute sent to this neighbor
Indicates
that send-community-ebgp is configured on the specified address family for this
neighbor.
Extended
community attribute sent to this neighbor
Indicates
that send-extended-community-ebgp is configured on the specified address family
for this neighbor.
Default
information originate
Indicates
that default-originate is configured on the specified address family for this
neighbor, together with the policy used, if one was specified in the
default-originate configuration. An indication of whether the default route has
been advertised to the neighbor is also shown.
AF-dependant capabilities
BGP
capabilities that are specific to a particular address family. The following
valid AF-dependent BGP capabilities are supported:
route refresh capability
route refresh capability
OLD value
Outbound
Route Filter
Neighbor
has the Outbound Route Filter (ORF) capability for the specified address
family. Details of the capabilities supported are also shown:
Send-mode—“advertised” is shown if the local system can send an
outbound route filter to the neighbor. “received” is shown if the neighbor can
send an outbound route filter to the local system.
Receive-mode—“advertised” is shown if the local system can
receive an outbound route filter from the neighbor. “received” is shown if the
neighbor can receive an outbound route filter from the local system.
Graceful
Restart Capability
Indicates
whether graceful restart capability has been advertised to and received from
the neighbor for the specified address family.
Neighbor
preserved the forwarding state during latest restart
Indicates
that when the neighbor connection was last established, the neighbor indicated
that it preserved its forwarding state for the specified address family.
Local
restart time
Restart
time (in seconds) advertised to this neighbor.
RIB purge
time
RIB purge
time (in seconds) used for graceful restarts.
Maximum
stalepath time
Maximum
time (in seconds) a path received from this neighbor may be marked as stale if
the neighbor restarts.
Remote
Restart time
Restart
time received from this neighbor.
Route
refresh request
Number of
route refresh requests sent and received from this neighbor.
Outbound
Route Filter (ORF)
“sent”
indicates that an outbound route filter has been sent to this neighbor.
“received” indicates that an outbound route filter has been received from this
neighbor.
Note
A
received outbound route filter may be displayed using the
show bgp neighbors
command with the
received prefix-filter keywords.
First
update is deferred until ORF or ROUTE-REFRESH is received
If the
local system advertised the receive capability and the neighbor has advertised
send capability, no updates are generated until specifically asked by the
neighbor (using a ROUTE-REFRESH or ORF with immediate request).
Scheduled
to send the Prefix-list filter
Indicates
the local system is due to send an outbound route filter request in order to
receive updates from the neighbor.
Inbound
path policy
Indicates
if an inbound path policy is configured.
Outbound
path policy
Indicates
if an outbound path policy is configured.
Incoming
update prefix filter list
Indicates
a prefix list is configured to filter inbound updates from the neighbor.
Default
weight
Default
weight for routes received from the neighbor.
Policy for
incoming advertisements
Indicates
a route policy is configured to be applied to inbound updates from the
neighbor.
Policy for
outgoing advertisements
Indicates
a route policy is configured to be applied to outbound updates to the neighbor.
Type
Indicates
whether the condition map selects routes that should be advertised, or routes
that should not be advertised:
Exist—Routes advertised if permitted by the condition route map.
Non-exist—Routes advertised if denied by the condition route
map.
accepted
prefixes
Number of
prefixes accepted.
Prefix
advertised
Number of
prefixes advertised to the neighbor during the lifetime of the current
connection with the neighbor.
suppressed
Number of
prefix updates that were suppressed because no transitive attributes changed
from one best path to the next.
Note
Update
suppression occurs only for external BGP neighbors.
withdrawn
Number of
prefixes withdrawn from the neighbor during the lifetime of the current
connection with the neighbor.
maximum
limit
Maximum
number of prefixes that may be received from the neighbor. If “(warning-only)”
is displayed, a warning message is generated when the limit is exceeded,
otherwise the neighbor connection is shut down when the limit is exceeded.
Threshold
for warning message
Percentage
of maximum prefix limit for the neighbor at which a warning message is
generated.
Connections established
Number of
times the router has established a BGP peering session with the neighbor.
dropped
Number of
times that a good connection has failed or been taken down.
Last reset
due to
Reason
that the connection with the neighbor was last reset.
Time since
last notification sent to neighbor
Amount of
time since a notification message was last sent to the neighbor.
Error Code
Type of
notification that was sent. The notification data, if any, is also displayed.
Time since
last notification received from neighbor
Amount of
time since a notification message was last received from the neighbor.
Error Code
Type of
notification that was received. The notification data received, if any, is also
displayed
External
BGP neighbor may be up to <n> hops away
Indicates
ebgp-multihop is configured for the neighbor.
External
BGP neighbor not directly connected
Indicates
that the neighbor is not directly attached to the local system.
Notification data sent:
Data
providing more details on the error along with the error notification sent to
the neighbor.
The following is
sample output from the show bgp
neighbors command with the
advertised-routes keyword:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp neighbors 172.20.16.178 routes
BGP router identifier 172.20.16.181, local AS number 1
BGP main routing table version 27
BGP scan interval 60 secs
Status codes: s suppressed, d damped, h history, * valid, > best
i - internal, S stale
Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete
Network Next Hop Metric LocPrf Weight Path
*> 10.0.0.0 172.20.16.178 40 0 10 ?
*> 10.22.0.0 172.20.16.178 40 0 10 ?
The following is
sample output from the
show bgp
neighbors command with the
routes keyword:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp neighbors 10.0.101.1 dampened-routes
BGP router identifier 10.0.0.5, local AS number 1
BGP main routing table version 48
Dampening enabled
BGP scan interval 60 secs
Status codes: s suppressed, d damped, h history, * valid, > best
i - internal, S stale
Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete
Network From Reuse Path
*d 10.0.0.0 10.0.101.1 00:59:30 2 100 1000 i
*d 11.0.0.0 10.0.101.1 00:59:30 2 100 1000 i
*d 12.0.0.0 10.0.101.1 00:59:30 2 100 1000 i
*d 13.0.0.0 10.0.101.1 00:59:30 2 100 1000 i
*d 14.0.0.0 10.0.101.1 00:59:30 2 100 1000 i
This table
describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 19 show bgp
neighbors routes Field Descriptions
Field
Description
BGP router
identifier
BGP
identifier for the local system.
local AS
number
Autonomous
system number for the local system.
BGP main
routing table version
Last
version of the BGP database that was installed into the main routing table.
Dampening
enabled
Displayed
if dampening is enabled for the routes in this BGP routing table.
BGP scan
interval
Interval
(in seconds) between scans of the BGP table specified by the address family and
subaddress family.
Status
codes
Status of
the table entry. The status is displayed as a three-character field at the
beginning of each line in the table. The first character may be (in order of
precedence):
S—Path is
stale, indicating that a graceful restart is in progress with the peer from
which the route was learned.
s—Path is
more specific than a locally sourced aggregate route and has been suppressed.
*—Path is
valid.
The second
character may be (in order of precedence):
>—Path
is the best path to use for that network.
d—Path is
dampened.
h—Path is
a history entry, representing a route that is currently withdrawn, but that is
being maintained to preserve dampening information. Such routes should never be
marked as valid.
The third
character may be:
i—Path was
learned by an internal BGP (iBGP) session.
Origin
codes
Origin of
the path. The origin code is displayed at the end of each line in the table. It
can be one of the following values:
i—Path
originated from an Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP) and was advertised with a
network or
aggregate-address command.
e—Path
originated from an Exterior Gateway Protocol (EGP).
?—Origin
of the path is not clear. Usually, this is a route that is redistributed into
BGP from an IGP.
Network
IP prefix
and prefix length for a network.
Next Hop
IP address
of the next system that is used when a packet is forwarded to the destination
network. An entry of 0.0.0.0 indicates that the router has a non-BGP route to
this network.
Metric
Value of
the interautonomous system metric, otherwise known as the Multi Exit
Discriminator (MED) metric.
LocPrf
Local
preference value. This is used to determine the preferred exit point from the
local autonomous system. It is propagated throughout the local autonomous
system.
Weight
Path
weight. Weight is used in choosing the preferred path to a route. It is not
advertised to any neighbor.
Path
Autonomous
system path to the destination network. At the end of the path is the origin
code for the path.
The following is
sample output from the
show bgp
neighbors command with the
dampened-routes keyword:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp neighbors 10.0.101.1 flap-statistics
BGP router identifier 10.0.0.5, local AS number 1
BGP main routing table version 48
Dampening enabled
BGP scan interval 60 secs
Status codes: s suppressed, d damped, h history, * valid, > best
i - internal, S stale
Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete
Network From Flaps Duration Reuse Path
h 10.1.0.0 10.0.101.1 5008 2d02h 2 5000 1000
h 10.2.0.0 10.0.101.1 5008 2d02h 2 2000 3000
h 10.2.0.0 10.0.101.1 5008 2d02h 2 9000 6000
*d 10.0.0.0 10.0.101.1 5008 2d02h 00:59:30 2 100 1000
h 10.0.0.0/16 10.0.101.1 5008 2d02h 2 100 102
*d 10.11.0.0 10.0.101.1 5008 2d02h 00:59:30 2 100 1000
*d 10.12.0.0 10.0.101.1 5008 2d02h 00:59:30 2 100 1000
*d 10.13.0.0 10.0.101.1 5008 2d02h 00:59:30 2 100 1000
*d 10.14.0.0 10.0.101.1 5008 2d02h 00:59:30 2 100 1000
h 192.168.0.0/16 10.0.101.1 5008 2d02h 2 100 101
This table
describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 20 show bgp
neighbors dampened-routes Field Descriptions
Field
Description
BGP router
identifier
BGP
identifier for the local system.
local AS
number
Autonomous
system number for the local system.
BGP main
routing table version
Last
version of the BGP database that was installed into the main routing table.
Dampening
enabled
Displayed
if dampening is enabled for the routes in this BGP routing table.
BGP scan
interval
Interval
(in seconds) between scans of the BGP table specified by the address family and
subaddress family.
Status
codes
Status of
the table entry. The status is displayed as a three-character field at the
beginning of each line in the table. The first character may be (in order of
precedence):
S—Path is
stale, indicating that a graceful restart is in progress with the peer from
which the route was learned.
s—Path is
more specific than a locally sourced aggregate route and has been suppressed.
*—Path is
valid.
The second
character may be (in order of precedence):
>—Path
is the best path to use for that network.
d—Path is
dampened.
h—Path is
a history entry, representing a route that is currently withdrawn, but that is
being maintained to preserve dampening information. Such routes should never be
marked as valid.
The third
character may be:
i—Path was
learned by an internal BGP (iBGP) session.
Origin
codes
Origin of
the path. The origin code is displayed at the end of each line in the table. It
can be one of the following values:
i—Path
originated from an Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP) and was advertised with a
network
or
aggregate-address command.
e—Path
originated from an Exterior Gateway Protocol (EGP).
?—Origin
of the path is not clear. Usually, this is a route that is redistributed into
BGP from an IGP.
Network
IP prefix
and prefix length for a network.
From
Neighbor
from which the route was received.
Reuse
Time (in
hours:minutes:seconds) after which the path is made available.
Path
Autonomous
system path to the destination network. At the end of the path is the origin
code for the path.
The following is
sample output from the
show bgp
neighbors command with the
flap-statistics keyword:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp neighbors 10.0.101.2 performance-statistics
BGP neighbor is 10.0.101.2, remote AS 1
Read 3023 messages (58639 bytes) in 3019 calls (time spent: 1.312 secs)
Read throttled 0 times
Processed 3023 inbound messages (time spent: 0.198 secs)
Wrote 58410 bytes in 6062 calls (time spent: 3.041 secs)
Processing write list: wrote 0 messages in 0 calls (time spent: 0.000 secs)
Processing write queue: wrote 3040 messages in 3040 calls (time spent: 0.055 secs)
Received 3023 messages, 0 notifications, 0 in queue
Sent 3040 messages, 0 notifications, 0 in queue
This table
describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 21 show bgp
neighbors flap-statistics Field Descriptions
Field
Description
BGP route
identifier
BGP
identifier for the local system.
local AS
number
Autonomous
system number for the local system.
BGP main
routing table version
Last
version of the BGP database that was installed into the main routing table.
Dampening
enabled
Displayed
if dampening has been enabled for the routes in this BGP routing table.
BGP scan
interval
Interval
(in seconds) between when the BGP process scans for the specified address
family and subaddress family.
Status
codes
Status of
the table entry. The status is displayed as a three-character field at the
beginning of each line in the table. The first character may be (in order of
precedence):
S—Path is
stale, indicating that a graceful restart is in progress with the peer from
which the route was learned.
s—Path is
more specific than a locally sourced aggregate route and has been suppressed.
*—Path is
valid.
The second
character may be (in order of precedence):
d—Path is
dampened.
h—Path is
a history entry, representing a route that is currently withdrawn, but that is
being maintained to preserve dampening information. Such routes should never be
marked as valid.
The third
character may be:
i—Path was
learned by an internal BGP (iBGP) session.
Origin
codes
Origin of
the path. The origin code is displayed at the end of each line in the table. It
can be one of the following values:
i—Path
originated from an Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP) and was advertised with a
network
command.
e—Path
originated from an Exterior Gateway Protocol (EGP).
?—Origin
of the path is not clear. Usually, this is a route that is redistributed into
BGP from an IGP.
Network
IP prefix
and prefix length for a network.
From
IP address
of the peer that advertised this route.
Flaps
Number of
times the route has flapped.
Duration
Time (in
hours:minutes:seconds) since the router noticed the first flap.
Reuse
Time (in
hours:minutes:seconds) after which the path is made available.
Path
Autonomous
system path to reach the destination network.
The following is
sample output from the
show bgp
neighbors command with the
performance-statistics keyword:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp neighbors 10.0.101.2 performance-statistics
BGP neighbor is 10.0.101.2, remote AS 1
Read 3023 messages (58639 bytes) in 3019 calls (time spent: 1.312 secs)
Read throttled 0 times
Processed 3023 inbound messages (time spent: 0.198 secs)
Wrote 58410 bytes in 6062 calls (time spent: 3.041 secs)
Processing write list: wrote 0 messages in 0 calls (time spent: 0.000 secs)
Processing write queue: wrote 3040 messages in 3040 calls (time spent: 0.055 secs)
Received 3023 messages, 0 notifications, 0 in queue
Sent 3040 messages, 0 notifications, 0 in queue
This table
describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 22 show bgp
neighbors performance-statistics Field Descriptions
Field
Description
Read
Indicates
the number of messages received from the neighbor, the total size of received
messages, the number of read operations performed, and the real time spent (in
seconds) by the process performing read operations for this neighbor.
Read
throttled
Number of
times that reading from the TCP connection to this neighbor has been throttled.
Throttling is due to a backlog of messages that have been read but not
processed.
inbound
messages
Number of
read messages that have been processed, and the real time spent processing
inbound messages for this neighbor.
Wrote
Amount of
data that has been sent to this neighbor, number of write operations performed,
and the real time spent by the process performing write operations for this
neighbor.
Processing
write list
Number of
messages written from the write list to this neighbor, number of times the
write list has been processed, and real time spent processing the write list.
Note
Write
lists typically contain only update messages.
Processing
write queue
Number of
messages written from the write queue to this neighbor, number of times the
write queue has been processed, and real time spent processing the write queue.
Received
Number of
messages received from this neighbor, number of notification messages received
and processed from this neighbor, and number of messages that have been
received, but not yet processed.
Sent
Number of
messages sent to this neighbor, number of notification messages generated to be
sent to this neighbor, and number of messages queued to be sent to this
neighbor.
The following is
sample output from the
show bgp
neighbors command with the
configuration keyword:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp neighbors 10.0.101.1 configuration
neighbor 10.0.101.1
remote-as 2 []
bfd fast-detect []
address-family ipv4 unicast []
policy pass-all in []
policy pass-all out []
address-family ipv4 multicast []
policy pass-all in []
policy pass-all out []
This table
describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 23 show bgp
neighbors configuration Field Descriptions
Field
Description
neighbor
IP address
configuration of the neighbor.
remote-as
Remote
autonomous system configured on the neighbor.
bfd
fast-detect
BFD
parameter configured on the neighbor.
address-family
Address
family and subsequent address family configured on the router.
route-policy pass-all in
Route
policy configured for inbound updates.
route-policy pass-all out
Route
policy configured for outbound updates.
The following sample output
shows sample output from
show bgp
neighbors command with additional paths send and receive
capabilities advertised to neighbors:
BGP neighbor is 80.0.0.30
Remote AS 100, local AS 100, internal link
Remote router ID 33.33.33.33
BGP state = Established, up for 19:54:12
NSR State: None
Last read 00:00:25, Last read before reset 19:54:54
Hold time is 180, keepalive interval is 60 seconds
Configured hold time: 180, keepalive: 60, min acceptable hold time: 3
Last write 00:00:02, attempted 19, written 19
Second last write 00:01:02, attempted 19, written 19
Last write before reset 19:54:54, attempted 29, written 29
Second last write before reset 19:54:59, attempted 19, written 19
Last write pulse rcvd Nov 11 12:58:03.838 last full not set pulse count 2407
Last write pulse rcvd before reset 19:54:54
Socket not armed for io, armed for read, armed for write
Last write thread event before reset 19:54:54, second last 19:54:54
Last KA expiry before reset 00:00:00, second last 00:00:00
Last KA error before reset 00:00:00, KA not sent 00:00:00
Last KA start before reset 19:54:54, second last 19:54:59
Precedence: internet
Non-stop routing is enabled
Graceful restart is enabled
Restart time is 120 seconds
Stale path timeout time is 360 seconds
Neighbor capabilities: Adv Rcvd
Route refresh: Yes Yes
4-byte AS: Yes Yes
Address family IPv4 Unicast: Yes Yes
Address family IPv4 Labeled-unicast: Yes Yes
Address family VPNv4 Unicast: Yes Yes
Address family IPv6 Unicast: Yes Yes
Address family VPNv6 Unicast: Yes Yes
Address family IPv4 MDT: Yes Yes
Message stats:
InQ depth: 0, OutQ depth: 0
Last_Sent Sent Last_Rcvd Rcvd
Open: Nov 10 17:03:52.731 2 Nov 10 17:03:52.730 2
Notification: --- 0 --- 0
Update: Nov 10 17:05:02.435 20 Nov 10 17:04:58.812 12
Keepalive: Nov 11 12:58:03.632 1197 Nov 11 12:57:40.458 1196
Route_Refresh: --- 0 --- 0
Total: 1219 1210
Minimum time between advertisement runs is 0 secs
For Address Family: IPv4 Unicast
BGP neighbor version 13
Update group: 0.9
NEXT_HOP is always this router
AF-dependant capabilities:
Graceful Restart capability advertised and received
Neighbor preserved the forwarding state during latest restart
Local restart time is 120, RIB purge time is 600 seconds
Maximum stalepath time is 360 seconds
Remote Restart time is 120 seconds
Additional-paths Send: advertised and received
Additional-paths Receive: advertised and received
Route refresh request: received 0, sent 0
0 accepted prefixes, 0 are bestpaths
Prefix advertised 10, suppressed 0, withdrawn 0, maximum limit 524288
Threshold for warning message 75%
AIGP is enabled
An EoR was received during read-only mode
Last ack version 13, Last synced ack version 0
Outstanding version objects: current 0, max 1
Additional-paths operation: Send and Receive
For Address Family: IPv4 Labeled-unicast
BGP neighbor version 13
Update group: 0.4 (Update Generation Throttled)
AF-dependant capabilities:
Graceful Restart capability advertised and received
Neighbor preserved the forwarding state during latest restart
Local restart time is 120, RIB purge time is 600 seconds
Maximum stalepath time is 360 seconds
Remote Restart time is 120 seconds
Additional-paths Send: received
Additional-paths Receive: received
Route refresh request: received 0, sent 0
0 accepted prefixes, 0 are bestpaths
Prefix advertised 2, suppressed 0, withdrawn 0, maximum limit 131072
Threshold for warning message 75%
AIGP is enabled
An EoR was received during read-only mode
Last ack version 13, Last synced ack version 0
Outstanding version objects: current 0, max 1
Additional-paths operation: None
This is sample output from
show bgp
neighbors command that displays status of Accept Own
configuration:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router#show bgp neighbors 45.1.1.1
BGP neighbor is 45.1.1.1
Remote AS 100, local AS 100, internal link
Remote router ID 45.1.1.1
BGP state = Established, up for 00:19:54
NSR State: None
Last read 00:00:55, Last read before reset 00:00:00
Hold time is 180, keepalive interval is 60 seconds
Configured hold time: 180, keepalive: 60, min acceptable hold time: 3
Last write 00:00:54, attempted 19, written 19
Second last write 00:01:54, attempted 19, written 19
Last write before reset 00:00:00, attempted 0, written 0
Second last write before reset 00:00:00, attempted 0, written 0
Last write pulse rcvd Jul 19 11:45:38.776 last full not set pulse count 43
Last write pulse rcvd before reset 00:00:00
Socket not armed for io, armed for read, armed for write
Last write thread event before reset 00:00:00, second last 00:00:00
Last KA expiry before reset 00:00:00, second last 00:00:00
Last KA error before reset 00:00:00, KA not sent 00:00:00
Last KA start before reset 00:00:00, second last 00:00:00
Precedence: internet
Non-stop routing is enabled
Neighbor capabilities:
Route refresh: advertised and received
4-byte AS: advertised and received
Address family VPNv4 Unicast: advertised and received
Address family VPNv6 Unicast: advertised and received
Received 22 messages, 0 notifications, 0 in queue
Sent 22 messages, 0 notifications, 0 in queue
Minimum time between advertisement runs is 0 secs
For Address Family: VPNv4 Unicast
BGP neighbor version 549
Update group: 0.3 Filter-group: 0.1 No Refresh request being processed
Route refresh request: received 0, sent 0
Policy for incoming advertisements is pass-all
Policy for outgoing advertisements is drop_111.x.x.x
0 accepted prefixes, 0 are bestpaths
Cumulative no. of prefixes denied: 0.
Prefix advertised 0, suppressed 0, withdrawn 0
Maximum prefixes allowed 524288
Threshold for warning message 75%, restart interval 0 min
AIGP is enabled
Accept-own is enabled
An EoR was received during read-only mode
Last ack version 549, Last synced ack version 0
Outstanding version objects: current 0, max 0
Additional-paths operation: None
For Address Family: VPNv6 Unicast
BGP neighbor version 549
Update group: 0.3 Filter-group: 0.1 No Refresh request being processed
Route refresh request: received 0, sent 0
Policy for incoming advertisements is pass-all
Policy for outgoing advertisements is drop_111.x.x.x
0 accepted prefixes, 0 are bestpaths
Cumulative no. of prefixes denied: 0.
Prefix advertised 0, suppressed 0, withdrawn 0
Maximum prefixes allowed 524288
Threshold for warning message 75%, restart interval 0 min
AIGP is enabled
Accept-own is enabled
An EoR was received during read-only mode
Last ack version 549, Last synced ack version 0
Outstanding version objects: current 0, max 0
Additional-paths operation: None
Connections established 1; dropped 0
Local host: 15.1.1.1, Local port: 179
Foreign host: 45.1.1.1, Foreign port: 56391
Last reset 00:00:00
RP/0/0/CPU0:BGP1-6#
(Optional)
Specifies VPN routing and forwarding (VRF) instance.
vrf_name
(Optional)
Name of a VRF.
all
(Optional)
For VRF, specifies all VRFs.
standby
(Optional)
Displays information about the standby card.
Command Default
No default
behavior or values.
Command Modes
XR EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Task ID
Task ID
Operations
bgp
read
Examples
The following is
sample output from the
show bgp neighbors nsr
command with the
standby
keyword:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp neighbors nsr standby
BGP neighbor is 2.2.2.2
BGP state = Established, up for 5d04h
NSR state = NSR Ready
Outstanding Postits: 0
BGP neighbor is 10.0.101.5
BGP state = Established, up for 05:19:00
NSR state = NSR Ready
Outstanding Postits: 0
BGP neighbor is 10.1.0.5
BGP state = Established, up for 5d04h
NSR state = NSR Ready
Outstanding Postits: 0
This table
describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 24 show bgp
neighbors nsr Field Descriptions
(Optional)
Displays information about the standby card.
Command Default
No default
behavior or value
Command Modes
XR EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
The
show bgp
nexthops command displays statistical information about next-hop
notifications, the time spent processing the notifications, and details about
each next-hop that has been registered with the Routing Information Base (RIB).
Use the
vrfvrf-name keyword and argument to display only the next-hops present in
the specified VPN routing and forwarding (VRF) instance.
The next-hop
information is displayed for all active speaker processes in distributed mode.
Each speaker displays a set of next-hops that belongs to the prefixes received
by the speaker and next hops that belong to best paths that were received by
other speaker processes. Use the
speakerspeaker-id keyword and argument to display information for only the
specified speaker process.
Task ID
Task ID
Operations
bgp
read
Examples
The following is
sample output from the
show bgp
nexthops
command with the VRF specified:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp vrf all nexthops
Fri Mar 13 17:05:40.656 UTC
VRF: 900
========
Total Nexthop Processing
Time Spent: 0.000 secs
Maximum Nexthop Processing
Received: 82y48w
Bestpaths Deleted: 0
Bestpaths Changed: 0
Time Spent: 0.000 secs
Last Notification Processing
Received: 1d22h
Time Spent: 0.000 secs
IPv4 Unicast is active
Gateway Address Family: IPv4 Unicast
Table ID: 0xe0000001
Nexthop Count: 2
Critical Trigger Delay: 0msec
Non-critical Trigger Delay: 10000msec
Nexthop Version: 1, RIB version: 1
Status codes: R/UR Reachable/Unreachable
C/NC Connected/Not-connected
L/NL Local/Non-local
I Invalid (Policy Match Failed)
Next Hop Status Metric Notf LastRIBEvent RefCount
10.0.101.201 [UR] 4294967295 0/0 1d22h (Reg) 0/3
90.0.0.2 [R][C][NL] 0 1/0 1d22h (Cri) 20/23
VRF: 901
========
Total Nexthop Processing
Time Spent: 0.000 secs
Maximum Nexthop Processing
Received: 82y48w
Bestpaths Deleted: 0
Bestpaths Changed: 0
Time Spent: 0.000 secs
Last Notification Processing
Received: 1d22h
Time Spent: 0.000 secs
IPv4 Unicast is active
Gateway Address Family: IPv4 Unicast
Table ID: 0xe0000002
Nexthop Count: 2
Critical Trigger Delay: 0msec
Non-critical Trigger Delay: 10000msec
Nexthop Version: 1, RIB version: 1
Status codes: R/UR Reachable/Unreachable
C/NC Connected/Not-connected
L/NL Local/Non-local
I Invalid (Policy Match Failed)
Next Hop Status Metric Notf LastRIBEvent RefCount
10.0.101.201 [UR] 4294967295 0/0 1d22h (Reg) 0/3
91.0.0.2 [R][C][NL] 0 1/0 1d22h (Cri) 10/13
VRF: 902
========
Total Nexthop Processing
Time Spent: 0.000 secs
Maximum Nexthop Processing
Received: 82y48w
Bestpaths Deleted: 0
Bestpaths Changed: 0
Time Spent: 0.000 secs
Last Notification Processing
Received: 1d22h
Time Spent: 0.000 secs
IPv4 Unicast is active
Gateway Address Family: IPv4 Unicast
Table ID: 0xe0000003
Nexthop Count: 2
Critical Trigger Delay: 0msec
Non-critical Trigger Delay: 10000msec
Nexthop Version: 1, RIB version: 1
Status codes: R/UR Reachable/Unreachable
C/NC Connected/Not-connected
L/NL Local/Non-local
I Invalid (Policy Match Failed)
Next Hop Status Metric Notf LastRIBEvent RefCount
10.0.101.201 [UR] 4294967295 0/0 1d22h (Reg) 0/3
92.0.0.2 [R][C][NL] 0 1/0 1d22h (Cri) 10/13
VRF: 903
========
Total Nexthop Processing
Time Spent: 0.000 secs
Maximum Nexthop Processing
Received: 82y48w
Bestpaths Deleted: 0
Bestpaths Changed: 0
Time Spent: 0.000 secs
Last Notification Processing
Received: 1d22h
Time Spent: 0.000 secs
IPv4 Unicast is active
Gateway Address Family: IPv4 Unicast
Table ID: 0xe0000004
Nexthop Count: 2
Critical Trigger Delay: 0msec
Non-critical Trigger Delay: 10000msec
Nexthop Version: 1, RIB version: 1
Status codes: R/UR Reachable/Unreachable
C/NC Connected/Not-connected
L/NL Local/Non-local
I Invalid (Policy Match Failed)
Next Hop Status Metric Notf LastRIBEvent RefCount
10.0.101.201 [UR] 4294967295 0/0 1d22h (Reg) 0/3
93.0.0.2 [R][C][NL] 0 1/0 1d22h (Cri) 10/13
VRF: 904
========
Total Nexthop Processing
Time Spent: 0.000 secs
Maximum Nexthop Processing
Received: 82y48w
Bestpaths Deleted: 0
Bestpaths Changed: 0
Time Spent: 0.000 secs
Last Notification Processing
Received: 1d22h
Time Spent: 0.000 secs
IPv4 Unicast is active
Gateway Address Family: IPv4 Unicast
Table ID: 0xe0000005
Nexthop Count: 2
Critical Trigger Delay: 0msec
Non-critical Trigger Delay: 10000msec
Nexthop Version: 1, RIB version: 1
Status codes: R/UR Reachable/Unreachable
C/NC Connected/Not-connected
L/NL Local/Non-local
I Invalid (Policy Match Failed)
Next Hop Status Metric Notf LastRIBEvent RefCount
10.0.101.201 [UR] 4294967295 0/0 1d22h (Reg) 0/3
94.0.0.2 [R][C][NL] 0 1/0 1d22h (Cri) 10/13
VRF: 905
========
Total Nexthop Processing
Time Spent: 0.000 secs
Maximum Nexthop Processing
Received: 82y48w
Bestpaths Deleted: 0
Bestpaths Changed: 0
Time Spent: 0.000 secs
Last Notification Processing
Received: 1d22h
Time Spent: 0.000 secs
IPv4 Unicast is active
Gateway Address Family: IPv4 Unicast
Table ID: 0xe0000006
Nexthop Count: 2
Critical Trigger Delay: 0msec
Non-critical Trigger Delay: 10000msec
Nexthop Version: 1, RIB version: 1
Status codes: R/UR Reachable/Unreachable
C/NC Connected/Not-connected
L/NL Local/Non-local
I Invalid (Policy Match Failed)
Next Hop Status Metric Notf LastRIBEvent RefCount
10.0.101.201 [UR] 4294967295 0/0 1d22h (Reg) 0/3
95.0.0.2 [R][C][NL] 0 1/0 1d22h (Cri) 10/13
VRF: 906
========
Total Nexthop Processing
Time Spent: 0.000 secs
Maximum Nexthop Processing
Received: 82y48w
Bestpaths Deleted: 0
Bestpaths Changed: 0
Time Spent: 0.000 secs
Last Notification Processing
Received: 1d22h
Time Spent: 0.000 secs
IPv4 Unicast is active
Gateway Address Family: IPv4 Unicast
Table ID: 0xe0000007
Nexthop Count: 2
Critical Trigger Delay: 0msec
Non-critical Trigger Delay: 10000msec
Nexthop Version: 1, RIB version: 1
Status codes: R/UR Reachable/Unreachable
C/NC Connected/Not-connected
L/NL Local/Non-local
I Invalid (Policy Match Failed)
Next Hop Status Metric Notf LastRIBEvent RefCount
10.0.101.201 [UR] 4294967295 0/0 1d22h (Reg) 0/3
96.0.0.2 [R][C][NL] 0 1/0 1d22h (Cri) 10/13
VRF: 907
========
Total Nexthop Processing
Time Spent: 0.000 secs
Maximum Nexthop Processing
Received: 82y48w
Bestpaths Deleted: 0
Bestpaths Changed: 0
Time Spent: 0.000 secs
Last Notification Processing
Received: 1d22h
Time Spent: 0.000 secs
IPv4 Unicast is active
Gateway Address Family: IPv4 Unicast
Table ID: 0xe0000008
Nexthop Count: 2
Critical Trigger Delay: 0msec
Non-critical Trigger Delay: 10000msec
Nexthop Version: 1, RIB version: 1
Status codes: R/UR Reachable/Unreachable
C/NC Connected/Not-connected
L/NL Local/Non-local
I Invalid (Policy Match Failed)
Next Hop Status Metric Notf LastRIBEvent RefCount
10.0.101.201 [UR] 4294967295 0/0 1d22h (Reg) 0/3
97.0.0.2 [R][C][NL] 0 1/0 1d22h (Cri) 10/13
VRF: 908
========
Total Nexthop Processing
Time Spent: 0.000 secs
Maximum Nexthop Processing
Received: 82y48w
Bestpaths Deleted: 0
Bestpaths Changed: 0
Time Spent: 0.000 secs
Last Notification Processing
Received: 1d22h
Time Spent: 0.000 secs
IPv4 Unicast is active
Gateway Address Family: IPv4 Unicast
Table ID: 0xe0000009
Nexthop Count: 2
Critical Trigger Delay: 0msec
Non-critical Trigger Delay: 10000msec
Nexthop Version: 1, RIB version: 1
Status codes: R/UR Reachable/Unreachable
C/NC Connected/Not-connected
L/NL Local/Non-local
I Invalid (Policy Match Failed)
Next Hop Status Metric Notf LastRIBEvent RefCount
10.0.101.201 [UR] 4294967295 0/0 1d22h (Reg) 0/3
98.0.0.2 [R][C][NL] 0 1/0 1d22h (Cri) 10/13
VRF: 909
========
Total Nexthop Processing
Time Spent: 0.000 secs
Maximum Nexthop Processing
Received: 82y48w
Bestpaths Deleted: 0
Bestpaths Changed: 0
Time Spent: 0.000 secs
Last Notification Processing
Received: 1d22h
Time Spent: 0.000 secs
IPv4 Unicast is active
Gateway Address Family: IPv4 Unicast
Table ID: 0xe000000a
Nexthop Count: 1
Critical Trigger Delay: 0msec
Non-critical Trigger Delay: 10000msec
Nexthop Version: 1, RIB version: 1
Status codes: R/UR Reachable/Unreachable
C/NC Connected/Not-connected
L/NL Local/Non-local
I Invalid (Policy Match Failed)
Next Hop Status Metric Notf LastRIBEvent RefCount
99.0.0.2 [UR] 4294967295 0/0 1d22h (Reg) 0/3
VRF: yellow
===========
Total Nexthop Processing
Time Spent: 0.000 secs
Maximum Nexthop Processing
Received: 82y48w
Bestpaths Deleted: 0
Bestpaths Changed: 0
Time Spent: 0.000 secs
Last Notification Processing
Received: 82y48w
Time Spent: 0.000 secs
IPv4 Unicast is active
Gateway Address Family: IPv4 Unicast
Table ID: 0xe000000e
Nexthop Count: 0
Critical Trigger Delay: 0msec
Non-critical Trigger Delay: 10000msec
Nexthop Version: 1, RIB version: 1
This table
describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 25 show bgp vrf
all nexthops Field Descriptions
Field
Description
VRF
Name of
the VRF.
Total
Nexthop Processing Time Spent
Time spent
processing trigger delays for critical and noncritical events for the VRF or
address family. The time is specified in seconds.
Maximum
Nexthop Processing
Time that
has passed since the nexthop notification was received that resulted in
spending the maximum amount of processing time for all notifications.
Last
Notification Processing
Time that
has passed since the last nexthop notification was received.
IPv4
Unicast is active.
VRF
specified output that indicates the IPv4 unicast address family is active
within the VRF.
Nexthop
Count
Number of
next hops for the VRF or address family.
Critical
Trigger Delay
Configured
critical trigger delay.
Non-critical Trigger Delay
Configured
noncritical trigger delay.
Total
Critical Notifications Received
Number of
critical notifications received.
Total
Non-critical Notifications Received
Number of
noncritical notifications received.
Bestpaths
Deleted After Last Walk
Number of
best paths deleted due to the last notification.
Bestpaths
Changed After Last Walk
Number of
best paths modified due to the last notification.
Next Hop
IP address
of the next hop.
Status
Status of
the next hop.
Metric
IGP metric
of the next hop.
Notf
Number of
critical and noncritical notifications received.
LastRIBEvent
When the
last notification was received from the RIB.
RefCount
The number
of neighbors or prefixes that refer to the next hop in address family/all
format.
If no address
family or subaddress family is specified, the default address family and
subaddress family specified using the
set
default-afi and
set
default-safi commands are used.
Command Modes
XR EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Task ID
Task ID
Operations
bgp
read
Examples
The following is
sample output from the
show bgp nsr
command:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp nsr
Fri Jan 30 10:18:48.171 PST PDT
BGP Process Information:
BGP is operating in STANDALONE mode
Autonomous System: 100
Router ID: 10.1.0.1 (manually configured)
Default Cluster ID: 10.1.0.1
Active Cluster IDs: 10.1.0.1
Fast external fallover enabled
Neighbor logging is not enabled
Enforce first AS enabled
AS Path ignore is enabled
AS Path multipath-relax is enabled
Default local preference: 100
Default keepalive: 60
Graceful restart enabled
Restart time: 180
Stale path timeout time: 360
RIB purge timeout time: 600
Non-stop routing is enabled
Update delay: 120
Generic scan interval: 60
Address family: IPv4 Unicast
Dampening is not enabled
Client reflection is enabled in global config
Scan interval: 60
Main Table Version: 7034
IGP notification: IGPs notified
RIB has converged: version 1
========== Post Failover Summary for Active instance ==========
Node Process Read Write Inbound
node0_0_CPU0 Speaker 146.75 18.90 3.46
Entered mode Standby Ready : Jan 30 10:00:39
Entered mode TCP NSR Setup : Jan 30 10:00:39
Entered mode TCP NSR Setup Done : Jan 30 10:00:39
Entered mode TCP Initial Sync : Jan 30 10:00:39
Entered mode TCP Initial Sync Done : Jan 30 10:00:44
Entered mode FPBSN processing done : Jan 30 10:00:44
Entered mode Update processing done : Jan 30 10:00:44
Entered mode BGP Initial Sync : Jan 30 10:00:44
Entered mode BGP Initial Sync done : Jan 30 10:00:44
Entered mode NSR Ready : Jan 30 10:00:44
Current BGP NSR state - NSR Ready achieved at: Jan 30 10:00:44
NSR State READY notified to Redcon at: Jan 30 10:16:58
NSR Post Failover Summary:
QAD Statistics:
Messages Sent : 512 ACKs Received : 512
Messages Received : 8 ACKs Sent : 8
Send Failures : 1 Send ACK Failures : 0
Suspends : 1 Resumes : 1
Messages Processed : 8 Out of sequence drops: 0
Postit Summary:
Total pending postit messages: 0
Neighbors with pending postits: 0
Conv Bestpath TunnelUpd Import RIBUpd Label ReadWrite LastUpd
Process: Speaker
Yes 120 --- --- 120 120 120 87531
Rib Trigger: enabled
Last RIB down event Jan 29 09:50:03.069 received
Last RIB convergence Jan 29 09:50:03.069 last ack received.
Address Family IPv4 Unicast converged in 87531 seconds
The following
example shows sample output from the
show bgp nsr
command with the
standby keyword:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp nsr standby
Fri Jan 30 10:18:55.654 PST PDT
BGP Process Information:
BGP is operating in STANDALONE mode
Autonomous System: 100
Router ID: 10.1.0.1 (manually configured)
Default Cluster ID: 10.1.0.1
Active Cluster IDs: 10.1.0.1
Fast external fallover enabled
Neighbor logging is not enabled
Enforce first AS enabled
AS Path ignore is enabled
AS Path multipath-relax is enabled
Default local preference: 100
Default keepalive: 60
Graceful restart enabled
Restart time: 180
Stale path timeout time: 360
RIB purge timeout time: 600
Non-stop routing is enabled
Update delay: 120
Generic scan interval: 60
Address family: IPv4 Unicast
Dampening is not enabled
Client reflection is enabled in global config
Scan interval: 60
Main Table Version: 7034
IGP notification: IGPs notified
RIB has converged: version 1
========== Post Failover Summary for Standby instance ==========
Node Process Read Write Inbound
node0_1_CPU0 Speaker 1.68 0.00 1.42
Entered mode Standby Ready : Jan 30 10:00:39
Entered mode TCP Replication : Jan 30 10:00:39
Entered mode TCP Init Sync Done : Jan 30 10:00:44
Entered mode NSR Ready : Jan 30 10:00:44
QAD Statistics:
Messages Sent : 9 ACKs Received : 9
Messages Received : 512 ACKs Sent : 512
Send Failures : 0 Send ACK Failures : 0
Suspends : 0 Resumes : 0
Messages Processed : 512 Standby init drops : 0 Out of sequence drops: 0
Postit Summary:
Total pending postit messages: 0
Neighbors with pending postits: 0
Conv Bestpath TunnelUpd Import RIBUpd Label ReadWrite LastUpd
Process: Speaker
Yes 1233338444 --- --- 1233338444 1233338444 1233338444 ---
Rib Trigger: enabled
Last RIB down event Jan 29 09:50:17.308 received
Last RIB convergence Jan 29 09:50:17.308 last ack received.
(Optional)
Displays attribute process ID, hash bucket, and hash chain ID attribute
information.
regexp
regular-expression
(Optional)
Specifies an autonomous system path that matches the regular expression.
Command Default
No default behavior
or values
Command Modes
XR EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Use the
show bgp
paths command to display information about AS paths and the
associated attributes with which the paths were received.
If no options are
specified, all stored AS paths are displayed with the number of routes using
each path.
Note
The AS path
information is stored independently of the address family, making it possible
that routes from different address families could be using the same path.
Use the
regular-expression argument to limit the output to only those paths that match
the specified regular expression. See the
for information on regular
expressions.
Use the
detail keyword to display detailed information on the attributes
stored with the AS path.
Task ID
Task ID
Operations
bgp
read
Examples
The following is
sample output from the
show bgp
paths command:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp paths detail
Proc Attributes Refcount Metric Path
Spk 0 ORG AS LOCAL 7 0 i
Spk 0 ORG AS LOCAL COMM EXTCOMM 3 0 21 i
Spk 0 MET ORG AS 3 55 2 i
Spk 0 ORG AS 3 0 2 10 11 i
Spk 0 ORG AS COMM 3 0 2 10 11 i
Spk 0 MET ORG AS ATOM 3 2 2 3 4 ?
Spk 0 MET ORG AS 3 1 2 3 4 e
Spk 0 MET ORG AS 3 0 2 3 4 i
This table
describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 26 show bgp paths
Field Descriptions
Field
Description
Proc
ID of the
process in which the path is stored. This is always “Spk 0.”
Attributes
Attributes
that are present. The following may appear:
MET —Multi
Exit Discriminator (MED) attribute is present.
ORG—Origin
attribute is present.
AS—AS path
attribute is present.
LOCAL—Local preference attribute is present.
AGG—Aggregator attribute is present.
COMM—Communities attribute is present.
ATOM—Atomic aggregate attribute is present.
EXTCOMM—Extended communities attribute is present.
NeighborAS
Autonomous
system number of the neighbor, or 0, if the path information originated
locally.
Range for 2-byte Autonomous
system numbers (ASNs) is 1 to 65535.
Range for 4-byte Autonomous
system numbers (ASNs) in asplain format is 1 to 4294967295.
Range for 4-byte Autonomous
system numbers (ASNs) is asdot format is 1.0 to 65535.65535.
Refcount
Number of
routes using a path.
Metric
Value of
the interautonomous system metric, otherwise known as the MED metric.
Path
Autonomous
system path to the destination network. At the end of the path is the origin
code for the path:
i—Path
originated from an Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP) and was advertised with a
network or
aggregate-address command.
e—Path
originated from an Exterior Gateway Protocol (EGP).
?—Origin
of the path is not clear. Usually, this is a route that is redistributed into
BGP from an IGP.
show bgp
policy
To display
information about Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) advertisements under a proposed
policy, use the show bgp
policy command in
XR EXEC mode.
showbgppolicy
Syntax Description
ipv4
(Optional)
Specifies IP Version 4 address prefixes.
(Optional)
Previews advertisements for a single neighbor.
ip-address
(Optional)
IP address of a single neighbor.
sent-advertisements
(Optional)
Displays the routes that have been advertised to neighbors. If a route has not
yet been advertised to the neighbor, it is not shown.
route-policy
(Optional)
Displays advertisements for an output route policy.
route-policy-name
(Optional)
Name of the route policy.
standby
(Optional)
Displays information about the standby card.
summary
(Optional)
Displays a summary of the BGP advertisements.
Command Default
Advertisements for
all neighbors are displayed if the
neighborip-address
keyword and argument are not specified. If no address family or
subaddress family is specified, the default address family and subaddress
family specified using the
set
default-afi and
set
default-safi commands are used.
Command Modes
XR EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Note
The
set
default-afi command is used to specify the default address family for
the session, and the
set
default-safi command is used to specify the default subaddress family for
the session. See the
System Management Command Reference for Cisco NCS 6000 Series Routersfor detailed information and syntax
for the
set
default-afi and
set
default-safi commands. If you do not specify a default address family,
the default address family is IPv4. If you do not specify a default subaddress
family, the default subaddress family is unicast.
BGP contains a
separate routing table for each configured address family and subaddress family
combination. The address family and subaddress family options specify the
routing table to be examined. If the
all keyword is specified for the address family or subaddress
family, each matching routing table is examined in turn.
Use the
show bgp
policy command to display routes that would be advertised to
neighbors under a proposed policy. Unlike in the
show bgp
advertised command, the information displayed reflects any modifications
made to the routes when executing the specified policy.
Use the
neighbor keyword to limit the output to routes advertised to a
particular neighbor. Use the
sent-advertisements keyword to change the output in two ways:
If a policy is not
specified explicitly, any policy configured on the neighbor (using the
route-policy (BGP)
command) is executed before displaying the routes.
Only routes that have
already been advertised to the neighbor (and not withdrawn) are displayed.
Routes that have not yet been advertised are not displayed.
Use the
summary keyword to display abbreviated output.
Task ID
Task ID
Operations
bgp
read
Examples
The following is
sample output from the
show bgp
policy
command with the
summary keyword in
XR EXEC
mode:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp policy summary
Network Next Hop From Advertised to
172.16.1.0/24 10.0.101.1 10.0.101.1 10.0.101.2
10.0.101.3
172.17.0.0/16 0.0.0.0 Local 10.0.101.1
10.0.101.2
10.0.101.3
This table
describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 27 show bgp
policy summary Field Descriptions
Field
Description
Network
IP prefix
and prefix length for a network.
Next Hop
IP address
of the next system that is used when a packet is forwarded to the destination
network. An entry of 0.0.0.0 indicates that the router has a non-BGP route to
this network.
From
IP address
of the peer that advertised this route.
Local
Indicates
the route originated on the local system.
Local
Aggregate
Indicates
the route is an aggregate created on the local system.
Advertised
to
Indicates
the neighbors to which this route was advertised.
The following is
sample output from the
show bgp
policy
command in
XR EXEC
mode:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp policy
11.0.0.0/24 is advertised to 10.4.101.1
Path info:
neighbor: Local neighbor router id: 10.4.0.1
valid local best
Attributes after inbound policy was applied:
next hop: 0.0.0.0
MET ORG AS
origin: IGP metric: 0
aspath:
Attributes after outbound policy was applied:
next hop: 10.4.0.1
MET ORG AS
origin: IGP metric: 0
aspath: 1
11.0.0.0/24 is advertised to 10.4.101.2
Path info:
neighbor: Local neighbor router id: 10.4.0.1
valid local best
Attributes after inbound policy was applied:
next hop: 0.0.0.0
MET ORG AS
origin: IGP metric: 0
aspath:
Attributes after outbound policy was applied:
next hop: 10.4.0.1
MET ORG AS
origin: IGP metric: 0
aspath:
11.0.0.0/24 is advertised to 10.4.101.3
Path info:
neighbor: Local neighbor router id: 10.4.0.1
valid local best
Attributes after inbound policy was applied:
next hop: 0.0.0.0
MET ORG AS
origin: IGP metric: 0
aspath:
Attributes after outbound policy was applied:
next hop: 10.4.0.1
MET ORG AS
origin: IGP metric: 0
aspath:
12.0.0.0/24 is advertised to 10.4.101.2
Path info:
neighbor: 10.4.101.1 neighbor router id: 10.4.101.1
valid external best
Attributes after inbound policy was applied:
next hop: 10.4.101.1
ORG AS
origin: IGP neighbor as: 2
aspath: 2 3 4
Attributes after outbound policy was applied:
next hop: 10.4.101.1
ORG AS
origin: IGP neighbor as: 2
aspath:2 3 4
12.0.0.0/24 is advertised to 10.4.101.3
Path info:
neighbor: 10.4.101.1 neighbor router id: 10.4.101.1
valid external best
Attributes after inbound policy was applied:
next hop: 10.4.101.1
ORG AS
origin: IGP neighbor as: 2
aspath: 2 3 4
Attributes after outbound policy was applied:
next hop: 10.4.101.1
ORG AS
origin: IGP neighbor as: 2
aspath:2 3 4
This table
describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 28 show bgp
policy Field Descriptions
Field
Description
Is
advertised to
IP address
of the peer to which this route is advertised. If the route is advertised to
multiple peers, information is shown separately for each peer.
neighbor
IP address
of the peer that advertised this route, or one of the following:
Local—Route originated on the local system.
Local
Aggregate—Route is an aggregate created on the local system.
neighbor
router id
BGP
identifier for the peer, or the local system if the route originated on the
local system.
Not
advertised to any peer
Indicates
the no-advertise well-known community is associated with this route. Routes
with this community are not advertised to any BGP peers.
Not
advertised to any EBGP peer
Indicates
the no-export well-known community is associated with this route. Routes with
this community are not advertised to external BGP peers, even if those peers
are in the same confederation as the local router.
Not
advertised outside the local AS
Indicates
the local-AS well-known community is associated with this route. Routes with
this community value are not advertised outside the local autonomous system or
confederation boundary.
(Received
from a RR-client)
Path was
received from a route reflector client.
(received-only)
Path is
not used for routing purposes. It is used to support soft reconfiguration, and
records the path attributes before inbound policy was applied to a path
received from a peer. A path marked “received-only” indicates that either the
path was dropped by inbound policy, or that a copy of path information was
created and then modified for routing use.
(received
& used)
Indicates
that the path is used both for soft reconfiguration and routing purposes. A
path marked “(received & used)”, implies the path information was not
modified by inbound policy.
valid
Path is
valid.
redistributed
Path is
locally sourced through redistribution.
aggregated
Path is
locally sourced through aggregation.
local
Path is
locally sourced through the
network command.
confed
Path was
received from a confederation peer.
best
Path is
selected as best.
multipath
Path is
one of multiple paths selected for load-sharing purposes.
dampinfo
Indicates
dampening information:
Penalty—Current penalty for this path.
Flapped—Number of times the route has flapped.
In—Time
(hours:minutes:seconds) since the network first flapped.
Reuse
in—Time (hours:minutes:seconds) after which the path is available. This field
is displayed only if the path is currently suppressed.
Attributes
after inbound policy was applied
Displays
attributes associated with the received route, after any inbound policy has
been applied.
AGG—Aggregator attribute is present.
AS—AS path
attribute is present.
ATOM—Atomic aggregate attribute is present.
COMM—Communities attribute is present.
EXTCOMM—Extended communities attribute is present.
LOCAL—Local preference attribute is present.
MET—Multi
Exit Discriminator (MED) attribute is present.
next
hop—IP address of the next system used when a packet is forwarded to the
destination network. An entry of 0.0.0.0 indicates that the router has a
non-BGP route to this network.
ORG—Origin
attribute is present.
origin
Origin of
the path:
IGP—Path
originated from an Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP) and was sourced by BGP using
a
network or
aggregate-address
command.
EGP—Path
originated from an Exterior Gateway Protocol.
incomplete—Origin of the path is not clear; in example, a route
that is redistributed into BGP from an IGP.
neighbor
as
First
autonomous system (AS) number in the AS path.
aggregator
Indicates
that the path was received with the aggregator attribute. The AS number and
router-id of the system that performed the aggregation are shown.
metric
Value of
the interautonomous system metric, otherwise known as the MED metric.
localpref
Local
preference value. This is used to determine the preferred exit point from the
local autonomous system. It is propagated throughout the local autonomous
system
aspath
AS path
associated with the route.
community
Community
attributes associated with the path. Community values are displayed in AA:NN
format, except for the following well-known communities:
Local-AS—Community with value 4294967043 or hex 0xFFFFFF03.
Routes with this community value are not advertised outside the local
autonomous system or confederation boundary.
no-advertise—Community with value 4294967042 or hex 0xFFFFFF02.
Routes with this community value are not advertised to any BGP peers.
no-export—Community with value 4294967041 or hex 0xFFFFFF01.
Routes with this community are not advertised to external BGP peers, even if
those peers are in the same confederation as the local router.
Extended
community
Extended
community attributes associated with the path. For known extended community
types, the following codes may be displayed:
RT—Route
target community
SoO—Site
of Origin community
LB—Link
Bandwidth community
Originator
Router ID
of the originating router when route reflection is used.
Cluster
lists
Router ID
or cluster ID of all route reflectors through which the route has passed.
Attributes
after outbound policy was applied
Displays
attributes associated with the received route, after any outbound policy has
been applied.
AGG—Aggregator attribute is present.
AS—AS path
attribute is present.
ATOM—Atomic aggregate attribute is present.
COMM—Communities attribute is present.
EXTCOMM—Extended communities attribute is present.
LOCAL—Local preference attribute is present.
MET—Multi
Exit Discriminator (MED) attribute is present.
next
hop—IP address of the next system used when a packet is forwarded to the
destination network. An entry of 0.0.0.0 indicates that the router has a
non-BGP route to this network.
(Optional)
Displays performance statistics relative to the work done by the specified
process.
detail
(Optional)
Specifies detailed process information.
standby
(Optional)
Displays information about the standby card.
Command Default
If no address
family or subaddress family is specified, the default address family and
subaddress family specified using the
set
default-afi and
set
default-safi commands are used.
Command Modes
XR EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Note
The
set
default-afi command is used to specify the default address family for
the session, and the
set
default-safi command is used to specify the default subaddress family for
the session. See the
System Management Command Reference for Cisco NCS 6000 Series Routers for detailed information and
syntax for the
set
default-afi and
set
default-safi commands. If you do not specify a default address family,
the default address family is IPv4. If you do not specify a default subaddress
family, the default subaddress family is unicast.
Use the
show bgp
process command to display status and summary information for the
Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) process. The output shows various global and
address family-specific BGP configurations. A summary of the number of
neighbors, update messages, and notification messages sent and received by the
process is also displayed.
Use the
detail keyword to display detailed process information. The detailed
process information shows the memory used by each of various internal structure
types.
Use the
performance-statistics keyword to display a summary or detail of work done by the BGP
processes. The summary display shows the real time spent performing certain
operations and the time stamps for state transitions during initial
convergence.
Task ID
Task ID
Operations
bgp
read
Examples
The following is
sample output from the show bgp
process command:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp process
BGP Process Information
BGP is operating in STANDALONE mode
Autonomous System: 1
Router ID: 10.0.0.5 (manually configured)
Cluster ID: 10.0.0.5
Fast external fallover enabled
Neighbor logging is enabled
Enforce first AS enabled
Default local preference: 100
Default keepalive: 60
Update delay: 120
Generic scan interval: 60
Address family: IPv4 Unicast
Dampening is enabled
Client reflection is enabled
Scan interval: 60
Main Table Version: 150
IGP notification: IGPs notified
Node Process Nbrs Estab Rst Upd-Rcvd Upd-Sent Nfn-Rcvd Nfn-Sent
node0_0_CPU0 Speaker 3 2 1 20 10 0 0
This table
describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 29 show bgp
process Field Descriptions
Field
Description
BGP is
operating in
Indicates
BGP is operating in standalone mode. This is the only supported mode.
Autonomous
System
Autonomous
system number for the local system.
Range for 2-byte Autonomous
system numbers (ASNs) is 1 to 65535.
Range for 4-byte Autonomous
system numbers (ASNs) in asplain format is 1 to 4294967295.
Range for 4-byte Autonomous
system numbers (ASNs) is asdot format is 1.0 to 65535.65535.
Router ID
BGP
identifier assigned to the local system. If this is explicitly configured using
the
bgp
router-id command, “manually configured” is displayed. If the
router ID is not manually configured, it is determined from a global router ID.
If no global ID is available, the router ID is shown as 0.0.0.0.
Confederation ID
Confederation identifier for the local system.
Cluster ID
Cluster
identifier for the local system. If this is manually configured using the
bgp
cluster-id command, “manually configured” is displayed.
Default
metric
Default
metric. This is controlled by the
default-metric command.
Fast
external fallover enabled
Indicates
whether fast external fallover is enabled. This is controlled by the
bgp
fast-external-fallover disable
command.
Neighbor
logging enabled
Indicates
whether logging of peer connection up and down transitions is enabled. This is
controlled by the
bgp
log neighbor changes disable
command.
Enforce
first AS enabled
Indicates
that strict checking of the first AS number in paths received from external BGP
peers is enabled. This is controlled by the
bgp
enforce-first-as disable
command.
iBGP to
IGP redistribution
Indicates
internal redistribution is enabled using the
bgp
redistribution-internal command.
Treating
missing MED as worst
Indicates
missing Multi Exit Discriminator (MED) metric values are treated as worst in
the route selection algorithm. This is controlled by the
bgp
bestpath med missing-as-worst command.
Always
compare MED is enabled
Indicates
that the MED is always used during the route selection algorithm, even when
paths are received from external BGP neighbors in different autonomous systems.
This is controlled by the
bgp
bestpath med always command.
AS Path
ignore is enabled
Indicates
that the AS path length is ignored by the route selection algorithm. This is
controlled by the bgp
bestpath as-pathignore command.
Comparing
MED from confederation peers
Indicates
that the MED values are used in the route selection algorithm when comparing
routes received from confederation peers. This is controlled by the
bgp
bestpath med confed command.
Comparing
router ID for eBGP paths
Indicates
that the router ID is used as a tiebreaker by the route selection algorithm
when comparing identical routes received from different external BGP neighbors.
This is controlled by the
bgp
bestpath compare-routerid command.
Default
local preference
Default
local preference value used for BGP routes. This is controlled by the
bgp
default local-preference command.
Default
keepalive
Default
keepalive interval. This is controlled by the
timers bgp command.
Graceful
restart enabled
Indicates
that the graceful restart capability is enabled. The configuration commands
affecting graceful restart behavior are:
bgp graceful-restart
bgp graceful-restart purge-time
bgp graceful-restart stalepath-time
bgp graceful-restart restart-time
bgp graceful-restart graceful-reset
Update
delay
Maximum
time that a BGP process stays in read-only mode.
Generic
scan interval
Interval
(in seconds) between BGP scans for address family-independent tasks. This is
controlled by the
bgp
scan-time command.
Dampening
Indicates
whether dampening is enabled for the specified address family. This is
controlled by the
dampening
command.
Client
reflection
Indicates
whether client-to-client route reflection is enabled for the specified address
family. This is controlled by the
bgp
client-to-client reflection disable
command.
Scan
interval
Interval
(in seconds) between BGP scans for the given address family. This is controlled
by the
bgp
scan-time
command in address family configuration mode.
Main Table
Version
Last
version of the BGP database that was installed into the main routing table.
IGP
notification
Indicates
whether Interior Gateway Protocols (IGP) have been notified of BGP convergence
for the specified address family.
Node
Node on
which the process is executing.
Process
Type of
BGP process.
Speaker
Speaker
process. A speaker process is responsible for receiving, processing, and
sending BGP messages to configured neighbors.
Nbrs
Number of
neighbors for which the process is responsible.
Estab
Number of
neighbors that have connections in the established state for this process.
Rst
Number of
times this process was restarted.
Upd-Rcvd
Number of
update messages received by the process.
Upd-Sent
Number of
update messages sent by the process.
Nfn-Rcvd
Number of
notification messages received by the process.
Nfn-Sent
Number of
notification messages sent by the process.
The following is
sample output from the show bgp
process command with the
detail keyword:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp all all process detail
BGP Process Information
BGP is operating in STANDALONE mode
Autonomous System: 1
Router ID: 10.0.0.5 (manually configured)
Cluster ID: 10.0.0.5
Fast external fallover enabled
Neighbor logging is enabled
Enforce first AS enabled
Default local preference: 100
Default keepalive: 60
Update delay: 120
Generic scan interval: 60
BGP Speaker process: 0, location node0_0_0
Neighbors: 3, established: 2
Sent Received
Updates: 3 15
Notifications: 0 0
Number Memory Used
Attributes: 12 1104
AS Paths: 10 400
Communities: 2 1080
Extended communities: 1 40
Route Reflector Entries: 0 0
Route-map Cache Entries: 0 0
Filter-list Cache Entries: 0 0
Next Hop Cache Entries: 2 80
Update messages queued: 0
Address family: IPv4 Unicast
Dampening is enabled
Client reflection is enabled
Main Table Version: 12
IGP notification: IGPs notified
State: normal mode.
BGP Table Version: 12
Network Entries: 15, Soft Reconfig Entries: 0
Dampened Paths: 0, History Paths: 9
Allocated Freed
Prefixes: 15 0
Paths: 19 0
Number Memory Used
Prefixes: 15 1230
Paths: 19 760
This table
describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 30 show bgp
process detail Field Descriptions
Field
Description
BGP is
operating in
Indicates
whether BGP is operating in standalone mode.
Autonomous
System
Autonomous
system number for the local system.
Router ID
BGP
identifier assigned to the local system. If this is explicitly configured using
the
bgp
router-id command, “manually configured” is displayed. If the
router ID is not manually configured, it is determined from a global router ID.
If the global ID is not available, the router ID is shown as 0.0.0.0.
Confederation ID
Confederation identifier for the local system.
Cluster ID
Cluster
identifier for the local system. If this is manually configured using the
bgp
cluster-id command, “manually configured” is displayed.
Default
metric
Default
metric.
Fast
external fallover enabled
Indicates
whether fast external fallover is enabled.
Neighbor
logging enabled
Indicates
whether logging of peer connection up and down transitions is enabled.
Enforce
first AS enabled
Indicates
that strict checking of the first autonomous system (AS) number in paths
received from external BGP peers is enabled.
iBGP to
IGP redistribution
Indicates
internal redistribution is enabled using the
bgp
redistribution-internal command.
Treating
missing MED as worst
Indicates
missing MED metric values are treated as worst in the route selection
algorithm. This is controlled by the
bgp
bestpath med missing-as-worst command.
Always
compare MED is enabled
Indicates
that the MED is always used during the route selection algorithm, even when
paths are received from external BGP neighbors in different autonomous systems.
This is controlled by the
bgp
bestpath med always command.
AS Path
ignore is enabled
Indicates
that the AS path length is ignored by the route selection algorithm. This is
controlled by the bgp
bestpath as-pathignore command.
Comparing
MED from confederation peers
Indicates
that the MED values are used in the route selection algorithm when comparing
routes received from confederation peers. This is controlled by the
bgp
bestpath med confed command.
Comparing
router ID for eBGP paths
Indicates
that the router ID is used as a tiebreaker by the route selection algorithm
when comparing identical routes received from different external BGP neighbors.
This is controlled by the
bgp
bestpath compare-routerid command.
Default
local preference
Default
local preference value used for BGP routes.
Default
keepalive
Default
keepalive interval. This is controlled by the
timers bgp command.
Graceful
restart enabled
Indicates
that the graceful restart capability is enabled. The configuration commands
affecting graceful restart behavior are:
bgp graceful-restart
bgp graceful-restart purge-time
bgp graceful-restart stalepath-time
bgp graceful-restart restart-time
bgp graceful-restart graceful-reset
Update
delay
Maximum
time that a BGP process stays in read-only mode.
Generic
scan interval
Interval
(in seconds) between BGP scans for address family-independent tasks. This is
controlled by the
bgp
scan-time command.
BGP
Speaker Process
Speaker
process responsible for receiving, processing and sending BGP messages.
Node
Node on
which the specified process is executing.
Neighbors
Number of
neighbors for which the specified process is responsible.
established
Number of
neighbors that have connections in the established state for the specified
process.
Updates
Number of
update messages sent and received by the specified process.
Notifications
Number of
notification messages sent and received by the specified process.
Attributes
Number of
unique sets of attribute information stored in the specified process and the
amount of memory used by the attribute information.
AS Paths
Number of
unique autonomous system paths stored in the specified process and the amount
of memory used by the AS path information.
Communities
Number of
unique sets of community information stored in the specified process and the
amount of memory used by them.
Extended
communities
Number of
unique sets of extended community information stored in the specified process
and the amount of memory used by them.
Route
Reflector Entries
Number of
unique sets of route reflector information stored in the specified process and
the amount of memory used by them.
Nexthop
Entries
Number of
entries and memory usage for cached next- hop information.
Update
messages queued
Total
number of update messages queued to be sent across all neighbors for which the
specified process is responsible.
Address
family
Specified
address family.
Dampening
Indicates
whether dampening is enabled for the specified address family.
Client
reflection
Indicates
whether client-to-client route reflection is enabled for the specified address
family. This is controlled by the
bgp
client-to-client reflection disable
command.
Scan
interval
Interval
(in seconds) between BGP scans for the given address family. This is controlled
by the
bgp
scan-time
command.
Main Table
Version
Last
version of the local BGP database for the specified address family that was
injected into the main routing table.
IGP
notification
Indicates
whether IGPs have been notified of BGP convergence for the specified address
family.
RIB has
converged
Indicates
whether the main routing table version has converged and the version at which
it converged.
State
BGP system
state for the specified address family and process. This may be one of the
following:
read-only
mode—Initial set of updates is being recovered. In this mode, route selection
is not performed, routes are not installed in the global RIB, and updates are
not advertised to peers.
best-path
calculation mode—Route selection is being performed for the routes that were
received while in read-only mode.
import
mode—Routes are imported from one VRF to another VRF once the best paths are
calculated. This mode is supported in VPNv4 unicast address family mode.
RIB update
mode—Routes that were selected in best-path calculation mode are being
installed in the global RIB.
label
allocation mode: Labels are allocated for the received prefixes based on the
requirement.
normal
mode—Best paths are sent to the peers for routes that exist in the RIB. The
route selection, import processing, RIB updates, and label allocation are
performed as new updates are received.
BGP Table
Version
Last
version used in the BGP database for received routes.
Attribute
download
Indicates
whether the RIB attribute download is enabled.
Network
Entries
Number of
sets of prefix information held in the specified BGP process for the specified
address family.
Soft
Reconfig Entries
Number of
sets of prefix information that are present only for the purpose of supporting
soft reconfiguration.
Dampened
Paths
Number of
routes that are suppressed due to dampening for the specified address family.
History
Paths
Number of
routes that are currently withdrawn, but are being maintained to preserve
dampening information.
Prefixes
(Allocated/Freed)
Number of
sets of prefix information for the specified address family that have been
allocated and freed during the lifetime of the process.
Paths
(Allocated/Freed)
Number of
sets of route information for the specified address family that have been
allocated and freed during the lifetime of the process.
Prefixes
(Number/Memory Used)
Number of
sets of prefix information currently allocated for the specified address
family, and the amount of memory used by them.
Paths
(Number/Memory Used)
Number of
sets of route information currently allocated for the specified address family,
and the amount of memory used by them.
The following is
sample output from the show bgp
process command with the
performance-statistics
keyword:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp process performance-statistics detail
BGP Speaker process: 0, Node: node0_0_CPU0
Restart count: 2
Neighbors: 3, established: 2
Sent Received
Updates: 20 20
Notifications: 0 0
Number Memory Used
Attributes: 2 184
AS Paths: 2 48
Communities: 0 0
Extended communities: 0 0
Route Reflector Entries: 0 0
Route-map Cache Entries: 0 0
Filter-list Cache Entries: 0 0
Next Hop Cache Entries: 2 80
Update messages queued: 0
Read 14 messages (1142 bytes) in 12 calls (time spent: 0.024 secs)
Read throttled 0 times
Processed 14 inbound messages (time spent: 0.132 secs)
Wrote 2186 bytes in 24 calls (time spent: 0.024 secs)
Processing write list: wrote 18 messages in 4 calls (time spent: 0.000 secs)
Processing write queue: wrote 10 messages in 20 calls (time spent: 0.000 secs)
Socket setup (LPTS): 4 calls (time spent: 0.010 secs)
Configuration: 1 requests (time spent: 0.002 secs)
Operational data: 9 requests (time spent: 0.026 secs)
State: normal mode.
BGP Table Version: 150
Network Entries: 149, Soft Reconfig Entries: 0
Allocated Freed
Prefixes: 149 0
Paths: 200 0
Number Memory Used
Prefixes: 149 12516
Paths: 200 8000
Updates generated: 149 prefixes in 8 messages from 2 calls (time spent: 0.046 secs)
Scanner: 2 scanner runs (time spent: 0.008 secs)
RIB update: 1 rib update runs, 149 prefixes installed (time spent: 0.024 secs)
Process has converged for IPv4 Unicast.
First neighbor established: 1082604050s
Entered DO_BESTPATH mode: 1082604055s
Entered DO_RIBUPD mode: 1082604055s
Entered Normal mode: 1082604055s
Latest UPDATE sent: 1082604056s
This table
describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 31 show bgp
process performance-statistics Field Descriptions
Field
Description
BGP is
operating in
Indicates
whether BGP is operating in standalone mode.
Autonomous
system
Autonomous
system number for the local system.
Router ID
BGP
identifier assigned to the local system. If this is explicitly configured using
the
bgp
router-id command, “manually configured” is displayed. If the
router ID is not manually configured, it is determined from a global router ID.
If the global ID is not available, the router ID is shown as 0.0.0.0.
Confederation ID
Confederation identifier for the local system.
Cluster ID
The
cluster identifier for the local system. If this is manually configured using
the
bgp
cluster-id command, “manually configured” is displayed.
Default
metric
Default
metric.
Fast
external fallover enabled
Indicates
whether fast external fallover is enabled.
Neighbor
logging enabled
Indicates
whether logging of peer connection up and down transitions is enabled. This is
controlled by the
bgp
log neighbor changes disable
command.
Enforce
first AS enabled
Indicates
that strict checking of the first AS number in paths received from external BGP
peers is enabled.
iBGP to
IGP redistribution
Indicates
internal redistribution is enabled using the
bgp
redistribution-internal command.
Treating
missing MED as worst
Indicates
missing MED metric values are treated as worst in the route selection
algorithm. This is controlled using the
bgp
bestpath med missing-as-worst command.
Always
compare MED is enabled
Indicates
that the MED is always used during the route selection algorithm, even when
paths are received from external BGP neighbors in different autonomous systems.
This setting is controlled by the
bgp
bestpath med always command.
AS Path
ignore is enabled
Indicates
that the AS path length is ignored by the route selection algorithm. This is
controlled by the bgp
bestpath as-pathignore command.
Comparing
MED from confederation peers
Indicates
that the MED values are used in the route selection algorithm when comparing
routes received from confederation peers. This is controlled by the
bgp
bestpath med confed command.
Comparing
router ID for eBGP paths
Indicates
that the router ID is used as a tiebreaker by the route selection algorithm
when comparing identical routes received from different external BGP neighbors.
This is controlled by the
bgp
bestpath compare-routerid command.
Default
local preference
Default
local preference value used for BGP routes.
Default
keepalive
Default
keepalive interval. This setting is controlled by the
timers bgp command.
Graceful
restart enabled
Indicates
that the graceful restart capability is enabled. The configuration commands
affecting graceful restart behavior are:
bgp
graceful-restart,
bgp graceful-restart purge-time, bgp graceful-restart stalepath-time, bgp graceful-restart
restart-time, and
bgp graceful-restart graceful-reset.
Update
delay
Maximum
time that a BGP process stays in read-only mode.
Generic
scan interval
Interval
(in seconds) between BGP scans for address family-independent tasks. This
setting is controlled by the
bgp
scan-time command in router configuration mode.
Address
family
Specified
address family.
Dampening
Indicates
whether dampening is enabled for the specified address family.
Client
reflection
Indicates
whether client-to-client route reflection is enabled for the specified address
family. This is controlled by the
bgp
client-to-client reflection disable
command.
Scan
interval
Interval
(in seconds) between BGP scans for the given address family. This is controlled
by the
bgp
scan-time
command.
Main Table
Version
Last
version of the local BGP database for the specified address family that was
injected into the main routing table.
IGP
notification
Indicates
whether IGPs have been notified of BGP convergence for the specified address
family.
Node
Node on
which the process is executing.
Process
BGP
process.
Speaker
Speaker
process. The speaker process is responsible for receiving, processing and
sending BGP messages.
Read
Real time
(in seconds) spent reading messages from peers by this process.
Write
Real time
(in seconds) spent writing messages to peers by this process.
Inbound
The real
time (in seconds) spent processing messages read from peers by this process.
Config
Real time
(in seconds) spent processing configuration commands by this process.
Data
Real time
(in seconds) spent providing operational data by this process.
Conv
Indicates
whether the process has converged after the initial update.
Nbr Estab
Time stamp
(in seconds) recording the time when the first neighbor became established.
Bestpath
Time stamp
(in seconds) recording the time the best-path calculation mode was entered.
RIB Inst
Time stamp
(in seconds) recording the time RIB update mode was entered.
Read/Write
Time stamp
(in seconds) recording the time normal mode was entered.
Last Upd
Time stamp
(in seconds) recording the time the last update was sent to a neighbor.
Address
Family IPv4 Unicast converged in
n
seconds
Indicates
that BGP has reached initial convergence for the IPv4 unicast address family.
The time taken for convergence is shown.
Address
Family IPv6 Multicast converged in
n
seconds
Indicates
that BGP has reached initial convergence for the IPv6 multicast address family.
The time taken for convergence is shown.
The following is
sample output from the show bgp
process command with the
performance-statistics
and
detail keywords:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp process performance-statistics detail
BGP Speaker process: 0, Node: node0_0_CPU0
Restart count: 2
Neighbors: 3, established: 2
Sent Received
Updates: 20 20
Notifications: 0 0
Number Memory Used
Attributes: 2 184
AS Paths: 2 48
Communities: 0 0
Extended communities: 0 0
Route Reflector Entries: 0 0
Route-map Cache Entries: 0 0
Filter-list Cache Entries: 0 0
Next Hop Cache Entries: 2 80
Update messages queued: 0
Read 14 messages (1142 bytes) in 12 calls (time spent: 0.024 secs)
Read throttled 0 times
Processed 14 inbound messages (time spent: 0.132 secs)
Wrote 2186 bytes in 24 calls (time spent: 0.024 secs)
Processing write list: wrote 18 messages in 4 calls (time spent: 0.000 secs)
Processing write queue: wrote 10 messages in 20 calls (time spent: 0.000 secs)
Socket setup (LPTS): 4 calls (time spent: 0.010 secs)
Configuration: 1 requests (time spent: 0.002 secs)
Operational data: 9 requests (time spent: 0.026 secs)
State: normal mode.
BGP Table Version: 150
Network Entries: 149, Soft Reconfig Entries: 0
Allocated Freed
Prefixes: 149 0
Paths: 200 0
Number Memory Used
Prefixes: 149 12516
Paths: 200 8000
Updates generated: 149 prefixes in 8 messages from 2 calls (time spent: 0.046 secs)
Scanner: 2 scanner runs (time spent: 0.008 secs)
RIB update: 1 rib update runs, 149 prefixes installed (time spent: 0.024 secs)
Process has converged for IPv4 Unicast.
First neighbor established: 1082604050s
Entered DO_BESTPATH mode: 1082604055s
Entered DO_RIBUPD mode: 1082604055s
Entered Normal mode: 1082604055s
Latest UPDATE sent: 1082604056s
This table
describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 32 show bgp
process performance-statistics detail Field Descriptions
Field
Description
Process
The
specified process.
Location
Node in
which the specified process is executing.
Neighbors
Number of
neighbors for which the specified process is responsible.
established
Number of
neighbors that have connections in the established state for the specified
process.
Updates
Number of
update messages sent and received by the specified process.
Notifications
Number of
notification messages sent and received by the specified process.
Attributes
Number of
unique sets of attribute information stored in the specified process and the
amount of memory used by the attribute information.
AS Paths
Number of
unique autonomous system paths stored in the specified process, and the amount
of memory used by the AS path information.
Communities
Number of
unique sets of community information stored in the specified process and the
amount of memory used by them.
Extended
communities
Number of
unique sets of extended community information stored in the specified process
and the amount of memory used by them.
Route
Reflector Entries
Number of
unique sets of route reflector information stored in the specified process and
the amount of memory used by them.
Route-map
Cache Entries
Number of
entries and memory usage for cached results for applying a route map.
Filter-list Cache Entries
Number of
entries and memory usage for cached results for applying an AS path filter
list.
Next Hop
Cache Entries
Number of
entries and memory usage for cached next-hop information.
Update
messages queued
Number of
update messages queued to be sent across all neighbors for which the specified
process is responsible.
Read
Indicates
the number of messages read by the process, the total size of read messages,
the number of read operations performed, and the real time spent by the process
performing read operations.
Read
throttled
Number of
times that reading from TCP has been throttled due to a backlog of messages
read but not processed.
inbound
messages
Number of
read messages that have been processed and the real time spent processing
inbound messages.
Wrote
Amount of
data that has been written by the process, the number of write operations
performed, and the real time spent by the process performing write operations.
Processing
write list
Number of
messages written from write lists, the number of times the write list has been
processed, and the real time spent processing the write list.
Note
Write
lists typically contain only update messages.
Processing
write queue
Number of
messages written from write queues, number of times the write queue has been
processed, and the real time spent processing the write queue.
Socket
setup
Number of
socket setup operations performed and the real time spent during socket setup
operations.
Configuration
Number of
configuration requests received by the process and the real time spent
processing configuration requests.
Operational data
Number of
requests for operational data (for
show commands) received by the process and the real time
spent processing operation data requests
State
BGP system
state for the specified address family and process. This may be one of the
following:
read-only
mode—Initial set of updates is being recovered. In this mode, route selection
is not performed, routes are not installed in the global RIB, and updates are
not advertised to peers.
best-path
calculation mode—Route selection is being performed for the routes that were
received while in read-only mode.
import
mode—Routes are imported from one VRF to another VRF once the best paths are
calculated. This mode is supported in VPNv4 unicast address family mode.
RIB update
mode—Routes that were selected in best-path calculation mode are being
installed in the global RIB.
label
allocation mode: Labels are allocated for the received prefixes based on the
requirement.
normal
mode—Best paths are sent to the peers for routes that exist in the RIB. The
route selection, import processing, RIB updates, and label allocation are
performed as new updates are received.
BGP Table
Version
Last
version used in the BGP database for received routes.
Network
Entries
Number of
sets of prefix information held in the specified BGP process for the specified
address family.
Soft
Reconfig Entries
Number of
sets of prefix information that are present only for the purpose of supporting
soft reconfiguration.
Dampened
Paths
Number of
routes that are suppressed due to dampening for the specified address family.
History
Paths
Number of
routes that are currently withdrawn, but are being maintained to preserve
dampening information.
Prefixes
(Allocated/Freed)
Number of
sets of prefix information for the specified address family that have been
allocated and freed during the lifetime of the process.
Paths
(Allocated/Freed)
Number of
sets of route information for the specified address family that have been
allocated and freed during the lifetime of the process.
Prefixes
(Number/Memory Used)
Number of
sets of prefix information currently allocated for the specified address family
and amount of memory used by them.
Paths
(Number/Memory Used)
Number of
sets of route information currently allocated for the specified address family
and amount of memory used by them.
Updates
generated
Number of
prefixes for which updates have been generated, the number of messages used to
advertise the updates, the number of update generation runs performed, and the
real time spent generating updates for the specified address family.
Scanner
Number of
times the scanner has run for the specified address family and real time spent
in scanner processing.
RIB Update
Number of
global routing information base update runs performed for the specified address
family, number of prefixes installed, withdrawn, or modified in the global RIB
during these runs, and real time spent performing these runs.
Process
has converged
Indicates
whether the process has reached initial convergence for the specified address
family.
First
neighbor established
Time stamp
(in seconds) recording the time the first neighbor in the process was
established.
Entered
DO_BESTPATH mode
Time stamp
(in seconds) recording the time best-path calculation mode was entered.
Entered
DO_RIBUPD mode
Time stamp
(in seconds) recording the time RIB update mode was entered.
Entered
Normal mode
Time stamp
(in seconds) recording the time normal mode was entered.
Last
UPDATE sent
Time stamp
(in seconds) recording the time the last update was sent to a neighbor.
The following is
sample output from the
show bgp vpnv4 unicast
process performance-statistics detail command:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp vpnv4 unicast process performance-statistics detail
BGP Speaker process: 0, Node: node0_8_CPU0 Restart count: 1
Total Nbrs Estab/Cfg
Default VRFs: 1 4/12
Non-Default VRFs: 1009 1082/1337
Sent Received
Updates: 362259 5688505
Notifications: 14 0
Number Memory Used
Attributes: 14896 2979200
AS Paths: 17 1100
Communities: 3 120
Extended communities: 1849 124440
Route Reflector Entries: 417 25020
Nexthop Entries: 2941 539572
Update messages queued: 0
Alloc Free
Pool 210: 28955629 28955628
Pool 310: 363103 363103
Pool 600: 4931162 4931162
Pool 1100: 104693 104693
Pool 4300: 799374 799374
Read 34755745 messages (3542094326 bytes) in 30528983 calls (time spent: 6427.769 secs) Read partly throttled 1506 times
Read 14 times after crossing lower threshold Processed 5836892 inbound update messages (time spent: 6229.512 secs)
Wrote 825719955 bytes in 29272669 calls (time spent: 2318.472 secs)
Processing sub-group: wrote 861402 messages in 1113810 calls (time spent: 145.446 secs)
Processing write queue: wrote 6288 messages in 20498 calls (time spent: 0.039 secs)
Socket setup (LPTS): 0 calls (time spent: 0.000 secs)
event_file_attach calls: Input 8769, Output 2810, Input-output 0
Configuration: 989 requests (time spent: 0.046 secs) Operational data: 92396 requests (time spent: 98.864 secs)
Current Clock Time: not set Update Generation master timer:
id: 0, time left: 0.0 sec, last processed: not set
expiry time of parent node: not set
IO master timer:
id: 0, time left: 0.0 sec, last processed: not set
expiry time of parent node: not set
Address Family: VPNv4 Unicast
State: Normal mode.
BGP Table Version: 23211188
Attribute download: Disabled
Soft Reconfig Entries: 0
Last 8 Triggers Ver Tbl Ver
Label Thread Jun 18 05:31:39.120 23211188 23211188
Jun 18 05:31:35.274 23211188 23211188
Jun 18 05:31:34.340 23211187 23211188
Jun 18 05:31:34.189 23211186 23211187
Jun 18 05:31:29.120 23211186 23211186
Jun 18 05:31:28.861 23211186 23211186
Jun 18 05:31:19.640 23211186 23211186
Jun 18 05:31:19.272 23211186 23211186
Total triggers: 639526
Import Thread Jun 18 05:31:39.120 23211188 23211188
Jun 18 05:31:35.274 23211188 23211188
Jun 18 05:31:34.340 23211187 23211188
Jun 18 05:31:34.189 23211186 23211187
Jun 18 05:31:29.120 23211186 23211186
Jun 18 05:31:28.861 23211186 23211186
Jun 18 05:31:19.640 23211186 23211186
Jun 18 05:31:19.272 23211186 23211186
Total triggers: 689177
RIB Thread Jun 18 05:31:39.146 23211188 23211188
Jun 18 05:31:35.299 23211188 23211188
Jun 18 05:31:34.525 23211187 23211188
Jun 18 05:31:34.494 23211186 23211188
Jun 18 05:31:34.340 23211186 23211188
Jun 18 05:31:34.255 23211186 23211188
Jun 18 05:31:29.146 23211186 23211186
Jun 18 05:31:28.886 23211186 23211186
Total triggers: 668084
Update Thread Jun 18 05:31:39.171 --- 23211188
Jun 18 05:31:35.324 --- 23211188
Jun 18 05:31:34.558 --- 23211188
Jun 18 05:31:34.521 --- 23211188
Jun 18 05:31:34.327 --- 23211188
Jun 18 05:31:29.170 --- 23211186
Jun 18 05:31:28.910 --- 23211186
Jun 18 05:31:19.690 --- 23211186
Total triggers: 660143
Allocated Freed
Remote Prefixes: 3150972 2885064
Remote Paths: 7639074 7118286
Local Prefixes: 3760870 3425614
Local Paths: 7892100 7595657
Number Mem Used
Remote Prefixes: 265908 29781696
Remote Paths: 520788 24997824
Remote RDs: 12424 2832672
Local Prefixes: 335256 37548672
Local Paths: 296443 14229264
Local RDs: 1009 230052
Total Prefixes: 601164 67330368
Total Paths: 817231 39227088
Imported Paths: 265675 12752400
Total RDs: 13433 3062724
Same RDs: 0 0
Update Groups: 3 Subgroups: 2
Updates generated: 1438448 prefixes in 67375 messages from 181564 calls (time spent: 6779.576 secs)
Scanner: 0 scanner runs (time spent: 0.000 secs) RIB update: 0 rib update runs, 0 prefixes installed, 0 modified,
0 prefixes removed (time spent: 0.000 secs) RIB table update: 0 table deletes, 0 table invalid, 3526736604 table skip,
0 no local label, 0 rib retries Process has not converged for VPNv4 Unicast.
First neighbor established: Jun 11 08:32:10
Entered DO_BESTPATH mode: Jun 11 08:52:10
Entered DO_IMPORT mode: Jun 11 08:52:12
Entered DO_LABEL_ALLOC mode: Jun 11 08:52:16
Entered DO_RIBUPD mode: Jun 11 08:52:19
Entered Normal mode: Jun 11 08:52:23
Latest UPDATE sent: Jun 18 05:31:34
The following is sample
output from show bgp process detail command with information on additional
paths send and receive information:
BGP Process Information:
BGP is operating in STANDALONE mode
Autonomous System number format: ASDOT
Autonomous System: 100
Router ID: 22.22.22.22 (manually configured)
Default Cluster ID: 2.2.2.2 (manually configured)
Active Cluster IDs: 2.2.2.2
Fast external fallover enabled
Neighbor logging is enabled
Enforce first AS enabled
AS Path multipath-relax is enabled
Default local preference: 100
Default keepalive: 60
Graceful restart enabled
Restart time: 120
Stale path timeout time: 360
RIB purge timeout time: 600
Non-stop routing is enabled
Update delay: 120
Generic scan interval: 60
……
……
Allocated Freed
Prefixes: 12 0
Paths: 60 0
Path-elems: 12 0
Number Mem Used
Prefixes: 12 1200
Paths: 60 3120
Path-elems: 12 624
Compare
identical routes received from external BGP (eBGP) peers during the best-path
selection process and select the route with the lowest router ID.
Regular
expression to match the BGP autonomous system paths.
Command Default
If no address
family or subaddress family is specified, the default address family and
subaddress family specified using the
set
default-afi and
set
default-safi commands are used.
Command Modes
XR EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Note
The
set
default-afi command is used to specify the default address family for
the session, and the
set
default-safi command is used to specify the default subaddress family for
the session. See the
System Management Command Reference for Cisco NCS 6000 Series Routers for detailed information and
syntax for the
set
default-afi and
set
default-safi commands. If you do not specify a default address
family, the default address family is IPv4. If you do not specify a default
subaddress family, the default subaddress family is unicast.
BGP contains a
separate routing table for each configured address family and subaddress family
combination. The address family and subaddress family options specify the
routing table to be examined. If the
all keyword
is specified for the address family or subaddress family, each matching routing
table is examined in turn.
Use the
show bgp
regexp command to display all routes in the specified BGP table
whose autonomous system path is matched by the specified regular expression.
Note
If the regular
expression contains spaces and parentheses, it must be specified and surrounded
by quotation marks.
Task ID
Task ID
Operations
bgp
read
Examples
The following is
sample output from the
show bgp
regexp command:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp regexp "^3 "
BGP router identifier 10.0.0.5, local AS number 1
BGP main routing table version 64
BGP scan interval 60 secs
Status codes: s suppressed, d damped, h history, * valid, > best
i - internal, S stale
Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete
Network Next Hop Metric LocPrf Weight Path
*>i172.20.17.121 10.0.101.2 100 0 3 2000 3000 i
*>i10.0.0.0 10.0.101.2 100 0 3 100 1000 i
*>i172.5.23.0/24 10.0.101.2 100 0 3 4 60 4378 i
This table
describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 33 show bgp
regexp Field Descriptions
Field
Description
BGP router
identifier
BGP
identifier for the local system.
local AS
number
Autonomous
system number for the local system.
Dampening
enabled
Displayed
if dampening has been enabled for the routes in this BGP routing table.
BGP main
routing table version
Last
version of the BGP database that was installed into the main routing table.
BGP scan
interval
Interval
(in seconds) between scans of the BGP table specified by the address family and
subaddress family.
Status
codes
Status of
the table entry. The status is displayed as a three-character field at the
beginning of each line in the table. The first character may be (in order of
precedence):
S—Path is
stale, indicating that a graceful restart is in progress with the peer from
which the route was learned.
s—Path is
more specific than a locally sourced aggregate route and has been suppressed.
*—Path is
valid.
The second
character may be (in order of precedence):
>—Path
is the best path to use for that network.
d—Path is
dampened.
h—Path is
a history entry, representing a route that is currently withdrawn, but that is
being maintained to preserve dampening information. Such routes should never be
marked as valid.
The third
character may be:
i—Path was
learned by an internal BGP (iBGP) session.
Origin
codes
Origin of
the path. The origin code is placed at the end of each line in the table. It
can be one of the following values:
i—Path
originated from an Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP) and was advertised with a
network or
aggregate-address command.
e—Path
originated from an Exterior Gateway Protocol (EGP).
?—Origin
of the path is not clear. Usually, this is a route that is redistributed into
BGP from an IGP.
Network
IP address
of a network entity.
Next Hop
IP address
of the next system that is used when a packet is forwarded to the destination
network. An entry of 0.0.0.0 indicates that the router has a non-BGP route to
this network.
Metric
Value of
the interautonomous system metric, otherwise known as the Multi Exit
Discriminator (MED) metric.
LocPrf
Local
preference value. This is used to determine the preferred exit point from the
local autonomous system. It is propagated throughout the local autonomous
system.
Weight
Path
weight. Weight is used in choosing the preferred path to a route. It is not
advertised to any neighbor.
Path
Autonomous
system path to the destination network. At the end of the path is the origin
code for the path.
Related Commands
Command
Description
set default-afi
Sets the
default Address Family Identifier (AFI) for the current session.
set default-safi
Sets the
default Subaddress Family Identifier (SAFI) for the current session.
Displays
BGP information about networks that match an outbound route policy.
show bgp
route-policy
To display Border
Gateway Protocol (BGP) information about networks that match an outbound route
policy, use the
show bgp
route-policy command in
XR EXEC mode.
showbgp route-policyroute-policy-name
[ standby ]
Syntax Description
ipv4
(Optional)
Specifies IP Version 4 address prefixes.
(Optional)
Displays information about the standby card.
Command Default
If no address
family or subaddress family is specified, the default address family and
subaddress family specified using the
set
default-afi and
set
default-safi commands are used.
Command Modes
XR EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Note
The
set
default-afi command is used to specify the default address family for
the session, and the
set
default-safi command is used to specify the default subaddress family for
the session. See the
System Management Command Reference for Cisco NCS 6000 Series Routers for detailed information and
syntax for the
set
default-afi and
set
default-safi commands. If you do not specify a default address family,
the default address family is IPv4. If you do not specify a default subaddress
family, the default subaddress family is unicast.
BGP contains a
separate routing table for each address family and subaddress family
combination that has been configured. The address family and subaddress family
options specify the routing table to be examined. If the
all keyword is specified for the address family or subaddress
family, each matching routing table is examined.
A route policy
must be configured to use this command. When the
show bgp
route-policy command is entered, routes in the specified BGP table are
compared with the specified route policy, and all routes passed by the route
policy are displayed.
If a pass clause
is encountered while the route policy is being applied to the route and the
route policy processing completes without hitting a drop clause, the route is
displayed. The route is not displayed if a drop clause is encountered, if the
route policy processing completes without hitting a pass clause, or if the
specified route policy does not exist.
The information
displayed does not reflect modifications the policy might make to the route. To
display such modifications, use the
show bgp
policy command.
Task ID
Task ID
Operations
bgp
read
Examples
The following is
sample output from the
show bgp
route-policy command in
XR EXEC
mode:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp route-policy p1
BGP router identifier 172.20.1.1, local AS number 1820
BGP main routing table version 729
Dampening enabled
BGP scan interval 60 secs
Status codes: s suppressed, d damped, h history, * valid, > best
i - internal, S stale
Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete
Network Next Hop Metric LocPrf Weight Path
* 10.13.0.0/16 192.168.40.24 0 1878 704 701 200 ?
* 10.16.0.0/16 192.168.40.24 0 1878 704 701 i
This table
describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 34 show bgp
route-policy Field Descriptions
Field
Description
BGP router
identifier
BGP
identifier for the local system.
local AS
number
Autonomous
system number for the local system.
BGP main
routing table version
Last
version of the BGP database that was installed into the main routing table.
Dampening
enabled
Displayed
if dampening is enabled for the routes in this BGP routing table.
BGP scan
interval
Interval
(in seconds) between scans of the BGP table specified by the address family and
subaddress family.
Status
codes
Status of
the table entry. The status is displayed as a three-character field at the
beginning of each line in the table. The first character may be (in order of
precedence):
S—Path is
stale, indicating that a graceful restart is in progress with the peer from
which the route was learned.
s—Path is
more specific than a locally sourced aggregate route and has been suppressed.
*—Path is
valid.
The second
character may be (in order of precedence):
>—Path
is the best path to use for that network.
d—Path is
dampened.
h—Path is
a history entry, representing a route that is currently withdrawn, but that is
being maintained to preserve dampening information. Such routes should never be
marked as valid.
The third
character may be:
i—Path was
learned by an internal BGP (iBGP) session.
Origin
codes
Origin of
the path. The origin code is displayed at the end of each line in the table. It
can be one of the following values:
i—Path
originated from an Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP) and was advertised with a
network or
aggregate-address
command.
e—Path
originated from an Exterior Gateway Protocol (EGP).
?—Origin
of the path is not clear. Usually, this is a route that is redistributed into
BGP from an IGP.
Network
IP prefix
and prefix length for a network.
Next Hop
IP address
of the next system that is used when a packet is forwarded to the destination
network. An entry of 0.0.0.0 indicates that the router has a non-BGP route to
this network.
Metric
Value of
the interautonomous system metric, otherwise known as the Multi Exit
discriminator (MED) metric.
LocPrf
Local
preference value. This is used to determine the preferred exit point from the
local autonomous system. It is propagated throughout the local autonomous
system.
Weight
Path
weight. Weight is used in choosing the preferred path to a route. It is not
advertised to any neighbor.
Path
Autonomous
system path to the destination network. At the end of the path is the origin
code for the path.
To display
information about the Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) configuration for session
groups, use the
show bgp
session-group command in
XR EXEC mode.
(Optional)
Displays the effective configuration for the session group, including any
inherited configuration.
defaults
(Optional)
Displays all configuration, including default configuration.
nvgen
(Optional)
Displays output in the form of the
show
running-config command.
If the
defaults keyword also is specified, the output is not suitable
for cutting and pasting into a configuration session.
inheritance
(Optional)
Displays the session groups from which this session group inherits
configuration.
users
(Optional)
Display the session groups, neighbor groups, and neighbors that inherit
configuration from this session group.
Command Default
No default behavior
or value
Command Modes
XR EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Use the
show bgp
session-group command with the
group-nameconfiguration argument and keyword to display the effective configuration of
a session group, including any configuration inherited from other session
groups through application of the
use command. The source for each configured command is also
displayed.
Use the
defaults keyword to display the value of all configuration, including
default configuration. Use the
nvgen keyword to display configuration in the form of the
show
running-config command output. Output in this form is suitable for cutting
and pasting into a configuration session.
Use the
show bgp
session-group command with the
group-name
inheritance argument and keyword to display the session groups from which
the specified session group inherits configuration.
Use the
show bgp
session-group command with the
group-nameusers argument and keyword to display the neighbors, neighbor
groups, and session groups that inherit configuration from the specified
session group.
Task ID
Task ID
Operations
bgp
read
Examples
For the example
shown here, the following configuration is used:
The source of each
command is shown to the right of the command. For example,
update-source is configured directly on session group
group1. The
dmzlink-bandwidth command is inherited from session group group2, which in turn
inherits it from session group group3.
The following
example shows the show bgp
session-group command with the
users keyword:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp session-group group2 users
IPv4 Unicast:a:group1
The following
example shows the
show bgp
session-group command with the
inheritance keyword.
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp session-group group1 inheritance
Session:s:group2 s:group3
The command output
shows that the session group group1 directly uses the group2 session group. The
group2 session group uses the group3 session group.
This table
describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 35 show bgp
session-group Field Descriptions
Field
Description
[ ]
Configures
the command directly on the specified session group.
s:
Indicates
the name that follows is a session group.
a:
Indicates
the name that follows is an address family group.
n:
Indicates
the name that follows is a neighbor group.
[dflt]
Indicates
the command is not explicitly configured or inherited, and the default value
for the command is used. This field may be shown when the
defaults keyword is specified.
<not
set>
Indicates
that the default is for the command to be disabled. This field may be shown
when the
defaults keyword is specified.
Displays
information about BGP connections to neighbors.
show bgp
sessions
To display brief
information about BGP neighbors, use the
show bgp
sessions command in
XR EXEC mode.
showbgpsessions [not-established] [not-nsr-ready]
Syntax Description
not-established
(Optional)
Displays all the neighbors that are not in established state
not-nsr-ready
(Optional)
Displays all the neighbors that are not nonstop routing (NSR) ready.
Command Default
No default behavior
or values
Command Modes
XR EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
The
show bgp sessions
command without a keyword provides brief information about all the
BGP neighbors configured irrespective of the address family or VRF.
The
show bgp
sessions command with the
not-established keyword shows BGP peers which are yet to establish their
peering relationship.
The
show bgp
sessions command with the and
not-nsr-ready keyword shows BGP peers which are yet to reach the nsr ready
state.
Task ID
Task ID
Operations
bgp
read
Examples
The following is
sample output from the
show bgp
sessions command in
XR EXEC
mode:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp sessions
Thu Jan 15 17:41:45.277 UTC
Neighbor VRF Spk AS InQ OutQ NBRState NSRState
2.2.2.2 default 0 1 0 0 Active None
10.0.101.1 default 0 1 0 0 Established NSR Ready
10.0.101.2 default 0 1 0 0 Established NSR Ready
10.0.101.3 default 0 1 0 0 Established NSR Ready
10.0.101.4 default 0 1 0 0 Established NSR Ready
10.0.101.5 default 0 1 0 0 Established NSR Ready
10.0.101.6 default 0 1 0 0 Established NSR Ready
10.0.101.7 default 0 1 0 0 Established NSR Ready
10.0.101.8 default 0 1 0 0 Established NSR Ready
10.0.101.9 default 0 1 0 0 Established NSR Ready
10.11.12.2 default 0 100 0 0 Established NSR Ready
90.0.0.2 900 0 2 0 0 Established NSR Ready
9000::1001 900 0 2 0 0 Established NSR Ready
91.0.0.2 901 0 2 0 0 Established NSR Ready
9100::1001 901 0 2 0 0 Established NSR Ready
92.0.0.2 902 0 2 0 0 Established NSR Ready
9200::1001 902 0 2 0 0 Established NSR Ready
93.0.0.2 903 0 2 0 0 Established NSR Ready
9300::1001 903 0 2 0 0 Established NSR Ready
94.0.0.2 904 0 2 0 0 Established NSR Ready
9400::1001 904 0 2 0 0 Established NSR Ready
95.0.0.2 905 0 2 0 0 Established NSR Ready
9500::1001 905 0 2 0 0 Established NSR Ready
96.0.0.2 906 0 2 0 0 Established NSR Ready
9600::1001 906 0 2 0 0 Established NSR Ready
97.0.0.2 907 0 2 0 0 Established NSR Ready
9700::1001 907 0 2 0 0 Established NSR Ready
98.0.0.2 908 0 2 0 0 Established NSR Ready
9800::1001 908 0 2 0 0 Established NSR Ready
99.0.0.2 909 0 2 0 0 Idle None
9900::1001 909 0 2 0 0 Idle None
12.13.14.16 red 0 2 0 0 Idle None
20.0.101.1 red 0 2 0 0 Active None
1234:5678:9876::1111
red 0 3 0 0 Idle None
2020::1002 red 0 2 0 0 Established NSR Ready
1.2.3.4 this-is-a-long-vrf-name
0 5 0 0 Idle None
1111:2222:3333:4444:5555::6789
this-is-a-long-vrf-name
0 7 0 0 Idle None
The following is
sample output from the
show bgp
sessions command with the
not-established keyword:
(Optional)
Displays information about the standby card.
Command Default
If no address
family or subaddress family is specified, the default address family and
subaddress family specified using the
set
default-afi and
set
default-safi commands are used.
Command Modes
XR EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Note
The
set
default-afi command is used to specify the default address family for
the session, and the
set
default-safi command is used to specify the default subaddress family
for the session. See
System Management Command Reference for Cisco NCS 6000 Series Routers for detailed
information and syntax for the
set
default-afi and
set
default-safi commands. If you do not specify a default address family,
the default address family is IPv4. If you do not specify a default subaddress
family, the default subaddress family is unicast.
Use the
show bgp
summary command to display a summary of the neighbors for which the
specified address family and subaddress family are enabled. If the neighbor
does not have the specified address family and subaddress family enabled, it is
not included in the output of the
show command. If the
all keyword is specified for the address family or subaddress
family, a summary for each combination of address family and subaddress family
is displayed in turn.
The table versions
shown in the output (RcvTblVer, bRIB/RIB, SendTblVer, and TblVer) are specific
to the specified address family and subaddress family. All other information is
global.
The table versions
provide an indication of whether BGP is up to date with all work for the
specified address family and subaddress family.
bRIB/RIB <
RecvTblVer—Some received routes have not yet been considered for installation
in the global routing table.
TblVer < SendTblVer—Some
received routes have been installed in the global routing table but have not
yet been considered for advertisement to this neighbor.
Task ID
Task ID
Operations
bgp
read
Examples
The following is
sample output from the
show bgp
summary command:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router#show bgp summary
BGP router identifier 10.0.0.0, local AS number 2
BGP generic scan interval 60 secs
BGP table state: Active
Table ID: 0xe0000000
BGP main routing table version 1
BGP scan interval 60 secs
BGP is operating in STANDALONE mode.
Process RecvTblVer bRIB/RIB LabelVer ImportVer SendTblVer
Speaker 1 0 1 1 0
Neighbor Spk AS MsgRcvd MsgSent TblVer InQ OutQ Up/Down St/PfxRcd
10.0.101.0 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 00:00:00 Idle
10.0.101.1 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 00:00:00 Idle
This table
describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 37 show bgp
summary Field Descriptions
Field
Description
BGP router
identifier
IP address
of the router.
local AS
number
Autonomous
system number set by the
router bgpcommand.
Range for 2-byte Autonomous
system numbers (ASNs) is 1 to 65535.
Range for 4-byte Autonomous
system numbers (ASNs) in asplain format is 1 to 4294967295.
Range for 4-byte Autonomous
system numbers (ASNs) is asdot format is 1.0 to 65535.65535.
BGP
generic scan interval
Interval
(in seconds) between scans of the BGP table by a generic scanner.
BGP table
state
State of
the BGP database.
Table ID
BGP
database identifier.
BGP main
routing table version
Last
version of the BGP database that was injected into the main routing table.
Dampening
enabled
Displayed
if dampening has been enabled for the routes in this BGP routing table.
BGP scan
interval
Interval
(in seconds) between scans of the BGP table specified by the address family and
subaddress family.
BGP is
operating in
Specifies
BGP is operating in standalone mode.
Process
BGP
process.
RecvTblVer
Last
version used in the BGP database for received routes.
bRIB/RIB
Last
version of the local BGP database that was injected into the main routing
table.
LabelVer
Label
version used in the BGP database for label allocation.
ImportVer
Last
version of the local BGP database for importing routes.
SendTblVer
Latest
version of the local BGP database that is ready to be advertised to neighbors.
Some
configured eBGP neighbors do not have any policy
Some
external neighbors exist that do not have both an inbound and outbound policy
configured for every address family, using the
route-policy (BGP)
command. In this case, no prefixes are accepted and
advertised to those neighbors.
Neighbor
IP address
of a neighbor.
Spr
Speaker
process that is responsible for the neighbor. Always 0.
AS
Autonomous
system.
MsgRcvd
Number of
BGP messages received from a neighbor.
MsgSent
Number of
BGP messages sent to a neighbor.
TblVer
Last
version of the BGP database that was sent to a neighbor.
InQ
Number of
messages from a neighbor waiting to be processed.
OutQ
Number of
messages waiting to be sent to a neighbor.
Up/Down
Length of
time in (hh:mm:ss) that the BGP session has been in Established state, or the
time since the session left Established state, if it is not established.
St/PfxRcd
If the BGP
session is not established, the current state of the session. If the session is
established, the number of prefixes the router has received from the neighbor.
If the
number of prefixes received exceeds the maximum allowed (as set by the
maximum-prefix
command), “(PfxRcd)” appears.
If the
connection has been shut down using the
shutdown
command, “(Admin)” appears.
If the
neighbor is external and it does not have an inbound and outbound policy
configured for every address family, an exclamation mark (!) is inserted at the
end of the state when using the
route-policy (BGP) command.
If the
connection has been shut down due to out of memory (OOM), “(OOM)” appears.
Applies
a routing policy to updates advertised to or received from a BGP neighbor.
set default-afi
Sets the
default Address Family Identifier (AFI) for the current session.
set default-safi
Sets the
default Subaddress Family Identifier (SAFI) for the current session.
show bgp summary
nsr
To display the
summary of Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) neighbor state and nonstop routing
(NSR) state information, use the
show bgp
summary nsr
command in
XR EXEC mode.
If no address
family or subaddress family is specified, the default address family and
subaddress family specified using the
set
default-afi and
set
default-safi commands are used.
Command Modes
XR EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Task ID
Task ID
Operations
bgp
read
Examples
The following is
sample output from the
show bgp
summary nsr
command:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp summary nsr
BGP router identifier 10.1.0.1, local AS number 100
BGP generic scan interval 60 secs
Non-stop routing is enabled
BGP table state: Active
Table ID: 0xe0000000
BGP main routing table version 13037
BGP NSR Initial initsync version 11034 (Reached)
BGP scan interval 60 secs
BGP is operating in STANDALONE mode.
node0_1_CPU0 Speaker
Entered mode Standby Ready : Feb 3 14:22:00
Entered mode TCP NSR Setup : Feb 3 14:22:00
Entered mode TCP NSR Setup Done : Feb 3 14:22:01
Entered mode TCP Initial Sync : Feb 3 14:22:01
Entered mode TCP Initial Sync Done : Feb 3 14:22:44
Entered mode FPBSN processing done : Feb 3 14:22:44
Entered mode Update processing done : Feb 3 14:22:44
Entered mode BGP Initial Sync : Feb 3 14:22:44
Entered mode BGP Initial Sync done : Feb 3 14:22:49
Entered mode NSR Ready : Feb 3 14:22:49
Current BGP NSR state - NSR Ready achieved at: Feb 3 14:22:49
NSR State READY notified to Redcon at: Feb 4 07:44:43
Process RcvTblVer bRIB/RIB LabelVer ImportVer SendTblVer StandbyVer
Speaker 13037 13037 13037 13037 13037 13037
Neighbor Spk AS TblVer SyncVer AckVer NBRState NSRState
2.2.2.2 0 302 13037 13037 13037 Established NSR Ready
10.0.101.5 0 100 13037 13037 13037 Established NSR Ready
The following
example shows sample output from the
show bgp summary
nsr command with the
standby
keyword:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp summary nsr standby
BGP router identifier 10.1.0.1, local AS number 100
BGP generic scan interval 60 secs
Non-stop routing is enabled
BGP table state: Active
Table ID: 0xe0000000
BGP main routing table version 13037
BGP NSR Initial initsync version 0 (Not Reached)
BGP scan interval 60 secs
BGP is operating in STANDALONE mode.
node0_0_CPU0 Speaker
Entered mode Standby Ready : Feb 3 14:22:03
Entered mode TCP Replication : Feb 3 14:22:03
Entered mode TCP Init Sync Done : Feb 3 14:22:47
Entered mode NSR Ready : Feb 3 14:22:52
Process RcvTblVer bRIB/RIB LabelVer ImportVer SendTblVer StandbyVer
Speaker 13037 0 0 13037 0 0
Neighbor Spk AS TblVer SyncVer AckVer NBRState NSRState
2.2.2.2 0 302 13037 0 1 Established NSR Ready
10.0.101.5 0 100 13037 0 1 Established NSR Ready
This table
describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 38 show bgp
summary nsr Field Descriptions
Field
Description
BGP router
identifier
IP address
of the router.
BGP
generic scan interval
Interval
(in seconds) between scans of the BGP table by a generic scanner.
Non-stop
routing
State of
the Nonstop routing.
BGP table
state
State of
the BGP database.
Table ID
BGP
database identifier.
BGP main
routing table version
Last
version of the BGP database that was injected into the main routing table.
BGP scan
interval
Interval
(in seconds) between scans of the BGP table specified by the address family and
subaddress family.
BGP is
operating in
Specifies
BGP is operating in standalone mode.
Entered
mode
The
successive transition of various states of TCP and BGP, leading to the NSR
ready state.
Note
This is
used for monitoring and debugging purposes.
SyncVer
The
version which has synced to standby for this neighbor.
(Optional)
Specifies IP Version 4 (IPv4) unicast neighbors.
ipv4 multicast
(Optional)
Specifies IPv4 multicast neighbors.
ipv4 tunnel
(Optional)
Specifies IPv4 tunnel neighbors.
ipv4 mdt
(Optional)
Specifies IPv4 multicast distribution tree (MDT) neighbors.
ipv6 unicast
(Optional)
Specifies IP Version 6 (IPv6) unicast neighbors.
ipv6 multicast
(Optional)
Specifies IPv6 multicast neighbors.
vpnv4 unicast
(Optional)
Specifies VPN Version 4 (VPNv4) unicast neighbors.
vpnv6 unicast
(Optional)
Specifies VPN Version 6 (VPNv6) unicast neighbors.
Command Default
No default behavior
or value
Command Modes
XR EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
The
show bgp table
command provides information about the BGP neighbors based on the global
address family and independent of VRFs. Use the
show bgp table
command to get information about all BGP neighbors in different address
families.
Task ID
Task ID
Operations
bgp
read
Examples
The following is
sample output from the
bgp table vpnv4
unicast
command in
XR EXEC
mode:
This table
describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 39 show bgp table
Field Descriptions
Field
Description
Neighbor
IP address
of a neighbor.
VRF
The VRF
which each neighbor belongs to; either the default VRF or a specified VRF.
Spk
Speaker
process that is responsible for the neighbor. Always 0.
AS
Autonomous
system.
TblVer
Last
version of the BGP database that was sent to a neighbor.
InQ
Number of
messages from a neighbor waiting to be processed.
OutQ
Number of
messages waiting to be sent to a neighbor.
St/PfxRcd
If the BGP
session is not established, the current state of the session. If the session is
established, the number of prefixes the router has received from the neighbor.
If the
number of prefixes received exceeds the maximum allowed (as set by the
maximum-prefix command), “(PfxRcd)” appears.
If the
connection has been shut down using the shutdown command, “(Admin)” appears.
If the
neighbor is external and it does not have an inbound and outbound policy
configured for every address family, an exclamation mark (!) is inserted at the
end of the state when using the route-policy (BGP) command.
If the
connection has been shut down due to out of memory (OOM), “(OOM)” appears.
Displays
the status of all Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) connections.
show bgp
truncated-communities
To display routes in
the Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) routing table for which inbound policy or
aggregation has exceeded the maximum number of communities that may be
attached, use the
show bgp
truncated-communities command in
XR EXEC mode.
showbgptruncated-communitiesstandby
Syntax Description
ipv4
(Optional)
Specifies IP Version 4 address prefixes.
(Optional)
Displays information about the standby card.
Command Default
If no address
family or subaddress family is specified, the default address family and
subaddress family specified using the
set
default-afi and
set
default-safi commands are used.
Command Modes
XR EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Note
The
set
default-afi command is used to specify the default address family for
the session, and the
set
default-safi command is used to specify the default subaddress family for
the session. See the
System Management Command Reference for Cisco NCS 6000 Series Routers for detailed information and
syntax for the
set
default-afi and
set
default-safi commands. If you do not specify a default address family,
the default address family is IPv4. If you do not specify a default subaddress
family, the default subaddress family is unicast.
BGP contains a
separate routing table for each address family and subaddress family
combination that has been configured. The address family and subaddress family
options specify the routing table to be examined. If the
all keyword is specified for the address family or subaddress
family, each matching routing table is examined.
Use the
show bgp
truncated-communities command to display those routes in the specified BGP
routing table in which the buffers used to store communities or extended
communities have overflowed. An overflow occurs if an attempt is made to
associate more communities or extended communities with the route than fits in
a BGP update message. This can happen due to modification of communities or
extended communities during aggregration or when inbound policy is applied.
Task ID
Task ID
Operations
bgp
read
Examples
The following is
sample output from the
show bgp
truncated-communities
command:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp truncated-communities
BGP router identifier 172.20.1.1, local AS number 1820
BGP main routing table version 3042
BGP scan interval 60 secs
Status codes: s suppressed, d damped, h history, * valid, > best
i - internal, S stale
Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete
Network Next Hop Metric LocPrf Weight Path
* 10.13.0.0/16 192.168.40.24 0 1878 704 701 200 ?
*> 10.16.0.0/16 192.168.40.24 0 1878 704 701 i
This table
describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 40 show bgp
truncated-communities Field Descriptions
Field
Description
BGP router
identifier
BGP
Identifier for the local system.
local AS
number
Autonomous
system number for the local system.
BGP main
routing table version
Last
version of the BGP database that was installed into the main routing table.
Dampening
enabled
Displayed
if dampening is enabled for the routes in this BGP routing table.
BGP scan
interval
Interval
(in seconds) between scans of the BGP table specified by the address family and
subaddress family.
Status
codes
Status of
the table entry. The status is displayed as a three-character field at the
beginning of each line in the table. The first character may be (in order of
precedence):
S—Path is
stale, indicating that a graceful restart is in progress with the peer from
which the route was learned.
s—Path is
more specific than a locally sourced aggregate route and has been suppressed.
*—Path is
valid.
The second
character may be (in order of precedence):
>—Path
is the best path to use for that network.
d—Path is
dampened.
h—Path is
a history entry, representing a route that is currently withdrawn, but that is
being maintained to preserve dampening information. Such routes should never be
marked as valid.
The third
character may be:
i—Path was
learned by an internal BGP (iBGP) session.
Origin
codes
Origin of
the path. The origin code is displayed at the end of each line in the table. It
can be one of the following values:
i—Path
originated from an Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP) and was advertised with a
network or
aggregate-address
command.
e—Path
originated from an Exterior Gateway Protocol (EGP).
?—Origin
of the path is not clear. Usually, this is a route that is redistributed into
BGP from an IGP.
Network
IP prefix
and prefix length for a network.
Next Hop
IP address
of the next system that is used when a packet is forwarded to the destination
network. An entry of 0.0.0.0 indicates that the router has a non-BGP route to
this network.
Metric
Value of
the interautonomous system metric, otherwise known as the Multi Exit
Discriminator (MED) metric.
LocPrf
Local
preference value. This is used to determine the preferred exit point from the
local autonomous system. It is propagated throughout the local autonomous
system.
Weight
Path
weight. Weight is used in choosing the preferred path to a route. It is not
advertised to any neighbor.
Path
Autonomous
system path to the destination network. At the end of the path is the origin
code for the path.
(Optional)
Specifies information on an update group for a specific neighbor.
process-id.index
(Optional)
Update group index. Process ID range is 0 to 254. Index range is 0 to
4294967295.
The
process id.index argument is specified as follows: process ID (dot)
index. In standalone mode, the process ID is always 0.
summary
(Optional)
Specifies summary of update group members.
performance-statistics
(Optional)
Specifies performance information about the updates generated for the update
group.
standby
(Optional)
Displays information about the standby card.
Command Default
If no address
family or subaddress family is specified, the default address family and
subaddress family specified using the
set
default-afi and
set
default-safi commands are used.
Command Modes
XR EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Note
The
set
default-afi command is used to specify the default address family for
the session, and the
set
default-safi command is used to specify the default subaddress family for
the session. See the
System Management Command Reference for Cisco NCS 6000 Series Routers for detailed information and
syntax for the
set
default-afi and
set
default-safi commands. If you do not specify a default address family,
the default address family is IPv4. If you do not specify a default subaddress
family, the default subaddress family is unicast.
Every BGP neighbor
is automatically assigned to an update group for each address family that is
enabled on the neighbor. Neighbors that have similar outbound policy, such that
they are sent the same updates, are placed in the same update group.
Use the show bgp
update-group command to display the update groups and a list of the
neighbors that belong to the update group.
Use the
show bgp
update-group neighbor command to display details about the update group to which a
neighbor belongs for the specified address family.
Use the
summary keyword to display a summary of the neighbors belonging to the
specified update group. The display format is the same as for the
show bgp summary command.
Use the
performance-statistics
keyword to display information about the number of prefixes
processed and the time taken to generate updates for the specified update
group.
Note
Update group
indexes are not necessarily persistent over a process restart. If a BGP process
restarts, the index of the update group to which a particular neighbor is
assigned may be different, though the set of neighbors belonging to the update
group is the same.
Task ID
Task ID
Operations
bgp
read
Examples
The following is
sample output from the
show bgp
update-group command:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp update-group
Update group for IPv4 Unicast, index 0.1:
Attributes:
Internal
Common admin
Send communities
Send extended communities
Minimum advertisement interval: 300
Update group desynchronized: 0
Sub-groups merged: 0
Messages formatted: 0, replicated: 0
Neighbors not in any sub-group:
10.0.101.1
This table
describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 41 show bgp
update-group Field Descriptions
Field
Description
Update
group for
Address
family to which updates in this update group apply.
index
Update
group index.
Attributes
Attributes
common to all members of the update group.
Unsuppress
map
Unsuppress
route map used to selectively unsuppress more specific routes of locally
generated aggregates for members of this update group.
Outbound
policy
Route
policy applied to outbound updates generated for members of this update group.
Internal
Members of
the update group are internal peers.
ORF
Receive enabled
Members of
this update group are capable of receiving an outbound route filter.
Route
Reflector Client
Local
system is acting as a route reflector for members of this update group.
Remove
private AS numbers
Members of
this update group have private AS numbers stripped from outbound updates.
Next-hop-self enabled
Next-Next
hop for
members of the update group is set to the local router.
Directly
connected IPv6 EBGP
Members of
this update group are directly connected external BGP IPv6-based peers.
Configured
Local AS
Local
autonomous system (AS) used for members of this update group.
Common
admin
Peers in
this update group are under common administration (internal or confederation
peers).
Send
communities
Communities are sent to neighbors in this update group.
Send
extended communities
Extended
communities is sent to neighbors in this update group.
Minimum
advertisement interval
Minimum
advertisement interval for members of this update group.
replicated
Number of
update messages replicated for this update group.
Messages
formatted
Number of
update messages generated for this update group.
Neighbors
in this update group
List of
neighbors that use this update group for the given address family.
Update
group desynchronized
Number of
times an update group has been split to accommodate the slower peer. This
option is disabled.
Sub-groups
merged
Number of
times an update group has been split and merged.
Neighbors
not in any sub-group
BGP
neighbor that does not belong to any subgroup.
The following is
sample output from the
show bgp
update-group command with the
ipv4,
unicast, and
summary keywords and the
process
id.index
argument:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp ipv4 unicast update-group 0.1 summary
BGP router identifier 10.140.140.1, local AS number 1.1
BGP generic scan interval 60 secs
BGP table state: Active
Table ID: 0xe0000000
BGP main routing table version 1
BGP scan interval 60 secs
BGP is operating in STANDALONE mode.
Process RecvTblVer bRIB/RIB LabelVer ImportVer SendTblVer
Speaker 1 0 1 1 0
Neighbor Spr AS MsgRcvd MsgSent TblVer InQ OutQ Up/Down St/PfxRcd
172.25.11.8 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 00:00:00 Idle
This table
describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 42 show bgp ipv4
unicast update-group Field Descriptions
Field
Description
BGP router
identifier
IP address
of the router.
local AS
number
Autonomous
system number set by the
router bgp command.
Range for 2-byte Autonomous
system numbers (ASNs) is 1 to 65535.
Range for 4-byte Autonomous
system numbers (ASNs) in asplain format is 1 to 4294967295.
Range for 4-byte Autonomous
system numbers (ASNs) is asdot format is 1.0 to 65535.65535.
BGP
generic scan interval
Interval
(in seconds) between scans of the BGP table by a generic scanner.
BGP table
state
State of
the BGP database.
Table ID
BGP
database identifier.
BGP main
routing table version
Last
version of the BGP database that was injected into the main routing table.
Dampening
enabled
Displayed
if dampening has been enabled for the routes in this BGP routing table.
BGP scan
interval
Interval
(in seconds) between scans of the BGP table specified by the address family and
subaddress family.
BGP is
operating in
BGP is
operating in standalone mode.
Process
BGP
process.
RecvTblVer
Last
version used in the BGP database for received routes.
bRIB/RIB
Last
version of the local BGP database that was injected into the main routing
table.
LabelVer
Label
version used in the BGP database for label allocation.
ImportVer
Last
version of the local BGP database for importing routes.
SendTblVer
Latest
version of the local BGP database that is ready to be advertised to neighbors.
Some
configured eBGP neighbors do not have any policy
Some
external neighbors that exist do not have both an inbound and outbound policy
configured for every address family, using the
route-policy (BGP)
command. In this case, no prefixes are accepted or
advertised to those neighbors.
Neighbor
IP address
of a neighbor.
Spr
Speaker
process that is responsible for the neighbor. Always 0.
AS
Autonomous
system.
MsgRcvd
Number of
BGP messages received from a neighbor.
MsgSent
Number of
BGP messages sent to a neighbor.
TblVer
Last
version of the BGP database that was sent to a neighbor.
InQ
Number of
messages from a neighbor waiting to be processed.
OutQ
Number of
messages waiting to be sent to a neighbor.
Up/Down
Length of
time (in hh:mm:s) that the BGP session has been in Established state, or the
time since the session left Established state, if it is not established.
St/PfxRcd
If the BGP
session is not established, the current state of the session. If the session is
established, the number of prefixes the router has received from the neighbor.
If the
number of prefixes received exceeds the maximum allowed (as set by the
maximum-prefix
command), “(PfxRcd)” appears.
If the
connection has been shut down using the
shutdown
command, “(Admin)” appears.
If the
neighbor is external and it does not have an inbound and outbound policy
configured for every address family, an exclamation mark (!) is inserted at the
end of the state when using the
route-policy (BGP) command.
Disables
a neighbor without removing its configuration.
show bgp vrf
imported-routes
To display Border
Gateway Protocol (BGP) information for routes imported into specified VPN
routing and forwarding (VRF) instances, use the
show bgp vrf
imported-routes command in
XR EXEC mode.
showbgpvrf { vrf | vrf-name }
imported-routes
Syntax Description
vrf-name
Displays
imported routes for a specific VRF.
all
Displays
imported routes for all VRFs.
ipv4 {unicast |
labeled-unicast}
(Optional)
Specifies IP Version 4 unicast or labeled-unicast imported routes.
ipv6 unicast
(Optional)
Specifies IP Version 6 unicast imported routes.
vrfsource-vrf-name
(Optional)
Displays routes imported from the specified source VRF.
neighborneighbor-address
(Optional)
Displays preview advertisements for a specified neighbor.
standby
(Optional)
Displays information about the standby card.
Command Default
No default
behavior or values
Command Modes
XR EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Use the
show bgp vrf
imported-routes command to display all paths imported into a specified VRF
from the default VRF. Use the
neighborneighbor-address keyword and argument to display all imported paths and which
paths were learned from the specified neighbor. Use the
vrfsource-vrf-name keyword and argument to display all imported routes that
belong to the specified source VRF. The
neighborneighbor-address and
vrfsource-vrf-name cannot coexist.
Task ID
Task ID
Operations
bgp
read
Examples
The following is
sample output from the
show bgp vrf
imported-routes
command:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp vrf vrf-1 ipv6 unicast imported-routes
BGP VRF one, state: Active BGP
BGP Route Distinguisher: 100:222
VRF ID: 0x60000001
BGP router identifier 10.2.0.1, local AS number 100
BGP table state: Active
Table ID: 0xe0800001
BGP main routing table version 41534
Status codes: s suppressed, d damped, h history, * valid, > best
i - internal, S stale
Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete
Network Neighbor Route Distinguisher Source VRF
*>i1234:1052::/32 10.1.0.1 100:111 default
*>i2008:1:1:1::/112 10.1.0.1 100:111 default
*>i2008:111:1:1::1/128
10.1.0.1 100:111 default
Processed 3 prefixes, 3 paths
This table
describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 43 show bgp vrf
imported-routes Field Descriptions
Field
Description
BGP VRF
VRF name.
state
State of
the VRF.
BGP Route
Distinguisher:
Unique
identifier for the BGP routing instance.
VRF Id
VRF
identifier.
BGP router
identifier
IP address
of the router.
local AS
number
Autonomous
system number set by the
router bgp command.
Range for 2-byte Autonomous
system numbers (ASNs) is 1 to 65535.
Range for 4-byte Autonomous
system numbers (ASNs) in asplain format is 1 to 4294967295.
Range for 4-byte Autonomous
system numbers (ASNs) is asdot format is 1.0 to 65535.65535.
BGP table
state
State of
the BGP database.
Table ID
Table
identifier.
BGP main
routing table version
Last
version of the BGP database that was injected into the main routing table.
Network
Network
address.
Neighbor
IP address
of a neighbor.
Route
Distinguisher
Unique
identifier for the routing instance.
Source VRF
Source VRF
for the imported route.
show protocols
(BGP)
To display
information about the Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) instances running on the
router, use the
show protocols
command in
XR EXEC mode and specify either the
bgp or
all keyword.
(Optional)
Specifies the IP Version 4 address family.
ipv6
(Optional)
Specifies the IP Version 6 address family.
afi-all
(Optional)
Specifies all address families.
all
(Optional)
Specifies all protocols for a given address family.
protocol
(Optional)
Specifies a routing protocol.
For the IPv4
address family, the options are
bgp,
isis,
rip,
eigrp, and
ospf.
For the IPv6
address family, the options are
bgp,
eigrp,
isis, and
ospfv3.
Command Default
Default is IPv4.
Command Modes
XR EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Use the
show
protocols command to get information about the protocols running on the
router and to quickly determine which protocols are active. The command is
designed to summarize the important characteristics of the running protocol,
and command output varies depending on the specific protocol selected. For BGP,
the command output lists the protocol ID, peers with elapsed time since last
reset, and miscellaneous information, such as external and internal local
distances and sourced routes.
Task ID
Task ID
Operations
bgp
read
rib
read
Examples
The following
example shows the display for the
show
protocols
command using the
bgp keyword:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show protocols bgp
Routing Protocol "BGP 40"
Address Family IPv4 Unicast:
Distance: external 20 internal 200 local 200
Sourced Networks:
10.100.0.0/16 backdoor
10.100.1.0/24
10.100.2.0/24
Routing Information Sources:
Neighbor State/Last update received
10.5.0.2 Idle
10.9.0.3 Idle
This table
describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 44 show protocols
(BGP) Field Descriptions
Field
Description
Routing
Protocol:
Identifies
BGP as the running protocol and displays the BGP AS number.
Range for 2-byte Autonomous
system numbers (ASNs) is 1 to 65535.
Range for 4-byte Autonomous
system numbers (ASNs) in asplain format is 1 to 4294967295.
Range for 4-byte Autonomous
system numbers (ASNs) is asdot format is 1.0 to 65535.65535.
Address
Family
Specifies
the address family. This can be IPv4 Unicast, IPv4 Multicast, or IPv6 Unicast.
Distance:
external
Specifies
the distance BGP sets when installing eBGP routes into the RIB. eBGP routes are
routes received from eBGP peers. The RIB uses the distance as a tiebreaker when
several protocols install a route for the same prefix.
Distance:
internal
Specifies
the distance BGP sets for routes received from iBGP peers.
Distance:
local
Specifies
the distance BGP sets for locally generated aggregates and backdoor routes.
Sourced
Networks
List of
locally sourced networks. These are networks sourced using the
network
command.
Routing
information Sources
List of
configured BGP neighbors.
Neighbor
Address of
a BGP neighbor.
State/Last
update received
State of
each neighbor and the time since the last update was received from the neighbor
if it is established.
shutdown
(BGP)
To disable a
neighbor without removing its configuration, use the
shutdown command in an appropriate configuration mode. To re-enable the
neighbor and reestablish a Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) session, use the
no form of this
command.
shutdown [inheritance-disable]
noshutdown [inheritance-disable]
Syntax Description
inheritance-disable
(Optional)
Overrides the value of a
shutdown command inherited from a neighbor group or session
group.
Command Default
Neighbors are not
shutdown.
Command Modes
Neighbor configuration
VRF neighbor configuration
Neighbor group configuration
Session group configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Use the
shutdown command to terminate any active session for the specified
neighbor and remove all associated routing information. Use of the
shutdown command with a neighbor group or session group may suddenly
terminate a large number of BGP neighbor sessions because all neighbors using
the neighbor group or session group may be affected.
Use the show bgp
summary command to display a summary of BGP neighbors. Neighbors that
are idle due to the
shutdown command are displayed with the “Idle (Admin)” state.
If this command is
configured for a neighbor group or session group, all neighbors using the group
inherit the configuration. Values of commands configured specifically for a
neighbor override inherited values.
Task ID
Task ID
Operations
bgp
read,
write
Examples
The following
example shows that any active session for neighbor 192.168.40.24 is disabled:
To shutdown RPKI
cache-server, use the
shutdown
command in rpki-server configuration mode. To set that the RPKI cache be
active, use the
no form of this
command.
shutdown
noshutdown
This command has no keywords or arguments.
Command Default
RPKI cache is
active.
Command Modes
RPKI server configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Task ID
Task ID
Operation
bgp
read, write
Examples
This command shows
how to configure no shutdown of the RPKi cache configuration after other RPKI
cache parameters are configured:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router#configureRP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)#router bgp 100RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)#rpki server 172.168.35.40RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-rpki-cache)# transport ssh port 1RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-rpki-cache)#username rpki-userRP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-rpki-cache)#password rpki-ssh-passRP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-rpki-cache)#preference 1RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-rpki-cache)#purge-time 30RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-rpki-cache)#refresh-time 30RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-rpki-cache)#response-time 30RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-rpki-cache)#no shutdown
site-of-origin
(BGP)
To attach a
site-of-origin extended community attribute to each route received from the
specified peer, use the
site-of-origin command in VRF neighbor address family configuration mode. To
restore the system to its default condition, use the
no form of this
command.
site-of-origin
[ as-number:nn | ip-address:nn ]
Syntax Description
as-number:nn
as-number—Autonomous system (AS) number.
Range for 2-byte Autonomous system number is 1 to 65535.
Range for 4-byte Autonomous system number in asplain format is 1
to 4294967295.
Range for 4-byte Autonomous system number is asdot format is 1.0
to 65535.6553.
nn—32-bit number
ip-address:nn
IP address.
ip-address—32-bit IP address
nn—16-bit number
Command Default
No default behavior
or values
Command Modes
VRF neighbor address family configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
When routes are
advertised to the peer, routes whose extended communities list contain the site
of origin (SoO) are filtered out and not advertised to the peer. Site-of-origin
uniquely identifies the site from which the provide edge (PE) router learned
routes, thus filtering based on the extended community helps prevent transient
routing loops from occurring in complex and mixed network topologies.
Task ID
Task ID
Operations
bgp
read,
write
Examples
The following
example shows how to configure SoO filtering:
To set the size of
the receive buffers for all Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) neighbors, use the
socket
receive-buffer-size command in an appropriate configuration mode. To set the size
of the receive buffers to the default size, use the
no form of this
command.
Size (in
bytes) of the receive-side socket buffers. Range is 512 to 131072.
bgp-size
(Optional)
Size (in bytes) of the receive buffers in BGP. Range is 512 to 131072.
Command Default
socket-size: 32,768 bytes
bgp-size: 4,032 bytes
Command Modes
Router configuration
VRF configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Use the
socket
receive-buffer-size
command to increase the buffer size when receiving updates from
a neighbor. Using larger buffers can improve convergence time because the
software can process more packets simultaneously. However, allocating larger
buffers uses more memory on your router.
Note
Increasing the
socket buffer size uses more memory only when more messages are waiting to be
processed by the software. In contrast, increasing the BGP buffer size uses
extra memory indefinitely.
Use the
receive-buffer-size command on individual neighbors to change the values set by
the
socket
receive-buffer-size command.
Task ID
Task ID
Operations
bgp
read,
write
Examples
The following
example shows how to set the receive buffer sizes for all neighbors to 65,536
bytes for the socket buffer and 8192 bytes for the BGP buffer:
Sets the
size of the send buffers for all BGP neighbors.
socket
send-buffer-size
To set the size of
the send buffers for all Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) neighbors, use the
socket
send-buffer-size command in an appropriate configuration mode. To set the size
of the send buffers to the default size, use the
no form of this
command.
Size (in
bytes) of the send-side socket buffers. Range is 4096 to 131072.
bgp-size
(Optional)
Size (in bytes) of the send buffers in BGP. Range is 4096 to 131072.
Command Default
socket-size: 10240 bytes
bgp-size: 4096 bytes
Command Modes
Router configuration
VRF configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Use the
socket
send-buffer-size
command to increase the buffer size when sending updates to
neighbors. Using larger buffers can improve convergence time because the
software can process more packets simultaneously. However, allocating larger
buffers uses more memory on your router.
Note
Increasing the
socket buffer size uses more memory only when more messages are waiting to be
sent by the software. In contrast, increasing the BGP buffer size uses extra
memory indefinitely.
Use the
send-buffer-size command on individual neighbors to change the values set by
the
socket
send-buffer-size command.
Task ID
Task ID
Operations
bgp
read,
write
Examples
The following
example shows how to set the send buffer sizes for all neighbors to 8192 bytes
for the socket buffer and the BGP buffer:
Sets the
size of the receive buffers for all BGP neighbors.
soft-reconfiguration
inbound
To configure the
software to store updates received from a neighbor, use the
soft-reconfiguration inbound
command in an appropriate configuration mode. To disable
storing received updates, use the
no form of this
command.
(Optional)
Always performs a soft inbound clear using stored updates, even if the neighbor
supports the route refresh capability.
inheritance-disable
(Optional)
Overrides configuration for this command that may be inherited from a neighbor
group or address family group.
Command Default
Soft reconfiguration
is not enabled.
Command Modes
IPv4 address family group configuration
IPv6 address family group configuration
VPNv4 address family group configuration
IPv4 neighbor address family configuration
VPNv4 neighbor address family configuration
VRF IPv4 neighbor address family configuration
IPv4 neighbor group address family configuration
IPv6 neighbor group address family configuration
VPNv4 neighbor group address family configuration
VPNv6 address family group configuration
VPNv6 neighbor address family configuration
VRF IPv6 neighbor address family configuration
VPNv6 neighbor group address family configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
To filter or
modify some of the updates received from a neighbor, you configure an inbound
policy using the
route-policy
(BGP)
command. Configuring soft reconfiguration inbound causes the
software to store the original unmodified route beside a route that is modified
or filtered. This allows a “soft clear” to be performed after the inbound
policy is changed. To perform a soft clear, use the
clear
bgpsoft
commandwith the in keyword specified. The unmodified routes are then passed
through the new policy and installed in the BGP table.
Note
If an address
family group, neighbor group, or session group is configured, the configuration
inside these configuration groups will not be effective unless it is applied
directly or indirectly to one or more neighbors.
Note
The bgp
auto-policy-soft-reset is enabled by default. A soft clear is done
automatically when the inbound policy configured with the
route-policy (BGP) command is changed. This behavior can be changed by
disabling the auto-policy-soft-reset using the
bgp
auto-policy-soft-reset disable command.
If the neighbor
supports the route refresh capability, then the original routes are not stored
because they can be retrieved from the neighbor through a route refresh
request. However, if the
always keyword is specified, the original routes are stored even when
the neighbor supports the route refresh capability.
If the
soft-reconfiguration inbound command is not configured and the neighbor does not support
the route refresh capability, then an inbound soft clear is not possible. In
that case, the only way to rerun the inbound policy is to use the
clear
bgp
ip-address command to reset the neighbor BGP session.
Note
If there is an
existing BGP session with a neighbor that does not support the route refresh
capability, the session is terminated and a new one is initiated.
Note
The extra routes
stored as a result of configuring this command use more memory on the router.
If you configure
this command for a neighbor group or neighbor address family group, all
neighbors using the group inherit the configuration. Values of commands
configured specifically for a neighbor override inherited values.
Task ID
Task ID
Operations
bgp
read,
write
Examples
The following
example shows inbound soft reconfiguration enabled for IP Version 4 (IPv4)
unicast routes received from neighbor 10.108.1.1. The software stores all
routes received in their unmodified form so that when an inbound soft clear is
performed later, the stored information can then be used to generate a new set
of modified routes.
The following
example shows inbound soft reconfiguration disabled for neighbor 10.108.1.1,
preventing this feature from being automatically inherited by address family
group group1:
Applies
a routing policy to updates advertised to or received from a BGP neighbor.
speaker-id
To allocate a
speaker process to a neighbor, use the
speaker-id
command in the appropriate configuration mode. To remove the
speaker process from a neighbor, use the
no form of this
command.
speaker-idid
nospeaker-id
[ id ]
Syntax Description
id
ID of the
speaker process. Range is 1 to 15.
Command Default
Default is 0.
Command Modes
Session group configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Task ID
Task ID
Operations
bgp
read, write
Examples
The following
example shows how to allocate speaker process 3 to neighbor 192.168.40.24:
To apply a routing
policy to routes being installed into the routing table, use the
table-policy command in an appropriate configuration mode. To disable
applying a routing policy when installing routes into the routing table, use
the
no form of
this command.
table-policypolicy-name
notable-policy
[ policy-name ]
Syntax Description
policy-name
Name of the
routing policy to apply.
Command Default
No policy is applied
when routes are installed into the routing table.
Command Modes
IPv4 address family configuration
IPv6 address family configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.1
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Note
Table policy
provides users with the ability to drop routes from the RIB based on match
criteria. This feature can be useful in certain applications and should be used
with caution as it can easily create a routing ‘black hole’ where BGP
advertises routes to neighbors that BGP does not install in its global routing
table and forwarding table.
Use the
table-policy
command to modify route attributes as the routes are installed
into the routing table by Border Gateway Protocol (BGP). Commonly, it is used
to set the traffic index attribute.
Task ID
Task ID
Operations
bgp
read,
write
Examples
The following
example shows how to apply the set-traffic-index policy to IPv4 unicast routes
being installed into the routing table:
Defines
a route policy and enters route policy configuration mode.
timers (BGP)
To set the timers
for a specific Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) neighbor, use the
timers command in an appropriate configuration mode. To set the
timers to the default values, use the
no form of this
command.
timerskeepalivehold-time
notimers
[ keepalivehold-time ]
Syntax Description
keepalive
Frequency
(in seconds) with which the software sends keepalive messages to a neighbor.
Range is 0 to 65535.
hold-time
Interval (in
seconds) after not receiving a keepalive message from the neighbor that the
software terminates the BGP session for the neighbor. Values are 0 or a number
in the range from 3 to 65535.
Command Default
keepalive: 60 seconds
hold-time: 180 seconds
Use the
timers
bgpcommand to override the default values.
Command Modes
Neighbor configuration
VRF neighbor configuration
Neighbor group configuration
Session group configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
The timers
actually used in connection with the neighbor may not be the same as those
configured with this command. The actual timers are negotiated with the
neighbor when establishing the session. The negotiated hold time is the minimum
of the configured time and the hold time received from the neighbor. If the
negotiated hold time is 0, keepalives are disabled.
The configured
value for the keepalive must not exceed one-third of the negotiated hold time.
If it does, a value of one-third of the negotiated hold time is used.
If this command is
configured for a neighbor group or neighbor address family group, all neighbors
using the group inherit the configuration. Values of commands configured
specifically for a neighbor override inherited values.
In cases where
mechanisms such as Bi-directional Forwarding Detection (BFD), BGP
fast-external-failover or Next-hop Tracking cannot be employed to detect and
react to changes in the network in a faster manner, BGP Keepalive and
Hold-timer values can be configured to use smaller values than the default (60
and 180 seconds respectively). When using aggressive values, consider the
router's profile and scale, particularly in respect to the number of BGP
neighbours that will be using sessions with the non-default timers.
Sessions using
very aggressive values will be more susceptible to flap during events that
cause the Route-Processor's CPU utilization levels to increase. Such events
include component OIR, Route-Processor Failover, network instability, excessive
churn in routing protocols etc. It is therefore recommended that the desired
scale and profile of the router be tested with the non-default timer values,
subjecting the router to CPU-intensive events in order to determine the timer
threshold values that are appropriate for the router before configuring the
values in an operational network.
The BGP Non-Stop
Routing (NSR) is able to sustain sessions with more aggressive timer values
than BGP Graceful Restart (GR) since in the event of a Route-Processor
Failover, Graceful Restart (GR) requires the re-establishment of the TCP
session over which the BGP session takes place. When using Non-Stop Routing
(NSR), both the underlying TCP session and BGP session are maintained during
Route-Processor failover.
Task ID
Task ID
Operations
bgp
read,
write
Examples
The following
example shows how to change the keepalive timer to 70 seconds and the hold-time
timer to 210 seconds for the BGP peer 192.168.40.24:
To change the
default timer values for Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) neighbors, use the
timers
bgp command in an appropriate configuration mode. To set the
default timers to the default values, use the
no form of this
command.
timersbgpkeepalivehold-time
notimersbgp
[ keepalivehold-time ]
Syntax Description
keepalive
Frequency
(in seconds) with which the software sends keepalive messages to a neighbor.
Range is 0 to 65535.
hold-time
Interval (in
seconds) after not receiving a keepalive message from the neighbor that the
software terminates the BGP session for the neighbor. Values are 0 or a number
in the range from 3 to 65535.
Command Default
keepalive: 60 seconds
hold-time: 180 seconds
Command Modes
Router configuration
VRF configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Use the
timers bgp
command to adjust the default timer times used by all BGP
neighbors. The values can be overridden on particular neighbors using the
timers command in the neighbor configuration mode.
The timers
actually used in connection with the neighbor may not be the same as those
configured with this command. The actual timers are negotiated with the
neighbor when establishing the session. The negotiated hold time is the minimum
of the configured time and the hold time received from the neighbor. If the
negotiated hold time is 0, keepalives are disabled.
The configured
value for the keepalive must not exceed one-third of the negotiated hold time.
If it does, a value of one-third of the negotiated hold time is used.
In cases where
mechanisms such as Bi-directional Forwarding Detection (BFD), BGP
fast-external-failover or Next-hop Tracking cannot be employed to detect and
react to changes in the network in a faster manner, BGP Keepalive and
Hold-timer values can be configured to use smaller values than the default (60
and 180 seconds respectively). When using aggressive values, consider the
router's profile and scale, particularly in respect to the number of BGP
neighbors that will be using sessions with the non-default timers.
Sessions using
very aggressive values will be more susceptible to flap during events that
cause the Route-Processor's CPU utilization levels to increase. Such events
include component OIR, Route-Processor Failover, network instability, excessive
churn in routing protocols etc. It is therefore recommended that the desired
scale and profile of the router be tested with the non-default timer values,
subjecting the router to CPU-intensive events in order to determine the timer
threshold values that are appropriate for the router before configuring the
values in an operational network.
The BGP Non-Stop
Routing (NSR) is able to sustain sessions with more aggressive timer values
than BGP Graceful Restart (GR) since in the event of a Route-Processor
Failover, Graceful Restart (GR) requires the re-establishment of the TCP
session over which the BGP session takes place. When using Non-Stop Routing
(NSR), both the underlying TCP session and BGP session are maintained during
Route-Processor failover.
Task ID
Task ID
Operations
bgp
read,
write
Examples
The following
example shows how to configure a default keepalive time of 30 seconds and a
default hold time of 90 seconds:
To choose a
transport mechanism for the RPKI cache-server configuration, establish and
manage transport connections, and send or receive byte streams from the
network, use the
transport
command in rpki-server configuration mode. To disable the transport connection,
use the
no form of this
command.
transport
{ ssh | tcp }
portport-number
notransport
{ ssh | tcp }
portport-number
Syntax Description
port
Specifies to
choose a port number for the RPKI cache transport.
port-number
Specifies
the port number for the RPKI cache transport. Range is 1 to 65535.
Command Default
Transport mechanism
is disabled.
Command Modes
RPKI server configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
The transport can be
set to either TCP or SSH. An SSH transport session is the recommended transport
between router and RPKI cache for security reasons.
The transport method
(TCP or SSH) can be configured on a per-RPKI-server basis: once server can be
TCP port 980, another can be SSH port 22, for example. This can be changed by
configuration. Changing the transport method will cause the cache session to
flap (cleanup its existing transport related data and initialize the new
transport related data).
Task ID
Task ID
Operation
bgp
read, write
Examples
This example shows
how to configure SSH as the transport mechanism and to use port 1 for SSH
communication:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router#configureRP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)#router bgp 100RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)#rpki server 172.168.35.40RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-rpki-cache)# transport ssh port 1
ttl-security
To configure a
router to check the time-to-live (TTL) field in incoming IP packets for the
specified external Border Gateway Protocol (eBGP) peer, use the
ttl-security command in an appropriate configuration mode. To disable TTL
verification, use the
no form of this command.
ttl-security [inheritance-disable]
nottl-security [inheritance-disable]
Syntax Description
inheritance-disable
(Optional)
Prevents the
ttl-security command from being inherited from a session group or
neighbor group.
Command Default
TTL verification is
not enabled for eBGP peers.
Command Modes
Neighbor configuration
VRF neighbor configuration
Neighbor group configuration
Session group configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Use the
ttl-security command to enable a lightweight security mechanism to protect
eBGP peering sessions from CPU utilization-based and other resource
exhaustion-based attacks. These types of attacks are typically brute-force
Denial of Service (DoS) attacks that attempt to disable the network by flooding
devices in the network with IP packets that contain forged source and
destination IP addresses in the packet headers.
This command
leverages existing behavior in IP packets. For a given IP packet, the TTL count
of the packet always is equal to or less than the TTL count when the packet
originated, a behavior that is considered impossible to circumvent. Therefore,
a packet received with a TTL count equal to the maximum TTL value of 255 can be
sent only by a directly adjacent peer. When the
ttl-security command is configured for an eBGP neighbor that is directly
adjacent, the router accepts only IP packets with a TTL count that is equal to
the maximum TTL value.
The
ttl-security
command secures the eBGP session in the incoming direction
only. In the outbound direction, it causes packets to be sent only with the
maximum TTL value so that the BGP neighbor can also verify the TTL value of
incoming packets. When this command is enabled, BGP establishes or maintains a
session only if the TTL value in the IP packet header is equal to the maximum
TTL value. If the value is less than the maximum TTL value, the packet is
discarded and an Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP) message is not
generated. This behavior is designed because a response to a forged packet is
not necessary.
Note
The
ttl-security command must be configured on each participating router.
Failure to configure this command on both ends of the BGP session results in
the session progressing as far as the OpenSent or OpenConfirm state, remaining
there until the hold time expires.
The following
restrictions apply to the configuration of this command:
The
ttl-security command should not be configured for a peer that is already
configured with the
neighbor
ebgp-multihop command. The simultaneous configuration of these commands is
permitted; however, the
ttl-security command overrides the
ebgp-multihop command.
This command is not
supported for internal BGP (iBGP) peers.
This command is not
effective against attacks from a directly adjacent peer that has been
compromised.
If you configure
this command for a neighbor group or session group, all neighbors using the
group inherit the configuration. Values of commands configured specifically for
a neighbor override inherited values.
Note
If the
ttl-security command is configured on a neighbor to which the router has
an established connection or the router is in the process of establishing a
connection, the session must be cleared using the
clear
bgp command.
Task ID
Task ID
Operations
bgp
read,
write
Examples
The following
example shows how to enable TTL security for eBGP neighbor 192.168.223.7:
Creates
a session group and enters session group configuration mode.
show
lpts flows
Displays
information about locally terminated packet flows, including the minimum TTL
value expected.
update limit
To set upper bound
on transient memory usage for update generation, use the
update limit
command in router configuration mode. To return the bounds to the default
value, use the
no form of this
command.
updatelimitupdate-limit-MB
noupdatelimit
Syntax Description
update-limit-MB
Sets the
update limit in megabytes (MB). Range is 16 to 2048 MB.
Command Default
Default update limit
is 512 MB.
Command Modes
Router configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Use the
update
limit command to configure a global limit on the size of messages
the software queues when updating peers. Increasing the limit can result in
faster Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) convergence, but also may result in higher
memory usage during convergence.
Task ID
Task ID
Operation
bgp
read, write
Examples
This example shows
how to set the update limit as
1024 MB:
Sets upper bound on transient memory usage for update generation for eBGP or iBGP sub-groups.
update limit
address-family
To set upper bound
on transient memory usage for update generation for an address family, use the
update limit
address-family command in an appropriate address-family
configuration mode. To return the bounds to the default value, use the
no form of this
command.
updatelimitaddress-familyupdate-limit-MB
noupdatelimitaddress-family
Syntax Description
update-limit-MB
Sets the
update limit in megabytes (MB). Range is 4 MB to 2048 MB.
Command Default
Default update limit
is 256 MB.
Command Modes
IPv4 address family configuration
IPv6 address family configuration
L2VPN address family configuration
VPNv4 address family configuration
VPNv6 address family configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Use the
update limit
address-family command to configure a global limit on the size of
messages the software queues when updating peers. Increasing the limit can
result in faster Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) convergence, but also may result
in higher memory usage during convergence.
Task ID
Task ID
Operation
bgp
read, write
Examples
This example shows
how to set the update limit as
512 MB for
address family VPNv6 unicast:
Sets upper bound on transient memory usage for update generation for eBGP or iBGP sub-groups.
update limit
sub-group
To set upper bound
on transient memory usage for update generation for eBGP or iBGP sub-groups,
use the
update limit
sub-group command in an appropriate address-family configuration
mode. To return the bounds to the default value, use the
no form of this
command.
Sets the
update limit in megabytes (MB). Range is 1 MB to 512 MB.
Command Default
Default update limit
is 32 MB.
Command Modes
IPv4 address family configuration
IPv6 address family configuration
L2VPN address family configuration
VPNv4 address family configuration
VPNv6 address family configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Use the
update limit
sub-group command to configure a global limit on the size of
messages the software queues when updating peers. Increasing the limit can
result in faster Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) convergence, but also may result
in higher memory usage during convergence.
Task ID
Task ID
Operation
bgp
read, write
Examples
This example shows
how to set the update limit as
256 MB for eBGP
sub-group under address family VPNv6 unicast:
Sets upper bound on transient memory usage for update generation for an address family.
update in
error-handling basic disable
To disable inbound
update message basic error handling for eBGP or iBGP neighbors, use the
update in error-handling
basis disable command in router configuration mode. To enable
inbound update message basic error handling, use the
no form of this
command.
Specifies
inbound update message basic error handling for eBGP neighbors.
ibgp
Specifies
inbound update message basic error handling for iBGP neighbors.
Command Default
Inbound update
message basic error handling is enabled.
Command Modes
Router configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Task ID
Task ID
Operation
bgp
read, write
Examples
This example shows
how to disable inbound update message basic error handling for eBGP neighbors:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router#configureRP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)#router bgp 100RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)#update in error-handling basic ebgp disable
This example shows
how to disable inbound update message basic error handling for iBGP neighbors:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router#configureRP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)#router bgp 100RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)#update in error-handling basic ibgp disable
update in
error-handling extended
To enable inbound
update message extended error handling for eBGP or iBGP neighbors, use the
update in error-handling
extended command in router configuration mode. To disable inbound
update message error handling, use the
no form of this
command.
updateinerror-handlingextended
{ ebgp | ibgp }
noupdateinerror-handlingextended
{ ebgp | ibgp }
Syntax Description
ebgp
Specifies to
enable inbound update message extended error handling for eBGP neighbors.
ibgp
specifies to
enable inbound update message extended error handling for iBGP neighbors.
Command Default
Inbound update
message extended error handling is disabled.
Command Modes
Router configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Task ID
Task ID
Operation
bgp
read, write
Examples
This example shows
how to enable inbound update message extended error handling for eBGP
neighbors:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router#configureRP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)#router bgp 100RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)#update in error-handling extended ebgp
This example shows
how to enable inbound update message extended error handling for iBGP
neighbors:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router#configureRP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)#router bgp 100RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)#update in error-handling extended ibgp
update out
logging
To enable logging of
update generation events, use the
update out
logging command in router configuration mode. To disable the
logging of update generation events, use the
no form of this
command.
updateoutlogging
noupdateoutlogging
Syntax Description
This command has no keywords or arguments.
Command Default
Update generation
event logging is disabled.
Command Modes
Router configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Task ID
Task ID
Operation
bgp
read, write
Examples
This example shows
how to enable logging of update generation events:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router#configureRP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)#router bgp 100RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)#update out logging
update-source
To allow internal
Border Gateway Protocol (iBGP) sessions to use the primary IP address from a
particular interface as the local address when forming an iBGP session with a
neighbor, use the
update-source command in an appropriate configuration mode. To set the
chosen local IP address to the nearest interface to the neighbor, use the
no
form of this command.
update-sourcetypeinterface-path-id
noupdate-source
[ typeinterface-path-id ]
Syntax Description
type
Interface
type. For more information, use the question mark (?) online help function.
interface-path-id
Physical
interface or virtual interface.
Note
Use the
showinterfaces command to see a list of all interfaces currently
configured on the router.
For more
information about the syntax for the router, use the question mark (?) online help function.
Command Default
Best local address
Command Modes
Neighbor configuration
VRF neighbor configuration
Neighbor group configuration
Session group configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
The
update-source
command is commonly used with the loopback interface feature
for iBGP sessions. The loopback interface is defined, and the interface address
is used as the endpoint for a BGP session through the
update-source command. This mechanism allows a BGP session to remain up even
if the outbound interface goes down, provided there is another route to the
neighbor.
If this command is
configured for a neighbor group or session group, all neighbors using the group
inherit the configuration. Values of commands configured specifically for a
neighbor override inherited values.
Task ID
Task ID
Operations
bgp
read,
write
Examples
The following
example shows how to configure this router to use the IP address from the
Loopback0 interface when trying to open a session with neighbor 172.20.16.6:
Creates
a session group and enters session group configuration mode.
use
To inherit
configuration from a neighbor group, session group, or address family group,
use the
use
command in an appropriate configuration mode. To discontinue
inheritance from a group, use the
no form of this
command.
use
{ af-groupgroup-name | neighbor-groupgroup-name | session-groupgroup-name }
Name of the
neighbor group, session group, or address family group from which you want to
inherit configuration.
neighbor-group
Specifies a
neighbor group.
session-group
Specifies a
session group.
Command Default
Inheritance of group
characteristics does not occur.
Command Modes
For use af-group version:
Address family group configuration
Neighbor address family configuration
Neighbor group address family configuration
For use neighbor-group version:
Neighbor group configuration
Neighbor configuration
VRF neighbor configuration
For use session-group version:
Neighbor group configuration
Neighbor configuration
VRF neighbor configuration
Session-group configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
The
use
command configures inheritance of configuration from an address
family group, neighbor group, or session group, which means that any
configuration for the group also takes effect for the user of the group.
The configuration
inherited depends on the type of group that is specified. The group types are
described in the following sections:
Address Family Group
An address family
group can specify a configuration for only a single address family. The address
family specified when the address family group was defined (through the
af-group command) must match the address family from which the group is
used.
Neighbor Group
A neighbor group
(like a neighbor) can have address family-independent configuration and address
family-specific configuration. All of these configurations could be inherited.
Session Group
A session group
can have only address family-independent configuration and thus only address
family-independent configuration is inherited from it.
The following
rules govern inheritance to resolve possible conflicting configuration:
If a command is configured
directly on the neighbor that is using group configuration, the command
overrides the value that would be normally inherited from the group.
If the neighbor is
configured to use a session group (for address family-independent
configuration) or an address family group (for address family-specific
configuration) and the command is configured for the session group or address
family group, that configuration is used.
The neighbor
group configuration is used:
If the
command is not configured directly on the neighbor and the neighbor is not
using a session group (for address family-independent configuration) or an
af-group (for address family-specific configuration).
The
neighbor is using a neighbor group and the command is configured on the
neighbor group.
Typically, all
configuration for a neighbor group is inherited, but some characteristics may
be masked by a session group or address family group. For an example of this
configuration, see the “Examples” section.
If the neighbor is
using both a session group and a neighbor group and a specific command is
configured for the neighbor group but not for the session group, then the
configuration for the neighbor group does not take effect. The session group
“hides” all address family-independent configuration on the neighbor group and
prevents it from being inherited. Similarly, the use of an address family group
hides any address family-specific configuration that may otherwise be inherited
from a neighbor group for that address family.
In addition to
neighbors using groups, it is possible to build a hierarchy by having groups
use other groups. The following hierarchical groups are permitted:
Session groups may use
other session groups.
Address family groups may
use other address family groups.
Neighbor groups may use
other neighbor groups.
Neighbor groups may use
session groups and address family groups.
Note
Within the
Cisco IOS XR system configuration architecture,
do not combine the
remote-as command and the
no use
neighbor-group command in the same commit, or the
remote-as command and the
no use
session-group command in the same commit.
Task ID
Task ID
Operations
bgp
read,
write
Examples
The following
example shows how to define a session group session1 and configure neighbor
172.168.40.24 to use session1. As a result, the session1 configuration takes
effect on the neighbor also.
The following
example is similar to the previous example, but in this case the timers command on the session group does not take
effect on the neighbor because it is overridden by a
timers
command directly configured for the neighbor.
The following
example shows an address family group, family1, for IPv4 multicast and a
neighbor group, neighbor1, that have IPv4 unicast and IPv4 multicast enabled.
In this case, the neighbor inherits IPv4 unicast (and address
family-independent) configuration from the neighbor group, but inherits IPv4
multicast configuration from the address family group. In this example, the
neighbor group also has a remote autonomous system configured, so there is no
need to configure a remote autonomous system for the neighbor because it
inherits the remote autonomous system from the neighbor group:
In the previous
example, the neighbor uses the policy1 route policy for inbound and outbound
IPv4 unicast routes, but uses the mcast-in route policy for inbound IPv4
multicast routes and no policy for outbound IPv4 multicast routes.
The following
example shows a neighbor inheriting configuration from a session group that
likewise inherits configuration from another session group. The configuration
from both session groups take effect on the neighbor:
Displays
information about the BGP configuration for session groups.
username
(rpki-server)
To specify a SSH
username for
the RPKI cache-server, use the
username
command in rpki-server configuration mode. To remove the username, use the
no form of this
command.
usernameuser-name
nousernameuser-name
Syntax Description
user-name
Enters a
username to be used for the SSH transport mechanism.
Command Default
Username is not
configured.
Command Modes
RPKI server configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
The username
configuration applies only if the SSH transport mechanism is active.
Task ID
Task ID
Operation
bgp
read, write
Examples
This example shows
how to configure a username (rpki-user) for
the RPKI cache-server SSH transport mechanism:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router#configureRP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)#router bgp 100RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)#rpki server 172.168.35.40 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-rpki-cache)# transport ssh port 1RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-rpki-cache)#username rpki-user
vrf (BGP)
To configure a VPN
routing and forwarding (VRF) instance and enter VRF configuration mode, use the
vrf command in router configuration mode. To remove the VRF
instance from the configuration file and restore the system to its default
condition, use the
no form of
this command.
vrfvrf-name
novrfvrf-name
Syntax Description
vrf-name
Name of the
VRF instance. The following names cannot be used: all, default, and global.
Command Default
No default behavior
or values
Command Modes
Router configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Use the
vrf
command to configure a VRF instance. A VRF instance is a
collection of VPN routing and forwarding tables maintained at the provider edge
(PE) router.
Task ID
Task ID
Operations
bgp
read,
write
Examples
The following
example shows how to configure a VRF instance and enter VRF configuration mode:
To assign a weight
to routes received from a neighbor, use the
weight command in an appropriate configuration mode. To remove the
weight command from the configuration file and restore the system to
its default condition in which the software assigns the default weight to
routes, use the
no form of this
command.
weightweight-value
noweight [weight-value]
Syntax Description
weight-value
Weight to
assign. Range is 0 to 65535.
Command Default
Routes learned
through another Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) peer have a default weight of 0
and routes sourced by the local router have a default weight of 32768.
Command Modes
IPv4 address family group configuration
IPv6 address family group configuration
VPNv4 address family group configuration
IPv4 neighbor address family configuration
VPNv4 neighbor address family configuration
VRF IPv4 neighbor address family configuration
IPv4 neighbor group address family configuration
IPv6 neighbor group address family configuration
VPNv4 neighbor group address family configuration
VPNv6 address family group configuration
VPNv6 neighbor address family configuration
VRF IPv6 neighbor address family configuration
VPNv6 neighbor group address family configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
The weight of a route is a Cisco-specific attribute. It is used in
the best-path selection process (as the strongest tie-breaker). See the
Implementing BGP
on
module of the
Routing Configuration Guide for Cisco NCS 6000 Series Routers for information on best path. If
there are two BGP routes with the same network layer reachability information
(NLRI), the route with the higher weight is always chosen no matter what the
value of other BGP attributes. Weight only has significance on the local
router. Weight is assigned locally to the router, is a value that only makes
sense to the specific router, is not propagated or carried through any route
updates, and never is sent between BGP peers (even within the same AS).
Note
If an address
family group, neighbor group, or session group is configured, the configuration
inside these configuration groups will not be effective unless it is applied
directly or indirectly to one or more neighbors.
The weight
assigned to individual routes can be further manipulated in the inbound route
policy of a neighbor using the
set
weight command. The
set
weight command sets the weight directly. If you have particular
neighbors that you want to prefer for most of your outbound traffic, you can
assign a higher weight to all routes learned from that neighbor.
The weight
assigned to individual routes may be modified by using an inbound routing
policy.
Note
For weight
changes to take effect, you may need to use the
clear bgp soft command.
If this command
configures a neighbor group or neighbor address family group, all neighbors
using the group inherit the configuration. Values of commands configured
specifically for a neighbor override inherited values.
Task ID
Task ID
Operations
bgp
read,
write
Examples
The following
example shows how to assign a weight of 50 to all IP Version 4 (IPv4) unicast
routes learned through 172.20.16.6:
Creates
a session group and enters session group configuration mode.
set
weight
Sets the
weight for BGP routes.
weight
reset-on-import
To reset weight of
paths on import, use the
weight
reset-on-import command in an appropriate configuration mode. To remove the
weight
reset-on-import command from the configuration file and restore the system
to its default condition, use the
no form of
this command.
weightreset-on-import
noweightreset-on-import
Syntax Description
This command has no
arguments or keywords.
Command Default
Reset weight on
import is disabled.
Command Modes
VRF IPv4 address family configuration
VRF IPv6 address family configuration
VPNv4 address family configuration
VPNv6 address family configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Task ID
Task ID
Operations
bgp
read, write
Examples
The following
example shows how to reset weight of paths on import under VRF IPv4 address
family configuration:
Disables
resetting weight of paths on import, if it is enabled globally.
weight
reset-on-import disable
To disable resetting
weight of paths on import, if it is enabled globally, use the
weight
reset-on-import-disable in appropriate configuration mode. To cancel the
disable option and retain the weight reset-on-import option globally, use the
no form of
this command.
weightreset-on-importdisable
noweightreset-on-importdisable
Syntax Description
This command has no
arguments or keywords.
Command Default
Reset weight of
paths on import option is enabled globally.
Command Modes
VRF IPv4 address family configuration
VRF IPv6 address family configuration
VPNv4 address family configuration
VPNv6 address family configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 5.0.0
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command,
you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes
appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using
a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Task ID
Task ID
Operations
bgp
read, write
Examples
The following
example shows how to disable reset weight of paths on import option under VPNv4
address family configuration: